Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Society News

LEARNING EVENTS AT BCAS

1. FEMA Study Circle meeting – “Compounding under FEMA and Practical aspects” by CA Hardik Mehta was held on 16th May, 2024 @Zoom which was attended by approximately 118 participants, wherein the following was covered:

(i) Overview of FEMA Compounding Provisions:

  •  Explanation of the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) and its objectives.
  •  Understanding the concept of compounding as an alternative to litigation for resolving contraventions under FEMA.

(ii) Eligibility for Compounding:

  •  Criteria for entities and individuals eligible to apply for compounding.
  •  Types of contraventions that can be compounded under FEMA.

(iii) Application Process:

  •  Step-by-step process for filing a compounding application with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
  •  Key documents and information required for the application.

(iv) Authorities Involved:

  •  Role of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and the Enforcement Directorate (ED) in the compounding process.
  •  Jurisdiction and powers of the compounding authorities.

(v) Calculation of Penalties:

  •  Methods and principles used by the RBI to calculate the penalties for various contraventions.
  •  Factors considered in determining the quantum of the penalty.

(vi) Timeline and Procedure:

  •  Expected timelines for the processing of compounding applications.
  •  Detailed procedure followed by the RBI fromreceipt of application to the issuance of compounding orders.

(vii) Common Contraventions and Case Studies:

  •  Discussion of frequently observed contraventions under FEMA, such as delayed reporting of foreign investments and non-compliance with ECB guidelines.
  •  Analysis of recent case studies and RBI orders to understand the practical application of compounding provisions.

(viii) Benefits of Compounding:

  •  Advantages of opting for compounding over litigation, including faster resolution and avoidance of prolonged legal battles.
  •  Impact on the company’s or individual’s compliance record.

(ix) Post-Compounding Compliance:

  •  Obligations and steps to be followed by the applicant post-compounding to ensure full compliance.
  •  Monitoring and reporting requirements after the compounding order is passed.

(x) Practical Challenges and Solutions:

  •  Discussion of practical challenges faced by entities in the compounding process

2. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle meeting on Taxation of LLPs by CA Chirag Wadhwa was held on Tuesday, 30th April, 2024 @Zoom, which was attended by approximately 77 participants, wherein the following was discussed:

1. Concepts of Limited Liability Partnerships

2. Detailed comparison of Company vs. LLP with respect to:

i. Compliance Procedures

ii. Regulatory Requirements

3. Comparison between Firms and LLP’s and FAQ’s relating to the same.

4. Income-tax implications in case of LLPs in respect of:

i. Deduction w.r.t Partner’s remuneration

ii. Carry forward of losses

iii. Assessment of LLPs

iv. Applicability of Alternate Minimum Tax to LLPs

5. Detailed explanation relating to conversion of Partnership Firm to an LLP and conversion of Company along with explanation relating to definition of “Transfer” as per Section 2(47) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, w.r.t conversion of a Company to an LLP.

The speaker concluded the session by sharingpractical experiences and challenges faced on conversion to LLP and transfer to LLP. The session wasinteractive and gave comprehensive understanding of the topic.

3. “Blood Donation & Organ Donation Awareness Drive” on 25th April, 2024

On Thursday, 25th April, 2024, the BCAS Foundation, jointly with the Seminar, Public Relations & Membership Development Committee of BCAS, held the annual “Blood Donation Drive”, enlisting the support of Tata Memorial Hospital (TMH) together with a campaign on awareness for organ and skin donation.

National Service Scheme (NSS) students (from Vidyalankar School of Information Technology) were deputed around the vicinity (including Churchgate Station), with placards to create awareness amongst the general public and commuters. Interested would-be donors were escorted to BCAS by the students.

Doctors and technicians from TMH screened 63 potential donors (including 31 brought in by the NSS students) through the detailed questionnaire filled in by them. Contrary to popular belief, patients diagnosed with cholesterol, thyroid, blood pressure issues could also donate blood, provided they met certain criteria. 43 units of blood were collected from eligible donors, which also included the President, Trustee of BCAS Foundation and few Past Presidents, BCAS members and staff.

To create awareness and dispel the myths about organ donation, an “Organ Donation Awareness Drive”, supported by Project Mumbai’s ‘Har Ghar Hai Donor’ initiative was also held. A separate desk was also provided to the Rotaract Club of Bombay North (RCBN) Skin Bank to advocate the noble act of donating skin. RCBN Skin Bank caters to the needs of the National Burns Centre (NBC), amongst others.

Through their noble act, each of the donors BeCame an Asli Superhero!

4. International Economics Study Group — “Analysing current Geopolitical & economic challenges” by CA Harshad Shah held on Monday, 22nd April, 2024 @Zoom which was attended by approximately 24 persons

In a world already embroiled in conflicts, from the volatile landscapes of Ukraine and Gaza to the tense standoff between Iran & Israel, the looming specter of confrontation casts a dark shadow over global stability. As geopolitical tensions escalate, their reverberations echo through international markets. The resulting volatility poses a significant risk, potentially triggering widespread repercussions that could have a ripple effect across economies worldwide. Adding to these geopolitical anxieties are the formidable economic challenges (stubborn inflation & unsustainable debt) confronting the world’s two largest economies, USA and China. Despite these daunting hurdles, financial markets in key regions such as the USA, Europe, Japan & India continue their upward trajectory,scaling unprecedented heights. Meanwhile, India finds itself at a crucial juncture as it navigates through a General Election. With political temperatures soaring, the spotlight is on the election manifestos of major political parties and their potential impacts on the Indian economy.

5. FEMA Study Circle meeting — “Recent updates in FEMA; Case studies in Overseas Investment — Part 1 & 2” by Naisar Shah and moderated by Harshal Bhuta was held on 16th& 22nd April, 2024 @Zoom, which was attended by approximately 111 participants, wherein the following was discussed:

The session was bifurcated into two events on two different dates

– Manner of Receipts and Payments under FEMA

– Direct Listing of Shares in Overseas Markets

– Listing on equity shares in permissible jurisdiction

– FAQs issued by Government

– Direct listing v/s depository receipts?

– Status of an unlisted public company will change upon direct listing

– Minimum public shareholding requirement?

– Resident HNIs investing indirectly?

– NRIs investing through FPI v/s. NRI investing directly

– Investment by Foreign Citizens

– CA valuation permitted even in cases where the book-building process would be done by a merchant banker

– FPI v/s. direct listing

6. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on Issues in Real Estate Sector by Group Leader CA Raghavender Kuncharapu and CA Sanket Shah was held on Monday, 22nd April, 2024 @Zoom which was attended by approximately 95 participants

Group leaders had prepared case studies and presentation covering various issues & challenges faced by taxpayers in Real Estate Sector under the GST law. The case studies covered the following aspects for detailed discussion on the following:

  1.  GST Registration
  2. Reversal of Input Tax Credit under Rule 42 in regard to commercial-cum-residential projects
  3.  Reverse Charge Mechanism (80:20 Rule)
  4.  Valuation, Time of Supply and GST Rate in case of RCM on following transaction:

– Transfer of Development Rights under residential redevelopment project

– Transfer of Development Rights by agriculturist

– Development agreement for shopping mall

– Additional FSI / TDR Purchase

– Buy TDS Scrip / Certificate

Participants appreciated the efforts of group leader.

7. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle meeting on Section 9B & Section 45(4) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 by Adv. Shashi Bekal was held on Friday, 12th April 2024 @Zoom, which was attended by approximately 90 participants, wherein the following points were discussed:

  1.  Difference between Partnership Firms and Limited Liability Partnerships.
  2.  Detailed analysis of section 9B of the Act, reason for its introduction, along with various frequently asked questions and his views thereon.
  3.  Detailed analysis and understanding of Section 45(4) of the Act and comparison of the same with the old provision.
  4.  FAQ’s on section 45(4) of the Act, 1961 along with methodology of computing gains as per the said section.
  5.  Interplay between section 9B and Section 45(4) ofthe Act.

The speaker’s thorough analysis of Sections 9B and 45(4) of the Act shed light on various critical aspects, offering valuable insights into their implications. The session provided clarity on the technical intricacies of these provisions and highlights their significance in taxation.

8. RRR – Read, Remember, Renew Yourself held on Saturday, 6th April, 2024 @BCAS

The Human Resources Development Committee organised a Workshop on the topic “RRR – Read Remember Renew Yourself” on 6th April, 2024, which was attended by 36 participants.

Faculty Mr. Pavan Bhattad, taught the techniques of reading and remembering.

The key takeaways from the workshop are given below:

  1.  Hardly one percent people read. If you are in those 1 per cent, it is a great thing.
  2.  Taking a book and going through it is not reading. You should be able to filter what is useful and implement the knowledge you get from the book.
  3.  Through reading we get ready knowledge gained by writers who write in various publications based on their reading, experience, research, experiments, etc. Reading gives you opportunity to grow beyond these writers. For every challenge, aspiration, goal in life there is a book for it.
  4.  Reading purposefully helps us to renew ourselves through implementing the learning from reading.
  5.  Techniques to remember what we read.
  6.  Faster we read the better we understand, still sometimes we are told to read slowly and carefully because it is important. This makes us infer that we have to read slowly, else we will not understand. Faster we read we get the gist.

9. Suburban Study Circle Meeting on “Case Studies – Interplay Between Income Tax and GST” by CA Gaurav Save and CA Kinjal Bhuta as Group Leaders in two sessions was held on 31st January and 19th March, 2024 at c/o Bathiya & Associates LLP, Andheri (E), which was attended by 10 participants.

The Group Leaders prepared very interesting case-studies through which group had very insightful discussions. They shared their views on the following:

  •  Justification of addition under section 69A.
  •  GST liability on transfer of tenancy right.
  •  Defense strategies for reassessment cases.
  •  Defense against GST mismatch notices, especially regarding NGTP credits.
  •  Inclusion of GST turnover in gross receipts calculation.
  • Applicability of sections 44AD or 44ADA for taxation.
  •  Audit requirement under section 44AB considering practice income and F&O losses.
  •  Availability of GST records to income tax authorities and AO’s access during assessments, etc.

The session was thought-provoking, grounded in real-world application, and comprehensively addressed various perspectives, with plentiful examples drawn from both practical experience and logical reasoning. This approach greatly enhanced the group’s comprehension and engagement with the subject matter.

The session saw lively engagement from the participants, with numerous questions raised and effectively addressed by the group leaders. The interactive nature of the discussion enriched the experience for everyone involved.

10. Half day Seminar on Restructuring of Family Owned Businesses (BCAS jointly with IMC & CTC) held on Friday, 15th March, 2024 @IMC.

First Session: Family-owned Business –Succession / Estate planning (Live case studies) – Including to cover conversion from firm / LLP / Companies – Private Trust etc.

Taxation Committee organised a Half Day Seminar on Restructuring of Family owned businesses at Walchand Hirachand Hall in a hybrid mode.

There was an introduction given by the representatives from all the three organisations.

Moderator CA Anil Sathe started the proceedings after the brief introduction of the panelists. All the three panelists touched upon the brief aspects of the need for restructuring in the family-owned businesses.

CA Sweta Shah explained the various scenarios which the family-owned business groups faces while restructuring for different reasons. She highlighted the reasons beyond tax for such restructurings involving Estate and Succession Planning.

CA Amrish Shah touched upon tax nuances and also the popular structures most organisations adopt in Estate and Succession Planning. Trust as a vehicle was also discussed in detail.

CA Anup Shah explained some of the finer aspects involving corporate and other allied laws. He also explained the situations in case of foreign assets and cross-border issues under FEMA and tax. He also answered queries on HUF and its partition.

Second Session: Restructuring of Businesses – including getting ready for IPO and fund-raising and for that purpose undertaking Merger / Demerger, Slump Sale to carve out core business vs Investments vs separating Brands / Patents, etc. (live Case Studies) In the second session, there were six different case studies which were discussed by the eminent panelists.

All three panelists CA Ketan Dalal, CA Pranav Sayta, and CA Girish Vanvari were very candid in their views on the case studies which involved some real life cases.

They also explained the issues which one can face in case of mergers and demergers without any substantial reason except tax benefit. GAAR and its implications were discussed in detail.

They also emphasised the need for simple structures and avoid complex ones as they can be litigation prone. There
was also a couple of case studies which dealt with cross border mergers and demergers. They explained the implications of reverse mergers and issues arising from them.

Last Session: Family Governance and need for family constitution- Impact on private vs public companies – Binding nature – can it over-ride AOA etc.

Last session was by CA Dinesh Kanabar on the various aspects of Governance of family owned businesses. His presentation was very lucid and covered most of the aspects regarding governance of family owned businesses.

He explained through various examples of both private and public companies the importance of the family constitution and the group abiding by the same.

The entire half-day seminar was well received by both physical and virtual participants. There was an overwhelming response of 200-plus registrations for the same.

This session was chaired by CA Rajan Vora.

11. Full Day Workshop on Bank Audit held on Friday, 15th March, 2024 @BCAS, attended by 52 participants.

(Jointly organised by the Accounting & Auditing & Seminar Committee)

  •  A full-day workshop was conducted to appreciate the intricacies of Central Statutory Audit and how one should approach the same.
  •  There were five sessions concluding with a Panel Discussion.
  •  The first session topic was How to Prepare for a Bank Audit which highlighted key points in audit planning, do’s & don’ts and important reference material.
  •  The second session was on Embracing Digital Transformation in Bank Audits” which highlighted the journey of auditing in digitalised environment.
  •  The third session was on “Verification of Advances” in which critical aspects such as IRAC norms were discussed while auditing bank’s advances.
  •  The fourth session was on “Finalization, Reporting and Practical Challenges for audit for FY 2023-2024“ wherein all critical points and practical challengesfaced by auditors while closing FY24 audits were discussed.
  •  The last session was on “Frauds reporting including NFRA responsibilities” wherein various reporting responsibilities were discussed.
  •  The panel discussion was conducted around changing role of bank audit and expectations from auditors.

Speakers: CA Sandeep Welling, CA Ashutosh Pednekar, CA Vipul Choksi, CA Manish Sampat, CA Priyanka Palav, CA Sushrut Chitale, CA Mukund Chitale, CA Jayant Gokhale, CA Ketan Vikamsey.

Light Elements

In the course of my travel for work, I was once required to stay in a small town in interiors of Maharashtra. I was staying for a couple of days and my schedule as usual was jam packed. Too many things to be completed by meeting various people who were least serious about time! For professionals from Mumbai, this is rather difficult to tolerate but one has to live with it.

I started from my hotel room in the morning and as the monsoons were about to start, it was unbearably humid. Suddenly, there was a brief shower but enough to fill the potholes with water. The road was very narrow and the traffic of rickshaws, scooters and tangas was affected. I stopped to shelter at a roadside shop. I had carried limited clothes and did not want to get wet in the drizzle. I was observing and enjoying peoples’ reactions and overall life of the local people. All of a sudden, I heard the sound of ‘zaanj’ (a traditional musical instrument used for side rhythm). Gradually, I could hear people singing bhajans of ‘Shree Ram Jay Ram, Jay Jay Ram’. I could make out that it was a funeral. Slowly it passed by the road where I was stranded in the rains.

There were quite a few people in the funeral. Around me, people were trying to guess who had died. Somebody said the person who died was not a resident of that village. He was a guest from a distant city. Another said he was the Patil (village mukhiya). Gossip was on though no one had identified as to who was the deceased person. The road was blocked. People in a hurry started cursing him – ‘Arey yaar, is ko abhi hi marna tha! All work is suffering.

Some people were offering namaskaar (homage) to the deceased person and enquiring with each other as to who he was. There was no conclusion reached since that person was perhaps a stranger in that village.

Many people were standing in the shelter of various shops. The procession was quite long. Perhaps, the person had some political connections.

A small schoolboy of six or seven was silently standing beside me and keenly observing the scene. He was perhaps on his way to school. Since there was a crowd around, I was also curious to know who had died. I asked that innocent boy, “Who died?”

The boy gave a very amusing though correct answer.

“The one whom they are carrying on their shoulders has died!”

Statistically Speaking

Regulatory Referencer

I. DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1. Extension of due date for filing of Form No. 10A/I0AB under the Income-tax Act — Circular No. 7/2024 dated
25th April, 2024

The due date for filing Form 10 and 10AB was extended in terms of circulars issued from time to time. The date is now further extended up to 30th June 2024 in cases listed in the circular.

2. CBDT vide Notification No. S.O. 2103(E) dated 24th May, 2024 declared the Cost Inflation Index of the Financial Year 2024–2025 as “363”.

II. SEBI

1. SEBI launches ‘SCORES 2.0’, a new version of the SEBI Complaint Redressal System: SEBI with an objective to make the redressal process more efficient, has introduced SCORES 2.0, a new version of SEBI Complaint Redress System. It is expected that this measure would lead to auto-routing and auto-escalation, monitoring by ‘Designated Bodies’ and reduction of timelines. Investors can lodge complaints only through the new version from 1st April, 2024. In the old SCORES, investors would not be able to lodge new complaints. However, they can check the status of their complaints already lodged and pending in old SCORES. [Press release No. 06/2024, dated 1st April, 2024]

2. SEBI allows reporting entities to use e-KYC Aadhaar Authentication services of UIDAI in the Securities Market as ‘sub-KUA’: Earlier, MoF vide notification dated 20th February, 2024 allowed 24 reporting entities to perform Aadhaar authentication services under the Aadhaar Act, 2016. These entities are now allowed to perform authentication services of UIDAI in the securities market as sub-KUA. The KUAs shall facilitate the onboarding of these entities as sub-KUAs to provide the services of Aadhaar authentication with respect to KYC. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/SECFATF/P/CIR/2024/21, dated 5th April, 2024]

3. SEBI introduces a standard reporting format of ‘Private Placement Memorandum audit report’ for AIFs: SEBI has introduced a standard reporting format for Alternative Investment Funds (AIF) in the Private Placement Memorandum (PPM) audit report. This is to ensure uniform compliance standards and facilitate ease of compliance. The reporting format has been prepared in consultation with the pilot Standard Setting Forum for AIFs (SFA). It shall be hosted on the websites of the AIF Associations. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/SEC-1/P/CIR/2024/22, dated 18th April, 2024]

SEBI relaxes the requirement of publishing ‘fit and proper’ text on contract notes to enhance ease of doing business: SEBI received representations from market participants via the Industry Standards Forum (ISF) to relax the requirement under the Master Circular dated 16th October 2023, of publishing text related to ‘fit and proper’ on contract notes. SEBI has now waived the requirement of publishing ‘fit and proper’ text on contract notes as a step to enhance the ease of doing business. Only a reference to applicable regulations about ‘fit and proper’ must be made part of the contract note. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MRD/MRD-POD-2/P/CIR/2024/25, dated 24th April, 2024].

4. SEBI amends Alternative Investment Funds Regulations, 2012; introduces a new regulation for ‘dissolution period’: SEBI has notified the SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2024. As per the amended norms, a new regulation 29B relating to the dissolution period has been inserted. It states that a scheme of an Alternative Investment Fund may enter into a dissolution period in the manner and subject to the conditions specified by the Board. Further, SEBI has introduced definitions of ‘dissolution period’ and ‘encumbrance’ under Regulation 2 of existing regulations. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2024/168, dated 25th April, 2024]

5. SEBI allows AIFs to create encumbrances on their equity holdings in investee companies engaged in the infrastructure sector: SEBI has allowed Category I and Category II AIFs to create encumbrances on their holdings of equity in investee companies, engaged in the business of development, operation or management of projects in any of the infrastructure sub-sectors listed in the harmonised Master List of Infrastructure issued by the Central Government. This move aims to provide ease of doing business and flexibility to Category I and II AIFs to create encumbrances to facilitate debt raising by such investee companies. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/POD1/CIR/2024/027, dated 26th April, 2024].

6. SEBI allows recognised stock exchanges to carry out administration and supervision over specified intermediaries: SEBI has notified the Securities Contracts (Regulation) (Stock Exchanges and Clearing Corporations) (Amendment) Regulations, 2024. A new regulation 38A has been inserted into the existing regulations. This regulation states that the activities of administration and supervision over specified intermediaries may be carried out by a recognised stock exchange with the approval of the Board on such terms and conditions as may be specified. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2024/171, dated 26th April, 2024]

7. Investment Advisers/Research Analysts applying for registration shall be listed with a recognised body corporate: SEBI has amended the Research Analysts and Investment Advisers Regulations. As per the amended norms, SEBI may recognize a body or body corporate for administration and supervision of research analysts and investment advisers on such terms and conditions as may be specified by SEBI. Further, registration with this body corporate will be required as one of the qualifications for obtaining a registration certificate for Investment Advisers and Research Analysts. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2024/169 & 170, dated 26th April, 2024]

8. SEBI allows one-time flexibility to AIF schemes whose liquidation period expired to deal with unliquidated investments: Earlier, SEBI notified SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2024, to provide flexibility to AIFs and investors to deal with unliquidated investments of their schemes. SEBI has now allowed one-time flexibility to AIF schemes whose liquidation period has expired to deal with unliquidated investments. Thus, AIF schemes, whose liquidation period has expired or shall expire on or before 24th July, 2024 shall be granted a fresh liquidation period till 24th April, 2025. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/POD-I/P/CIR/2024/026, dated 26th April, 2024]

III. FEMA

1. Corresponding FEMA amendment on liberalisation of FDI in Space sector:

In March 2024, the FDI policy on the Space sector was eased by bringing specified sub-sectors under the Automatic Route, which was earlier under the Government approval route only. The corresponding amendment under FEMA has now been made in Schedule I of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 by prescribing liberalized thresholds in specified sub-sectors or activities. The investee entity shall be subject to sectoral guidelines as issued by the Department of Space from time to time. Specific sectoral categorizations and definitions are provided in the notification.

[FEM (Non-Debt Instruments) (Third Amendment) Rules, 2024.

Notification S.O. 1722(E) [F. NO. 1/5/EM/2019], dated 16th April, 2024]

2. Funds raised on overseas listing by Indian companies permitted to be held abroad in foreign currency:

Recently, Indian companies have been permitted to list their equity shares on International Exchanges. FEMA Notification 10(R) – FEM (Foreign Currency Accounts By A Person Resident In India) Regulations, 2015, has been amended to permit Indian companies to hold funds raised through direct listing of equity shares on International Exchanges in foreign currency accounts with a bank outside India.

[FEM (Foreign Currency Accounts by a Person Resident In India) (Amendment) Regulations, 2024. Notification No. FEMA. 10R(3)/2024-RB, dated 19th April, 2024]

3. RBI raises caution against unauthorised entities providing forex facilities to residents:

RBI has raised caution against unauthorised entities offering foreign exchange (forex) trading facilities to Indian residents with promises of disproportionate/exorbitant returns. Such entities take recourse to engaging local agents who open accounts at different bank branches for collecting money towards margins, investment, charges, etc. These accounts are opened in the name of individuals, proprietary concerns, trading firms, etc., and the transactions in such accounts are not found to be commensurate with the stated purpose for opening the account in several cases. RBI has also observed that these entities are providing options to residents to remit/deposit funds in Rupees for undertaking unauthorised forex transactions using domestic payment systems like online transfers, payment gateways, etc. RBI has brought FEMA provisions and other directions issued by them to the attention of the Authorised Dealer Banks and advised them to be more vigilant and exercise greater caution in this regard. Further, RBI has mandated such AD Cat-I banks to report an account being used to facilitate unauthorised forex trading to the Directorate of Enforcement, Government of India.

[A.P. (DIR Series 2024-25) Circular No. 2, dated 24th April, 2024]

4. Specified non-bank entities permitted by IFSCA to issue derivative instruments in GIFT-IFSC with Indian securities as underlying:

Presently, the Authority permitted IFSC Banking Units, registered with SEBI as FPIs to issue Derivative Instruments. IFSCA has now allowed IFSCA-registered non-bank entities, registered with SEBI as Foreign Portfolio Investors (FPIs), to issue Derivative Instruments with Indian securities as underlying, in GIFT-IFSC.

[Circular: IFSCA/CMD-DMIIT/NBE-DI/2024-25/001 dated 2nd May, 2024]

5. Non-residents are permitted to open interest-bearing accounts for posting and collecting margins in India for permitted derivative contracts:

RBI has notified the FEM (Deposit) (Fourth Amendment) Regulations, 2024. Sub-regulation (6) has been inserted into Regulation 7. As per the amended norms, an authorised dealer in India may allow a person resident outside India to open, hold and maintain an interest-bearing account in Indian Rupees and/or foreign currency for posting and collecting margins in India for permitted derivative contracts entered into by such person as
per FEM (Margin for Derivative Contracts) Regulations, 2020.

[Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) (Fourth Amendment) Regulations, 2024, Notification No. F. No. FEMA 5(R)/(4)/2024-RB dated 6th May, 2024]

6. NRIs and OCIs permitted to invest in India through IFSC-based FPIs:

At present, Regulation 4(b) of SEBI’s FPI Regulations states that the FPI applicant cannot be a Non-resident Indian (NRI) or Overseas Citizen of India (OCI). Further, Regulation 4(c) restricts investment by NRIs and OCIs in an FPI to a maximum of 50 per cent of the total contribution in the corpus of the applicant along with other applicable conditions. SEBI had issued a Consultation Paper on permitting increased participation of NRIs and OCIs into SEBI-registered FPIs based out of IFSCs in India and regulated by the IFSCA.

Following these discussions, the SEBI Board, in its meeting held on April 30, 2024, has now permitted increased participation by NRIs and OCIs in Indian securities through FPIs based in IFSC under two alternative routes:

a. Under Route 1, NRI/OCI/Resident Individual (RI) investors may contribute up to 100% in the corpus of IFSC-based FPIs where such FPIs will be, inter alia, required to submit copies of PAN (or other suitable documents in the absence of the same), of all their NRI/OCI/RI individual constituents, along with their economic interests in the FPI, to the DDP. The modalities for this alternative shall be specified by SEBI.

b. Under Route 2, NRI/OCI/RI investors may contribute up to 100% in the corpus of IFSC-based FPIs, but without the FPI required to submit the documents mentioned in Route 1. However, there is a list of several conditions to be met in this route pertaining to the independence of the entity taking investment decisions, non-permissibility of segregated portfolios, the minimum number of investors prescribed, the maximum share of the corpus prescribed, etc.

[SEBI Press Release No. 08/2024 dated 30th April 2024; & IFSCA Circular F. No. IFSCA-IF-10PR/2/2024-Capital Markets dated 2nd May, 2024]

7. RBI issues Master Direction on ‘Margining for Non-Centrally Cleared OTC Derivatives’:

The draft Directions prescribing guidelines for the exchange of initial margin for Non-Centrally Cleared OTC Derivatives were issued on June 16, 2022. Based on the feedback received from the market participants, RBI has now issued the Master Direction on ‘Margining for Non-Centrally Cleared OTC Derivatives’. Non-centrally cleared derivatives (NCCDs) mean derivative contracts whose settlement is not guaranteed by a central counterparty. A Central counterparty is an entity that interposes itself between counterparties to contracts traded in one or more financial markets, becoming the buyer to every seller and the seller to every buyer and thereby ensuring the performance of open contracts.

[RBI/FMRD/2024-25/117.

FMRD.DIRD.01/14.01.023/2024-25

dated 8th May, 2024]

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

17 AnishiaChandrakanth vs. Superintendent,

Central Tax and Central Excise [2024] 162

taxmann.com 115 (Kerala)

dated 09th April, 2024.

Late Fees under section 47(2) are applicable only for a delay in filing of GSTR-9 and not GSTR-9C. Annual return GSTR-9 filed without 9C may be deficient attracting a general penalty. Demanding late fees exceeding ₹10,000 for annual returns covered under the Amnesty scheme declared notification No.7/2023-Central Tax is unjust and unsustainable, even if the returns are filed before the introduction of the said Amnesty scheme.

FACTS

The petitioner filed the annual return in FORM GSTR-9 and GSTR-9C for F.Ys. 2017–18, 2018–19 and 2019–20 belatedly as under.

A show cause notice was issued to the petitioner for the levy of a late fee under section 47(2) of the CGST / SGST Act by calculating the number of days of delay in filing annual returns from the due date of filing of GSTR-9 till the date of filing of GSTR-9C. The petitioner submitted that the late fee is leviable up to the late filing of the GSTR 9 return and not the GSTR-9C reconciliation statement. He further argued that by Notification No.7/2023-CT dated 31st March, 2023, the Amnesty Scheme was introduced with respect to the non-filers of GSTR-9 returns for non-filers of the returns for the financial years 2017–2018 to 2021–2022, by waiver of late fee in excess of ₹10,000 to be paid under section 47 of CGST / SGST Act if the returns are filed up to 31st August, 2023. Since the petitioner paid GSTR-9 on or before the commencement of the Amnesty Scheme the petitioner should also be extended the benefit of the said notification. The department contended that the date of filing of the GSTR-9C would be the relevant date for calculating the late fee if the same is not filed along with the GSTR-9 and that the Amnesty Schemeis applicable only for the returns filed during the period 01st April, 2023 up to 31st August, 2023 and not if the returns are filed outside the said period.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court observed that the GST portal does not support payment of late fees for late filing GSTR-9C. Annual return GSTR-9 filed without 9C may be deficient attracting a general penalty. However, a late fee cannot be made applicable for regularising the GSTR-9 by filing GSTR-9C. Hon’ble Court further observed that when the Government itself has waived the late fee under the aforesaid two notifications Nos.7/2023 dated 31st March, 2023 and 25/2023 dated 17th July, 2023 in excess of ₹10,000, in case of non-filers there appears to be no justification in continuing with the notices for non-payment of late fee for belated GSTR 9C, that too filed by the taxpayers before 01st April, 2023, the date on which one-time amnesty commences. The Hon’ble Court therefore declared the notice demanding a late fee in excess of ₹10,000 as unjust and unsustainable with a caveat that the petitioner shall not be entitled to refund of late fee already paid in excess of ₹10,000.

18 Tvl. Cargotec India (P.) Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner (ST) [2024] 162 

taxmann.com 83 (Madras)

dated 23rd April, 2024.

The Hon’ble Court directed a refund of tax recovered by debiting the electronic ledger of the assessee before the expiry of three months i.e., statutory period for filing an appeal, after observing that the authority had failed to explain the reasons for taking recourse under proviso to section 78.

FACTS

The assessment orders for three years were issued on 28th December, 2022 and appeals were filed on 06th April, 2023. However, the recovery proceedings were initiated even prior to the expiry of the three-month period and the amounts were debited from the petitioner’s Electronic Cash and Credit Ledgers in February 2023. Aggrieved by the same, the petitioner sought a direction for re-credit or refund of the amounts recovered under the said assessment orders.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court observed that although the proviso to section 78 permits the recovery of assessed dues prior to the expiry of a period of three months, the said proviso could be invoked only if the proper officer has recorded in writing the reason as to why he considers it expedient in the interest of revenue to require a taxable person to make payment even before the expiry of prescribed three month period. The Hon’ble Court noted that in the instant case, the respondents failed to satisfactorily explain the recourse to the proviso to section 78 and hence directed the respondent authority to either refund the recovered amount or re-credit the same to the petitioner’s Electronic Cash or Credit Ledgers.

19 Maple Luxury Homes vs. State of Rajasthan

[2024] 162 taxmann.com 34 (Rajasthan)

dated 18th April, 2024.

Where the Notice in RFD-08 proposing rejection of refund does not contain the reasons for rejection of refund, the Hon’ble Court sets aside the order holding that provisions contained in Rule 92(3) of CGST Rules 2017 incorporate the principles of natural justice as it mandates and obligates the proper officer to disclose to the applicant the reason for his tentative decision to reject refund application with an object to invite response, consider the same and pass the order.

FACTS

Petitioner-assessee engaged in construction and development business received advance consideration on account of the agreed supply of a flat from a buyer and it discharged its GST liability in GSTR-3B. However, before the completion of construction, the booking of flats was cancelled due to casualty. Petitioner filed an application for refund of GST paid by it on account of supply having not been completed due to cancellation of the agreement. Authority issued a notice in GST-RFD-08 and thereafter the impugned order was passed rejecting the refund claim of the assessee.

The petitioner contended that Rule 92 of the Central Goods and Services Tax Rules, 2017, mandatorily requires the competent authority to issue a notice stating the reasons for the proposed rejection of a claim. However, in the present case, the show cause notice issued in FORM GST-RFD-08 was completely non-speaking and did not incorporate any reason whatsoever. The petitioner submitted a reply on a speculative basis. It was only when the final order was passed that the Petitioner became aware of the reasons for not accepting the claim for a refund. The Petitioner therefore contended that the order passed by the authority is in apparent violation of principles of natural justice incorporated under the statutory scheme of Rule 92(3) of the Rules, 2017. The department contended that the petitioner is raising only technical grounds and that it is not a case where no opportunity for a hearing was afforded.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that provisions were included in the CGST Rules 2017 to ensure that before rejection of the claim, the applicant comes to know why his application is being rejected so that he could get an opportunity to satisfy the authority that the tentative reason/satisfaction is not correct. The object and purpose seem to minimise the error in the decision-making process. It is for this reason that the principles of natural justice have been incorporated in the aforesaid provision mandatorily requiring the proper officer to communicate the reasons for such satisfaction, obtain a reply from the concerned applicant and then pass an order.

The Hon’ble Court observed that if what has been stated in the GST-RFD-08 notice with regard to reasons is juxtaposed with the reasons that have been assigned in the impugned order to reject the claim of refund, it would be clear that what was stated in the impugned order to reject a claim for refund was not at all stated, even briefly, in the said show cause notice. Hence it was held that the issuance of a show cause notice was only an empty formality rather than making it meaningful requiring the assessee to offer its reply to the reasons for the proposed rejection of the application for a claim of refund. Hence the order was set aside and remitted the matter to the proper officer for issuance of proper notice in FORM GST-RFD-08 and proceed accordingly.

20 (2024) 18 Centax 259 (A.P.) SRS Traders vs. Assistant Commissioner (ST)
dated 19th March, 2024.

The defect of unsigned order uploaded by the adjudicating authority is invalid in the eyes of the law and cannot be cured by taking shelter of provision of rectification of mistake apparent from the record or mode of communication of order.

FACTS

Respondent passed an order and electronically uploaded it without any signature under section 74 of CGST ACT 2017. The said order was issued in non-consideration of objections as well as in the absence of a signature by the valid officer on the order. Being aggrieved by such an order, the petitioner filed a writ petition before Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court relied upon the conclusion arrived in the case of A. V. Bhanoji Row vs. Assistant Commissioner (ST) in W.P.No. 2830 of 2023 wherein it was held that sections 160 and 169 of CGST Act, 2017 cannot safeguard and justify unsigned orders in any manner. In view of the aforementioned, the Hon’ble High Court allowed this petition and thereby directed to set aside the unsigned order and issue fresh orders expeditiously in consonance with the law.

21 (2024) 14 Centax 295 (Cal.) Arvind Gupta versus Assistant Commissioner of Revenue State Taxes

dated 04th January, 2024.

Appellate Authority should consider the appeal beyond the statutory limit of 4 months on merits where the justifiable reason for the delay in filing the appeal was provided.

FACTS

The petitioner was suffering from carcinoma maxilla and was regularly visiting hospital for the treatment during July 2023. Petitioner had filed an appeal beyond the statutory limit of 4 months and stated the above medical reasons in Annexure to GST APL – 01 along with sufficient evidence for the delay. Appellate Authority without taking the reasons for delay into consideration rejected the appeal on the ground of delay in filing the appeal beyond the statutory time limit of 4 months (i.e. 3 months + 1 month). Being aggrieved by the Order of Appellate Authority, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court followed the conclusion arrived in the judgment of S.K. Chakraborty & Sons versus Union of India & Others (MAT 82 of 2022 dated 01st December, 2023) and held that Appellate Authority has the power to condone the delay in filing of the appeal if sufficient reasons for condonation of delay are provided by the Appellant. This is so because in the case of S. K. Chakraborty’s decision (supra), it was inter alia held, “The co-ordinate Bench in Kajal Dutta (supra) has construed the provisions of section 107(1) and (4) of the Act of 2017 and held that the statute does not state that beyond the prescribed period of limitation, the appellate authority cannot exercise jurisdiction”. “Prescription of a period of limitation by a special statute may or may not exclude the applicability of the Act of 1963 (The Limitation Act), particularly section 29(2) thereof should be considered.” Also, “section 107 of the Act does not excludethe applicability of the Act of 1963 expressly.” Therefore, High Court ordered Appellate Authority to considerthe appeal on merits and decide the same inaccordance with law. Accordingly, the writ petition was allowed.

22 (2024) 18 Centax 48 (Jhar.) East India Udyog Ltd. vs. State of Jharkhand
dated 13th April, 2024.

Interest on delayed filing of returns cannot be demanded without any adjudication proceedings.

FACTS

Petitioner was engaged in the business of manufacturing various types of power distribution transformers, conductors and cables. There was a delay in filing the return for the period from June 2018 to March 2019. Petitioner received a notice for non-payment of interest amounting to ₹92,96,0423 due to a delay in filing the return. Thereafter, a show cause notice was issued, and the order was passed without any opportunity for hearing or adjudication. The petitioner preferred an appeal to contest the order but was dismissed without any remedy. Being aggrieved by the appellate order, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court relied upon the conclusion arrived in the judgment of R.K. Transport Private Limited, Phusro, Bokaro vs. Union of India [W.P. (T) No. 1404 of 2020 dated 16th February, 2022] andMahadeo Construction Co. vs. Union of India [2020(36) G.S.T.L 343 (Jhar.)], wherein it was held that without initiating adjudication proceedings under section 73 or 74 of CGST Act 2017, demand for payment of interest cannot be raised due to delayed filing of return. The Hon. Court inter alia observed as follows:

“32. Therefore, it is evident that the dispute between the parties to the litigation is not with regard to the very liability to pay interest itself but only on the quantum of such liability. In order to decide and determine such quantum, the objections raised by each petitioner shall have to be, certainly, considered. Undoubtedly unilateral quantification of interest liability cannot be justified especially when the assessee has something to say on such quantum.”

Further Hon’ble High Court stated that a bench of co-equal strength must follow the decision of another bench of co-equal strength. Accordingly, a petition was disposed of, with liberty to the department to initiate the adjudication proceeding.

23 (2024) 15 Centax 444 (Bom.) NRB Bearings Ltd. vs. Commissioner of State Tax

dated 14th February, 2024.

Rectification of bonafide errors in GSTR-1 should be allowed and recipients should not suffer denial of ITC where tax has been paid to the Government.

FACTS

Petitioner made a clerical error while reporting invoice details in GSTR-1 pertaining to F.Y. 2017–18. This error resulted in a mismatch between GSTR-3B and GSTR-2A and denial of ITC in the hands of the recipient viz. Bajaj Auto Ltd. Thereafter, the petitioner approached the jurisdictional officer for rectification of invoice details in GSTR-1 of December 2019. Also, the petitioner referred to Circular 2A of 2022 and submitted a CA Certificate stating that GST liability was duly discharged on the said transaction. In respect the submissions, no response was received regarding the rectification of GSTR-1. Under such circumstances, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court of Bombay.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court relied upon the decision in the case of M/s. Star Engineers (I) Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India &Ors. dated 14th December 2023, wherein it was held that in case of a bonafide error where no loss is caused to the exchequer, technicalities must not restrict legitimate rectifications. Accordingly, a writ petition was allowed by permitting the petitioner to rectify GSTR-1 for the period 2017–18. However, the eligibility of ITC in the hands of Bajaj Auto Ltd. was kept open.

Recent Developments in GST

A. NOTIFICATIONS

1. Notification No. 09/2024-Central Tax dated 12th April, 2024

The above notification seeks to extend the due date for filing FORM GSTR-1, for the month of March 2024 till 12th April, 2024. (One-day relief due to technical glitches).

B. ADVANCE RULINGS

10 Job Work vis-à-vis Composite Supply
M/s. Zuha Leather Pvt. Ltd. (AR Order No. 36/AAR/2022 dated 30th November, 2022 (TN)

The applicant has filed an application for Advance Ruling, raising the following question:

“Whether the activity of tanning, with chemical consumption, carried out by the applicant is coming within the purview of job work chargeable to tax under item i(e) of the Heading 9988 i.e., Manufacturing Services on Physical Inputs (Goods) owned by Others, and, if not what would be the applicable tax rate?”

The applicant submitted that he is basically a tanner carrying out the activity of tanning process on hides and skins (Chapter 41) and selling the finished product viz., finished leather. It was further submitted that apart from its own manufacturing activity, he is carrying out job tanning (work) i.e., carrying out the activity of tanning process on the hides and skins owned by others. In such process of tanning, the applicant procures and transfers tanning chemicals which are chargeable to tax @ 18 per cent. The applicant was apprehensive that if the transaction is composite supply, the rate will be different and if considered as job work supply the rate will be different. Therefore, this AR was filed. In the course of AR proceedings, the applicant explained the nature of the activity. It was explained that the contract of tanning, essentially involves either —

a. Conversion of raw hides and skins (Chapter 41) into finished leather (Chapter 41) or

b. Conversion of raw hides and skins into wet blue or crust leather or

c. Conversion of wet blue or crust leather to finished leather or

d. Any other intermediary process/es.

It was explained that the intent of the contract is to process or tan the required type of finish on the input leather supplied by the principal and the price for such work (i.e., job tanning charges) has been agreed mutually by the Principal and the Job worker.

Citing the definition of ‘job work’ in section 2(68), the applicant submitted that the activity is a job work activity. Supporting precedents cited. The whole process of job work is explained with a flow chart.

The ld. AAR made reference to Section 2(68) of the GST Act according to which the term ‘job work’ means any treatment or process undertaken by a person on goods belonging to another registered person.

The ld. AAR also referred to the definition of ‘Composite Supply’ defined in section 2(30) and reproduced the same as under:

“Composite Supply” means a supply made by a taxable person to a recipient consisting of two or more taxable supplies of goods or services or both, or any combination thereof which are naturally bundled and supplied in conjunction with each other in the ordinary course of business, one of which is a principal supply.

Illustration: Where goods are packed and transported with insurance, the supply of goods, packing materials, transport and insurance is a composite supply and the supply of goods is a principal supply;”

The ld. AAR analyzed facts as under:

“In the instant case, on perusal of the invoices of job work and flowchart of the process submitted by the Applicant, it is clear that hides and skins (Chapter 41) are received from Applicant’s customer for the job work of tanning and that certain tanning chemicals are added to assist the tanning process. After various processes, the raw hides and skins (Chapter 41) are converted into finished leather (Chapter 41) and returned back to the Applicant’s customer. The Customer (M/s Century Overseas -who is a registered person-Principal) while transporting the raw hides and skins and receiving the finished product, does not transfer the ownership to the Applicant. This is apparent in the Job Tanning order given by the customer (M/s Century Overseas). The terms and conditions stipulate that the Applicant (M/s Zuha Leathers) should return the goods without any damage. Hence, it is clear that the Applicant in the instant case is the job worker, who has to process the rawhide supplied by the Principal and after the tanning process (job work) return the same to the Principal. In the course of the tanning process, Applicant is using some tanning chemicals which are consumed in the process. It is not unusual for a job worker to add some inputs to aid his job work process. But, it remains a job working process and it is pertinent to note in the instant case that both the raw material (hides & skins) and finished product (finished leather) fall in Chapter 41. Also, it cannot be treated as a composite supply, if we analyze the illustration given in the definition of Composite Supply cited supra. Therefore, the activity of the Applicant in processing (tanning), the rawhide owned by the Principal into finished leather falls within the purview of job work.”

Accordingly, the ld. AAR clarified activity as ‘job work’.

Referring to entry 3 in Schedule II, the ld. AAR held that it is the supply of service. Regarding the rate of tax, the ld. AAR referred to Notification no.11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 as amended by Notification No.20/2017 prescribing the rates of tax for manufacturing services on physical inputs (goods) owned by others.

The ld. AAR also made reference to CBIC Circular No. 126/45/2019-GST [F. NO. 354/150/2019- TRU], dated 22nd November, 2019 in which clarifications are given about above notification.

Based on the above background, the ld. AAR held that the rate wouldwould be 5 per ce if the activity is for registered persons. The ld. AAR held that if the activity of the applicant is undertaken on goods which are owned by persons other than those registered under the CGST Act, then the applicable rate will be 18 per cent.

11 Supply of goods vis-à-vis Services
M/s. Precision Camshafts Ltd.
(AR Order No. MAH/AAAR/DS-RM/16/2022-23 dated 20th January, 2023 (MAH)

This appeal arose out of AR order No.GST-AAR-22/2020-21/B-36 dated 29th March, 2022. The appellant had put up the following question for advance ruling:

“Whether the supply of “assistance in design and development of patterns used for manufacture or camshaft” to a customer is a composite supply of services, the principal supply being supply of services?”

The ld. AAR has given the ruling as under:

“The activity of design and development of patterns used for manufacturing of camshaft for a customer is a supply of service in the form of intermediary service.”

In appeal, the appellant once again explained the whole activity. The appellant receives two separate orders from Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM), one for assistance in the design and development of patterns used for manufacturing camshafts and the other for supply of camshafts.

The appellant was submitting that the first transaction of assistance in the design and development of patterns is the activity of service by submitting that the overseas OEM engages the appellant and assigns it the responsibility to (i) assist in manufacturing process planning (ii) designing and developing the tool (iii) identify the third party manufacturers who can manufacture tools based on the drawings/designs/patterns for the manufacture of camshafts (iv) engage the third party vendors to manufacture the tools (v) use such tools for the manufacture of camshafts. It was submitted that though the pattern is in physical form, it is a composite supply where service is the principal supply.

The ld. AAR accepted the contention of the appellant that the transaction is the supply of service but held that it is an intermediary service. In this respect, in appeal, abundant material in the form of submissions is provided with the meaning of composite supply and others. The appellant explained the concept of supply of service.

Elaborate submissions were made before the ld. AAAR about the nature of the transaction.

The ld. AAAR summarized the position as under:

“11. As per the submission made by the appellant, it is the appellant who prepares the drawing and designs of tool / pattern and also check feasibility of its manufacturing. The techno-commercial offer is being made by the appellant to overseas OEM / Machinist. Overseas OEM / Machinist releases the purchase order, for a specific number of units of tools, after approval of techno-commercial offer. The appellant undertakes in-house drawing, design, modelling, simulation and documentation for the manufacture of the tools. Whereas, it hires third-party vendor for machining (manufacturing) the tool as per the specification provided by the appellant. The third-party vendors charge for the manufacture of tools, which is paid by the appellant. The third-party vendor delivers the tool to the appellant, of which the appellant further raises the supply invoice to overseas OEMs / Machinist specifying therein the description of goods (tools), quantity, rate per unit, etc. However, as industry practice in this sector, the appellant keeps such tools with it for further use in the manufacture of camshafts.

12. The invoice raised by the appellant also exhibits that the tools of specific designs as per the specifications of overseas customers are supplied to them. Thus, from a perusal of the purchase order placed by the overseas customers and supply invoice raised by the appellant, it is clear that the dominant intention of overseas customers is to get the supply of manufactured patterns / tools from the appellant as per the specification provided by them.”

The ld. AAAR further found that the appellant is making such a supply of tools on his own against consideration which is the price for tools, hence, there is no issue of receiving commission from overseas customers. The ld. AAAR also observed that the appellant is not facilitating any supply between the overseas entity and a third-party vendor. The impugned transaction is a supply of goods i.e., tools from appellant to customer on a principal-to-principal basis, observed the ld. AAAR. Accordingly, the ld. AAAR held that order of ld. AAR holding the above activity as an intermediary service is erroneous and cannot be accepted.

The ld. AAAR further observed that the appellant first manufactures the tools as per the requirements and specifications given by the customer and it retains them for use in the manufacture and supply of camshafts to said customer. The ld. AAAR observed that the appellant raised the tax invoice for these tools in the name of an overseas customer in convertible foreign exchange, though the tools are not physically exported to the customer and the ownership of the tools remains with the overseas customer. Therefore, the ld. AAAR held that the impugned transaction between the appellant and overseas customer is of supply of goods i.e., supply of pattern / tool of specified specifications.

The ld. AAAR modified AR accordingly, holding the transaction as a supply of goods.

12 Exemption — liability to RCM
M/s. Portescap India Pvt. Ltd.
(AR Order No. MAH/AAAR/DS-RM/15/2022-23
dated 13th January, 2023 (MAH)

The appellant is engaged in the manufacturing of customized motors in India and it is a SEZ Unit.

The appellant procures Rental Services from “Santacruz Electronics Export Processing Zone” (hereinafter referred to as “SEEPZ”) SEZ Authority, situated at SEEPZ service centre building, Andheri East, Mumbai-400096. Additionally, other services like Advocate Services and Gate Pass Services from SEEPZ are being procured wherein GST is presently being discharged by the appellant under the Reverse Charge Mechanism.

As per the Notification No. 18/2017 – Integrated Tax (Rate) dated 05th July, 2017, the Central Government exempts services imported by a unit or a developer in the Special Economic Zone for authorized operations, from the whole of the integrated tax leviable thereon under section 5 of the IGST Act.

The appellant understood that the exemption to allow tax-free procurement of goods and services for authorized operations.

The appellant filed an application for AR before ld. AAR is raising the following questions:

“(i) Whether an SEZ unit is required to comply with the reverse charge mechanism as a service recipient for local/domestic renting of immovable property services procured by the unit from SEEPZ Special Economic Zone Authority (Local Authority) in accordance with Notification No. 13/2017 – Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 read with Notification No. 03/2018 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 25th January, 2018?

(ii) Whether an SEZ unit is required to pay tax under the reverse charge mechanism on any other services in accordance with Notification No. 13/2017 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 read with Notification No. 03/2018 – Central Tax (Rate) dated 25th January, 2018.”

Vide order in GST-ARA-93/2019-20/B-110 dated 10th December, 2021. The ruling was given as under:

This appeal is against the above advanced ruling.

In appeal, the appellant mainly raised ground that Reverse charge in terms of Notification No. 13/2017 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 read with Notification No. 03/2018 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 25.01.2018 and Notification No 10/2017 — Integrated Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 (hereinafter referred to as “reverse charge notification”) is not applicable in the case of a SEZ Unit and there ought to be a harmonized reading of the aforesaid reverse charge notifications issued under Section 9(3) of the CGST Act 2017, or Section 5(3) of the IGST Act 2017 with the provisions of Section 16(3) of the IGST Act 2017.

The appellant further submitted that a supply to SEZ will be considered as an inter-state supply and as long as the same supply is used for authorized operations of the SEZ, the same will be zero-rated. Further, it was submitted that as a recipient of supplies made by DTA to SEZ, the appellant is entitled to the option available under Section 16 of IGST Act 2017, for zero-rated supplies, to provide a LUT for the supplies received from the SEEPZ SEZ and used for the authorized activities of the SEZ. Therefore, it was contended that, the appellant is not required to make cash payment under reverse charge but receive supplies on the basis of an LUT at its option.

The appellant relied upon on the judgment in GMR Aerospace Engineering Limited and another versus Union of India and others (2019 (8) TMI 748 — 2019-VIL-489-TEL-ST) in support of the contention that the SEZ Act — Section 51 has an overriding effect.

The appellant, alternatively submitted that, even if it is assumed that “reverse charge” notifications asaforesaid are applicable, even then the SEZ unit in terms of Section 16 of the IGST 2017 could exercise the option to provide LUT as provided in respect of supplies made from DTA to an SEZ unit specified under Section 16(3) of the IGST Act 2017 and therefore, no liability to deposit RCM in cash.

The ld. AAAR made reference to relevant provisions including in section 16(1) of the IGST Act and reproduced the said section as under:

“16. (1) “zero rated supply” means any of the following supplies of goods or services or both, namely:

(a) export of goods or services or both; or

(b) supply of goods or services or both to a Special Economic Zone developer or a Special Economic Zone unit.”

The ld. AAAR on perusal of the aforesaid provisions of the zero-rated supply, observed that any supply of goods or services or both made to a SEZ developer or SEZ unit for carrying out authorised operation in SEZ will be considered as zero-rated supply and the said supply will not attract any GST whatsoever. The ld. AAAR observed that this provision of zero-rated supply will cover even the supply of services which are specified under the reverse charge Notification 10/2017-I.T. (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 as amended by Notification No. 03/2018-I.T. (Rate) dated 25th January, 2018. The ld. AAAR, in this respect, referred to the principle of law that the specific provision made in the Act will have greater legal force than that of a notification issued under the same or any other provisions of the same Act. Accordingly, the ld. AAAR held that the provisions laid down under section 16(1) of the IGST Act, 2017 will supersede the notification issued under section 5(3) of the IGST Act, 2017, which enumerates the services which attract GST under a reverse charge basis. The ld. AAAR also observed that the said provision of section 16(1), merely mentions the supply of goods or services or both to the SEZ developer or SEZ unit and it does not mention anything about the type of the supplier. Therefore, irrespective of fact whether the supplier supplying the services is located in DTA or in SEZ area, as long as the supply is being made to SEZ developer or SEZ unit for carrying out authorized operations in SEZ, the same will be treated as zero-rated supply, and will not be subject to GST. Therefore, the ld. AAAR held that in the present case, the impugned services of renting immovable property being provided by the SEZ developer, i.e., SEEPZ SEZ to the appellant and not by a supplier located in DTA does not make any difference.

Referring to provisions of section 16 (1) and Section 5 (3) of the IGST Act, the ld. AAAR held that the intention of the legislature is not to tax the supplies made to a unit in SEZ or an SEZ developer, which has been made zero-rated under clause (b) of section 16 (1) of the IGST Act, 2017. It is further observed that by virtue of deeming provision under section 5 (3) of the IGST Act, 2017, the levy on procurement of services specified in Notification 13/2017 CT (Rate) falls upon the unit in SEZ or SEZ developer and therefore, a unit in SEZ or SEZ developer can procure such services for use in authorized operation without payment of integrated tax provided the actual recipient i.e., SEZ unit or SEZ developer, furnishes a LUT or bond as specified in condition (i) of para 1 of notification No. 37/2017-CT. The ld. AAAR opined that the actual recipient here for the subject supplies is a deemed supplier for the purpose of the aforesaid condition and the appellant will not be required to pay any GST under RCM on the impugned supply of renting of immovable property services received from SEEPZ SEZ, if appellant furnishes LUT.

The ld. AAAR further extended above principle in relation to service obtained by SEZ unit from DTA unit and held that the supply of services procured by SEZ unit from the suppliers located in DTA for carrying out the authorized operation in SEZ will not attract any GST in accordance with the provision of section 16(1) of the IGST Act, 2017, and the Appellant will not be required to pay any GST under RCM on the services received from DTA supplier for carrying out the authorized operation in SEZ, subject to LUT.

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR modified the AR as under:

“43. We, hereby, set aside the Advance Ruling No. GST-ARA-93/2019-20/B-110 dated 10th December, 2021– 2021-VIL-464-AAR, passed by the MAAR and held as under:

(i) that the Appellant is not required to pay GST under RCM on the impugned services of renting immovable property services received from SEEPZ SEZ for carrying out the authorized operation in SEZ subject to furnishing of LUT or bond as a deemed supplier of such services;

(ii) that the Appellantis not required to pay GST under RCM on any other services received from the suppliers located in DTA for carrying out the authorized operation in SEZ subject to furnishing of LUT or bond as a deemed supplier of such services.”

13.ITC of payment of BCD, CVD and SAD
M/s. Vijay Flexi Packaging Industries (AR Order No. 106/AAR/2023 dated 5th September, 2023 (TN)

In the AR the applicant has stated that they are a partnership concern engaged in the manufacture of printed poly packing materials. During 2011 they imported certain machinery under the EPCG Scheme and availed concessional duty benefits under the EPCG Scheme for the import of capital goods under an Authorization letter issued by Asst. Director General of Foreign Trade, Madurai for a period of 8 years ending 2019. Due to unforeseen circumstances, they could not fulfil the export obligation under the EPCG scheme. Therefore, they have remitted the duty amount i.e., Basic Customs Duty (BCD), Countervailing Duty (CVD), and Special Additional Duty (SAD).

Based on the above, the issue raised before AR was about eligibility to ITC of payment made of BCD, CVD and SAD along with interest.

The ld. AAR referred to the definition of ‘input tax’ in section 2(62) of the CGST Act which reads as under:

“(62) “input tax” in relation to a registered person, means the central tax, State tax, integrated tax or Union territory tax charged on any supply of goods or services or both made to him and includes—

(a) the integrated goods and services tax charged on the import of goods;

(b) the tax payable under the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 9;

(c) the tax payable under the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 5 of the Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act;

(d) the tax payable under the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 9 of the respective State Goods and Services Tax Act; or

(e) the tax payable under the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 7 of the Union Territory Goods and Services Tax Act, but does not include the tax paid under the composition levy.”

The ld. AAR also observed that ‘input tax credit’ means the credit of input tax as defined in section 2(63) of the CGST Act as reproduced above. BCD, CVD and SAD are not covered by the above sections. The ld. AAR observed that the definition of Input tax and input tax credit as per Section 2 of the GST Act, 2017, includes only IGST charged on imports of goods and there is no provision under the GST Law for availing credit of BCD, CVD and SAD.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR passed a ruling that BCD, CVD and SAD are not eligible for ITC.

Article 13 of India-Denmark DTAA — Assessee, a Danish tax resident, had obtained software licenses from Microsoft for its group entities and received payments from its Indian AE SGIPL. Since software was used by Indian AE, and such use did not involve any transfer of copyright or other rights, as neither assessee nor SGIPL had right to sub-license or modify software, payment made by Indian AE to assessee could not be characterised as royalty.

6 [2024] 161 taxmann.com 590 (Delhi – Trib.)

Saxo Bank A/S.vs. ACIT

ITA No: 2010/Del/2023

A.Y.: 2020–21

Dated: 16th April, 2024

Article 13 of India-Denmark DTAA — Assessee, a Danish tax resident, had obtained software licenses from Microsoft for its group entities and received payments from its Indian AE SGIPL. Since software was used by Indian AE, and such use did not involve any transfer of copyright or other rights, as neither assessee nor SGIPL had right to sub-license or modify software, payment made by Indian AE to assessee could not be characterised as royalty.

FACTS

Assessee was a tax resident of Denmark. It entered into a global agreement with Microsoft for procuring various shrink-wrapped software licenses such as Microsoft Visual Studios, Dynamic 365, remote desktop, office 365, etc., for entities within the Saxo Group. The assessee received payments from its Indian Associated Enterprise (‘AE’) against the above licenses. Indian AE had withheld tax under section 195 of the Act. In its return of tax, assessee claimed refund of tax withheld by the Indian AE.

AO held that the assessee had received charges from Indian AE for allowing use of its IT infrastructure, which consisted of various third-party software, owned / leased / supported platforms, including hardware systems. Hence, the receipts were taxable as royalty. The DRP upheld order of the AO.

Being aggrieved, the assessee filed appeal to the ITAT.

HELD

  •  The software used by SGIPL and the amount cross-charged by the assessee did not pertain to use or right to use any copyright, as neither the assessee nor the Indian AE had any right to sub-license, transfer, reverse engineer, modify or reproduce the software or user license.
  •  The Indian AE had acknowledged that the Microsoft Software was granted to assessee by Microsoft Denmark ApS under an object code-only, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable, non-transferable, revocable license to access and use the object code version of the proprietary software, solely for internal business purposes of the assessee and its group / associate companies.
  •  The core of a transaction is to authorise the end-user to have access to and make use of the licensed software over which the licensee has no exclusive rights and no copyright is parted. Payment for the same cannot be characterised as royalty.

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA — Subscription fees received by an American scientific society for providing access to online chemistry database and for sale of online journal to Indian subscribers did not qualify as Royalty, either in terms of section 9(1)(vi) of Act, or in terms of article 12(3) of India-USA DTAA.

5 [2024] 161 taxmann.com 354 (Mumbai – Trib.)

American Chemical Society vs. DCIT

ITA No: 415/Mum/2023

A.Y.: 2021–22

Dated: 27th March, 2024

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA — Subscription fees received by an American scientific society for providing access to online chemistry database and for sale of online journal to Indian subscribers did not qualify as Royalty, either in terms of section 9(1)(vi) of Act, or in terms of article 12(3) of India-USA DTAA.

FACTS

The assessee (ACS) was a society based in the USA and supported scientific inquiry in the field of chemistry. Its source of income was subscription fees — for providing access to online chemistry database and for sale of online journals from outside India to Indian subscribers.

Following the orders passed in earlier years, the AO treated the payments received by the assessee as royalty. The DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to the ITAT.

HELD

Following the orders passed for earlier years1, the ITAT held that the subscription fees received by the assessee from its customers for providing access to database and journals was not royalty as the subscribers did not acquire use of a copyright. Key findings of the ITAT in earlier years were:

  •  The grant of a copyright means that the recipient has a right to commercially exploit the database / software, e.g. reproduce, duplicate or sub-license the same.Such payments may be classified as royalty. However, in the present case, assessee had not transferred such rights in the database or search tools to its subscribers.
  •  The user of the copyrighted software does not receive the right to exploit the copyright in the software. He merely enjoys the product or the benefits of the product in the normal course of his business.

The journal provided by ACS did not provide any information arising from its previous experience. The experience of the assessee was in the creation of and maintaining of such online format. By granting access to the journals, the assessee neither shared its experiences, techniques or methodology employed in evolving databases with the subscribers, nor did the assessee impart any information relating to the subscribers.

 


1 American Chemical Society vs. Dy. CIT (IT) [2019] 106 taxmann.com 253 (Mumbai) (para 4) and American Chemical Society vs. Dy. CIT [2023] 151
taxmann.com 74 (Mumbai - Trib.) (para 4).

Sec. 54, Sec. 263.: Where the assessee claimed deduction under section 54 within the prescribed time limits, capital gains not deposited in the CGAS scheme will not be considered as prejudicial to the interest of the revenue and invoking revisionary jurisdiction was bad in law.

20 Ms. Sarita Gupta vs. Principal Commissioner of Income-tax

[2024] 109 ITR(T) 373 (Delhi -Trib.)

ITA NO. 1174 (DELHI) OF 2022

A.Y.: 2012–13

Dated: 7th December, 2023

Sec. 54, Sec. 263.: Where the assessee claimed deduction under section 54 within the prescribed time limits, capital gains not deposited in the CGAS scheme will not be considered as prejudicial to the interest of the revenue and invoking revisionary jurisdiction was bad in law.

FACTS

The assessee was an individual who had sold a residential property during the year under consideration. Based on certain information in this regard, reassessment was initiated by the AO calling upon the assessee to furnish the details of the properties sold and the resultant capital gain. After verifying all the details, the AO accepted the return of income filed by the assessee and accordingly completed the assessment.

The records were examined by the PCIT wherein it was found that the capital gain amount was not deposited in the capital gain account scheme during the interim period till its utilisation in purchase / construction of new property. Revisionary powers under section 263 were invoked by the PCIT.

Rejecting assessee’s submissions, the PCIT set aside the assessment order with a direction to disallow the deduction claimed under section 54 of the Act, on the count that the assessee had failed to deposit the capital gain amount in capital gain account scheme.

Aggrieved by the order, the assessee filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT observed that in the course of assessment proceedings, the AO had thoroughly examined the issue of sale of the immovable property and the resultant capital gain arising from such sale.

On the perusal of the show cause notice issued under section 263 of the Act as well as the order passed, it was observed by the ITAT that the revisionary authority had not expressed any doubt regarding the quantum of capital gain arising at the hands of the assessee and also the fact that such capital gain was invested in purchase/construction of residential house within the time limit prescribed under section 54(1) of the Act.

The ITAT held that treating the assessment order to be erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of Revenue only because the capital gain was not deposited in the capital gain account scheme was bad in law.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

Sec. 48.: Where assessee sold house properties and claimed indexed cost of improvement while computing long term capital gains, since all expenditure incurred enhanced the sale value of the house property, assessee was entitled to deduction towards cost of improvement. Sec. 54.: Where assessee reinvested sale proceeds in purchase of property from his own bank account, then the property being registered in the name of his parents will not disentitle the assessee to claim a deduction u/s 54 of the Act.

19 Rajiv Ghai vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax

[2024] 109 ITR(T) 439 (Delhi – Trib.)

ITA NO. 8490 & 9212 (DELHI) OF 2019

A.Y.: 2016–17

Dated: 26th December, 2023

Sec. 48.: Where assessee sold house properties and claimed indexed cost of improvement while computing long term capital gains, since all expenditure incurred enhanced the sale value of the house property, assessee was entitled to deduction towards cost of improvement.

Sec. 54.: Where assessee reinvested sale proceeds in purchase of property from his own bank account, then the property being registered in the name of his parents will not disentitle the assessee to claim a deduction u/s 54 of the Act.

FACTS

The assessee was an individual who sold two residential properties at Lucknow and Bangalore. The assessee claimed indexed cost of acquisition and indexed cost of certain improvements made to both the properties. Further, the assessee reinvested the sales proceeds towards the purchase of another house property which was registered in the name of his parents and claimed deduction u/s 54 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (Act).

In the course of scrutiny, the Assessing Officer (AO) partly disallowed the indexed cost of improvements in the computation of long-term capital gains against the Lucknow property. It was contended by the AO that the valuation report and other evidences furnished by the assessee to justify the cost of improvements were vague and insufficient. Further, the AO partly disallowed the indexed cost of improvements for the Bangalore property contending that installation costs of elevator was ineligible to be claimed as cost of improvement. Further, the deduction claimed u/s 54 was disallowed on the count that the house property was registered in the name of assessee’s parents.

Aggrieved by the assessment order, the assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A). The CIT(A) partly allowed the appeal of the assessee to the extent of the claim of deduction u/s 54 of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee and the Revenue filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT observed that the assessee had submitted a valuation report certifying the cost of acquisition and cost of improvement of the Lucknow property. The said valuation was carried out in compliance with the guidelines laid down by the Central Public Works Department.

The ITAT held that all the costs incurred led toimprovement in the value of the house property. The AO had disallowed the improvement costs based on selective reading of the sale agreement. Further, it was held that the AO could not bring anything on record that the statement given by the valuer was wrong on facts or had inconsistencies.

For the Bangalore property, the ITAT held that deductions towards elevator installation and other expenses made the house habitable and should be allowed to be claimed as costs of improvement.

Relying on the decisions in ACIT vs. Suresh Verma (135 ITD 102) & CIT vs. Kamal Wahal (351 ITR 4), the ITAT held that the assessee reinvested sale proceeds in purchase of property from his own bank account. Therefore, the property being registered in the name of his parents will not disentitle the assessee to claim a deduction u/s 54 of the Act.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed and that of the revenue dismissed.

S. 270A – No penalty under section 270A can be levied for incorrect reporting of interest income if the interest income as appearing in Form 26AS as on date of filing of return was correctly disclosed by the assessee and the difference in interest income was on account of delayed reporting by the deductor. S. 270A – No penalty under section 270A could be levied if the enhanced claim of exemption under section 10(10) of the assessee was on the basis of a mistaken but bona fide belief and he had disclosed all material facts and circumstances of his case S. 270A – Imposition of penalty under section 270A(1) is discretionary and not mandatory.

18 Ravindra Madhukar Kharche vs. ACIT

(2024) 161 taxmann.com 712 (Nagpur Trib)

ITA No.: 228(Nag) of 2023

A.Y.: 2017–18

Dated: 16th April, 2024

S. 270A – No penalty under section 270A can be levied for incorrect reporting of interest income if the interest income as appearing in Form 26AS as on date of filing of return was correctly disclosed by the assessee and the difference in interest income was on account of delayed reporting by the deductor.

S. 270A – No penalty under section 270A could be levied if the enhanced claim of exemption under section 10(10) of the assessee was on the basis of a mistaken but bona fide belief and he had disclosed all material facts and circumstances of his case

S. 270A – Imposition of penalty under section 270A(1) is discretionary and not mandatory.

FACTS

The assessee-individual joined his services with Maharashtra State Electricity Board (MSEB), which was demerged, inter alia, into Maharashtra State Electricity Generation Company Ltd (MSEGCL) which was a State Government of Maharashtra-owned company. Consequently, the assessee’s employer became MSEGCL. He retired from MSEGCL on 31st May, 2016.

He declared total income of ₹44,68,490 with NIL tax liability in his original return of income. Subsequently, the return was revised claiming tax refund of ₹3,09,000, owing to upward revision of claim of exemption of gratuity to ₹20,00,000 (on the belief that his case was covered by CBDT notification dated 8th March, 2019) as against original claim of ₹10,00,000.

While framing assessment under section 143(3),the AO made two additions: (a) addition of ₹10,00,000 arising on account of restricting the claim of exemption of gratuity to ₹10,00,000 under section 10(10) as available to non-government employee, as against the claim of ₹20,00,000 made in revised ITR;(b) addition of ₹21,550 being difference of interest
income offered to tax as against the income reported in Form 26AS.

The assessee did not challenge the disallowances in appeal and paid the assessed tax.

The AO initiated penal proceedings under section 270A pursuant to the aforesaid additions and imposed a penalty of ₹6,02,858 @ 200 per cent of tax sought to evaded under section 270A(8).

CIT(A) confirmed the penalty levied by the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal vide an ex-parte order deleted the penalty under section 270A and observed as follows:

(a) With regard to the penalty vis-a-vis incorrect reporting of interest income was concerned, the Tribunal held that no penalty under section 270A could be levied since:

(i) as on the date of filing of return, the amount of interest earned as appearing in Form No 26AS had been rightly offered to tax by the assessee;

(ii) the difference in interest income came to light post filing of ITR and on account of delayed reporting by the deductor / payer bank / financial institution.

(b) With regard to the penalty vis-à-vis disallowance of enhanced claim of gratuity exemption was concerned, the Tribunal deleted the penalty under section 270A since:

(i) Admittedly for part of the service, the appellant was State Government employee whose employment, by enforcement of Electricity Act, 2003 and MSEGCL Employee Service Regulation, 2005, was converted into non-governmental service / employment. Therefore, the belief under which full / extended exemption of retirement benefit claimed in the ITR filed was in first not incorrect in its entirety and certainly it was bonafide and not synthetic one.

(ii) The explanation offered by the appellant in support of his mistaken but bonafide belief and his disclosure of all material facts of his service and circumstances which swayed him to claim full exemption in his ITR, fell within section 270A(6)(a) and therefore, was pardonable.

(iii) The imposition of penalty is at the discretion of AO since section 270A(1) refers to the word “may” and not as “shall”; and in light of facts and circumstance of the present case holistically and in right spirit of law, levy of penalty @ accelerated rate of 200 per cent was unwarranted.

(iv) in respect of penalty in fiscal laws, the principle followed is more like the principle in criminal cases, that is to say, the benefit of doubt is more easily given to the assessee as expounded in V V Iyer vs. CC, (1999) 110 ELT 414 (SC).

Section 17(3) — payment of ex-gratia compensation without any obligation on the part of employer to pay an amount in terms of any service rule would not amount be taxable under section 17(3)(i). The Departmental Representative is required to confine to his arguments to points considered by AO / CIT(A) and could not set up altogether a new case before ITAT and assume the position of the CIT under section 263.

17 ITO vs. Avirook Sen

(2024) 161 taxmann.com 462 (DelTrib)

ITA No.: 6659(Delhi) of 2015

A.Y.: 2009–10

Dated: 12th April, 2024

Section 17(3) — payment of ex-gratia compensation without any obligation on the part of employer to pay an amount in terms of any service rule would not amount be taxable under section 17(3)(i).

The Departmental Representative is required to confine to his arguments to points considered by AO / CIT(A) and could not set up altogether a new case before ITAT and assume the position of the CIT under section 263.

FACTS

During F.Y. 2008–09, the assessee received ₹2,00,00,000 as lumpsum from his employer after his termination from service and ₹13,08,444 for purchase of a new car.

The AO sought to tax the aforesaid amounts as profits in lieu of salary under section 17(3)(i).

CIT(A) allowed the assessee’s appeal.

Aggrieved, the tax department filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) The cases relied by the AO, namely, C.N. Badami vs. CIT,(1999) 240 ITR 263 (Madras) and P. Arunachalam vs. CIT,(2000) 240 ITR 827 (Mad) were distinguishable since unlike in those cases, there was no agreement between the assessee and his employer in the present case and the amounts were received on account of out of court settlement and as value of perquisite.

(b) Since neither the AO nor CIT(A) had considered the applicability of section 17(3)(iii), the Departmental Representative could not set up altogether a new case / arguments before ITAT and assume the position of the CIT under section 263.

(c) As the payment of ex-gratia compensation was voluntary in nature without there being any obligation on the part of employer to pay further amount to assessee in terms of any service rule, it would not amount to compensation under section 17(3)(i).

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the addition was rightly deleted by CIT(A) and dismissed the appeal of revenue.

Section 50C ­— Leasehold rights in land are not within the purview of section 50C.

16 DCIT vs. A. R. Sulphonates (P.) Ltd.

(2024) 161 taxmann.com 451 (KolTrib)

ITA No.:570(Kol) of 2022

A.Y.: 2017–18

Dated: 22nd March, 2024

Section 50C ­— Leasehold rights in land are not within the purview of section 50C.

FACTS

The assessee was allotted leasehold land by Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) on 11th April, 2008 for setting up a manufacturing unit.

Subsequently, the assessee decided to transfer the said land to one partnership firm, M/s S. M. Industries (SMI) vide an agreement to sale executed on 28th April, 2011, whereby the assessee agreed to transfer the said leasehold land for a consideration of ₹2 crores (stamp value on such date was ₹1,62,99,500). Against this agreement to sale, assessee received an advance of ₹5 lacs by account payee cheque and the balance was to be received on or before the execution of conveyance deed.

Assessee handed over possession of the said land to the partners of SMI on the date of execution of agreement to sale, that is, on 28th April, 2011. It also sought a permission from MIDC to transfer the leasehold rights in the land. The permission from MIDC got delayed which was eventually given on 23rd February, 2016, whereby assessee took all the necessary steps for execution of conveyance in favour of SMI which was done on 24th August, 2016. The assessee received the balance consideration of ₹1.95 crores as agreed earlier through agreement to sale dated 28th April, 2011.

The AO held that leasehold right of the land acquired by the assessee are capital asset which the assessee acquired from MIDC and subsequently transferred it to the partners of SMI for the remaining period of lease, and the assessee is liable to pay long term capital gain under section 50C.

CIT(A) held in favour of the assessee.

Aggrieved, the tax department filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

Noting the restrictive covenants in the relevant agreements / MIDC order, the Tribunal noted that the leasehold rights of the assessee were limited and restrictive in nature as compared to the ownership rights.

The Tribunal observed that:

(a) It is a settled legal proposition that deeming provision cannot be extended beyond the purpose for which it is enacted. Section 50C(1) does not refer to immovable property but to specific capital asset being, land or building or both.

(b) A reference to “rights in land or building or part thereof” (as used in section 54D , 54G, etc.) does not find place in section 50C(1); therefore, it cannot be inferred that that capital asset being land or building or both, would also include rights in land or building or part thereof and that such provision will also cover leasehold rights which are limited in nature and cannot be equated with ownership of land or building or both. The Act has given separate treatment to land or building or both, and the rights therein.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that leasehold rights in land are not within the purview of section 50C and concurred with CIT(A).

On the alternate plea of applicability of first and second proviso to section 50C, the Tribunal observed that even if it is assumed that transfer of a leasehold right in land is covered by section 50C(1), the assessee was adequately safeguarded by first and second proviso to section 50C since the stamp duty value at time of agreement to sale was less than the actual consideration of R2 crores.

Where refund arising consequent to granting MAT credit is more than 10 per cent of the total tax liability and is out of TDS and the return of income has been filed by due date mentioned in section 139(1), assessee is entitled to interest u/s 244A from the first day of the assessment year though the claim of MAT credit was made much later in a rectification application filed. Interest on unpaid interest also allowed.

15 Srei Infrastructure Finance Ltd. vs. ACIT

TS-288-ITAT-2024(Kol)

A.Y: 2017–18

Date of Order: 29th April, 2024

Section 244A

Where refund arising consequent to granting MAT credit is more than 10 per cent of the total tax liability and is out of TDS and the return of income has been filed by due date mentioned in section 139(1), assessee is entitled to interest u/s 244A from the first day of the assessment year though the claim of MAT credit was made much later in a rectification application filed.

Interest on unpaid interest also allowed.

FACTS

The assessee originally filed the return on 29th November, 2017, and in this return TDS credit of ₹81,86,10,024 was claimed and this amount was finally revised in the revised return on 30th March, 2019 claiming TDS of ₹75,14,12,726. In the final revised return, the refund claimed by the assessee was only ₹2,89,36,036. Thereafter, the assessee’s case was scrutinised by issuing of noticeu/s. 143(2) and the reference was given to the TPO on 18th October, 2019 and finally assessment order was framed on 29th May, 2021. In the computation sheet attached with the assessment order, the amount payable to assessee was only ₹3,31,49,723. No interest u/s. 244A of the Act was granted because the TDS was less than 10 per cent of the total tax liability.

Thereafter, on 6th June, 2022, the assessee moved a rectification application and one of the points of its application was that the assessee is entitled to substantial MAT credit brought forward from earlier years. The AO passed rectification order on 12th July, 2022 and issued a refund of ₹25,72,14,141 which comprised of tax of ₹25,06,86,616 and interest u/s 244A of ₹65,27,525. Interest was granted for only five months whereas the assessee was of the view that it was entitled to interest for 70 months, i.e., since 1st April, 2017.

Aggrieved with short grant of interest, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who held that assessee had not raised this issue in rectification application and therefore, there was no need for adjudication of the issue relating to interest u/s 244A.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted the facts and also the year wise details of MAT credit claimed and observed that except for A.Y. 2010–11, all the other amounts of MAT credit were either after the filing of original return of income or during the course of assessment proceedings for the year under appeal. The Tribunal observed that it appears that assessee was not aware of the eligible MAT credit which it was entitled prior to the date of filing the final revised return on 30th March, 2019. It also noted that there was no dispute about the correctness of the MAT credit of ₹33,08,57,877. The Tribunal observed that since the MAT credit available for set off is from preceding assessment years is available to the assessee and has been accepted by the AO in the computation sheet and has given the revised tax component of ₹25,06,86,616, the only point to be examined is for how many months the assessee is entitled to the interest u/s. 244A.

The Tribunal upon perusal of section 244A observed that the assessee’s case falls u/s 244A(1)(a)(i) of the Act because the refund order to the assessee is out of the tax deducted at source upto 31st March, 2017 and the assessee had furnished its original return u/s139(1) of the Act. Even though the assessee has revised the return but for the purpose of calculating interest, assessee’s return shall always be treated to be filed u/s. 139(1) of the Act. Though the refund in the present case has been awarded in the order u/s. 154 of the Act but even section 154 is also forming part of the fleet of other sections mentioned in section 244A(3) of the Act and that comes into action when a refund has already been granted but subsequent to the rectification order, the refund is increased or decreased then the interest given earlier also needs to be increased or decreased. However, in the instant case when the assessee was originally granted the refund no interest was given because the refund was less than 10 per cent of the total tax liability. It was only in the rectification order dated 12th July, 2022 that the refund of tax component of ₹25,06,86,616 was given. After considering the facts and circumstances of the case, and also considering the set off of MAT credit available with the assessee as on the beginning of the assessment year, the Tribunal found merit in the contentions made on behalf of the assessee that the interest u/s 244A of the Act in the case of the for A.Y. 2017–18 needs to be computed from 1st April, 2017 to the date of grant of refund. The Tribunal relying upon the following decisions allowed the effective ground raised by the assessee in its appeal:

i) UOI vs. Tata Chemicals ltd. [(2014) 43 taxmann.com 240 (SC)];

ii) CIT vs. Birla Corporation ltd. [(2016) 66 taxmann.com 276 (Cal)];

iii) CIT vs. Cholamandalam Investment & Finance Co. Ltd. [(2008) Taxman 132 (Madras)];

iv) CIT vs. Ashok Leyland Ltd. [(2002) 125 Taxman 1031 (Madras)];

v) PCIT vs. Bank of India [(2018) 100 taxmann.com 105 (Bom.)]; &

vi) ADIT (IT) vs. Royal bank of Scotland N. V [(2011) 130 ITD 305(Kol)].

The Tribunal also held that the assessee indeed is entitled for interest on unpaid interest.

Part A | Company Law

4 In the Matter of M/s MITHLANCHAL PROFICIENT NIDHI LIMITED (MPLNL)

Registrar of Companies, Bihar

Adjudication Order No. ROC/PAT/Sec.143/19970/1918

Date of Order: 12th March, 2024

Adjudication Order against “Auditor” of the Company for failure to report violations / non-compliance made by the Company in its Audit Report under Section 143(3)(e) and Section 143(3)(j) of the Companies Act, 2013.

FACTS

Registrar of Companies, Bihar (“ROC”) observed non-compliance in the audited financial statements (based on the records on MCA Portal in the E-form AOC-4 filed by MPNL for the financial year ending on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019). The Chartered Accountant Mr. VP was the auditor of MPNL during these financial years.

It was observed that MPNL while preparing the financial statements has contravened the provisions of Schedule III, Section 129 and Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Accounting Standard-3. Further, Mr. VP the auditor of MPNL had not made any comments or not reported such non-compliance of MPNL in its Audit Report, leading to a violation of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 by the auditor of the Company. Hence this was a failure on the part of Mr. VP the auditor of MPNL with respect to the non-reporting of violations/non-compliance in its Audit Reports.

The details of non-compliance while preparing the financial statements of MPNL and Non reporting of compliance by auditor Mr. VP in the Reports are as follows:

Sr. no.

Contravention of the provisions by MPNL

Non-compliance by MPNL while preparing the financial statements

Violation of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 by Not reporting or No comments offered on the Non-Compliance of MPNL by auditor Mr. VP in its Report

1.

Section 129, Section 133 and Section 2(40) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Accounting  Standard- 3:

For the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019. The “Cash Flow Statement” was not attached along with the Financial Statements as required by the Companies Act, 2013.

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

2. Section 129, Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with AS-18

In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019, MPNL had not disclosed the “Name of the related Party” and “Nature of the related party relationship where control exists irrespective of whether there have been transactions between the related parties”

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

3. Section 129 and Section 133 read with Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013

i. In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019 had shown “short term borrowings” amounting to  ₹2,36,15,116, ₹3,08,15,080 and ₹45,66,443 respectively, however, failed to “Sub-classify” such Short-term borrowings whether it was Secured / Unsecured as per Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013.

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

ii. In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending of 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019, had shown “Loan to Members” under the head of “Short Term Loans and Advances” amounting to ₹2,02,95,743 and ₹1,55,95,667. However, failed to “Sub-classify” such short-term loan advances whether it was Secured / Unsecured as per Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013

4. Section 129, Section 133 read with Schedule III Item-6F(ii) of the Companies Act, 2013

i. In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending as of 31st March, 2019 the Schedules Forming Part of the said Balance Sheet shows “Deferred Tax Liability-Schedule-3″ whereas no effect of the said Deferred Tax Liability-Schedule-3 has been shown in the Balance Sheet,

ii. In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2019 amount of ₹1,45,66,443 has been shown as “Short Term Borrowings”. However, failed to “Sub-classify” such Short-term borrowings whether it was Secured / Unsecured.

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

5.

Section 129, Section 133 read with Schedule III Item-6R(ii) of the Companies Act, 2013

In the Financial Statements for the financial year ending on 31st March, 2019 an amount of ₹1,56,14,109/- was shown as “Short Term Loans and Advances” in the Balance Sheet whereas the said amount was not sub-classified as (a) Secured, considered good; (b) Unsecured, considered good; (c) Doubtful.

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

Accordingly, the auditor of MPNL, Mr. VP had violated the provisions of Section 143(3)(e) and Section 143(3)(j) of the Companies Act, 2013 and the office of Adjudication Officer (“AO”) had issued Show Cause Notice (“SCN”) for default under section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013. Thereafter, no reply or revert from Mr. VP, auditor of MPNL was received at the office of AO.

Section 450 of the Companies Act, 2013 stated that:

Punishment where no specific penalty or punishment is provided:

If a company or any officer of a company or any other person contravenes any of the provisions of this Act or the rules made thereunder, or any condition, limitation or restriction subject to which any approval, sanction, consent, confirmation, recognition, direction or exemption in relation to any matter has been accorded, given or granted, and for which no penalty or punishment is provided elsewhere in this Act, the company and every officer of the company who is in default or such other person shall be liable to a penalty of ten thousand rupees, and in case of continuing contravention, with a further penalty of one thousand rupees for each day after the first during which the contravention continues, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees in case of a company and fifty thousand rupees in case of an officer who is in default or any other person.

ORDER / HELD

On non-receipt of any reply from Mr. VP, auditor of MPNL, the AO had concluded that the provisions of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 have been contravened by him and hence he was liable for penalty under Section 450 of the Companies Act, 2013 for the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019.

The AO had imposed an amount of ₹10,000 as a penalty for each of the financial years 2016–17 to 2018–19. The AO, further ordered that the auditor of MPNL should pay the amount of penalty individually by way of e-payment within 90 (ninety) days of the order.

Disallowance provision in section 143(1)(a)(v), introduced by the Finance Act, 2021, w.e.f. 1st April, 2021, dealing with deductions claimed under Chapter VI-A applies with prospective effect.

14 Food Corporation of India Employees Co-operative Credit Society Ltd. vs. ADIT, CPC

TS-193-ITAT-2024(Mum)

A.Y.: 2019–20

Date of Order: 22nd March, 2024

Sections 80P, 143(1)(a)(v)

Disallowance provision in section 143(1)(a)(v), introduced by the Finance Act, 2021, w.e.f. 1st April, 2021, dealing with deductions claimed under Chapter VI-A applies with prospective effect.

FACTS

The CPC while processing the return of income filed by the assessee for assessment year 2019–20 disallowed the claim of deduction made under section 80P for want of filing the return of income by due date.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who dismissed the appeal.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal to the Tribunal where revenue contended that the claim made by the assessee could be disallowed u/s 143(1)(a)(ii) at the time of processing of return of income on the grounds that it constituted “incorrect claim, if such incorrect claim is there from any information in the return of income”. Reliance was also placed on the decision of the Madras High Court in the case of Veerappampalayam Primary Agricultural Co-operative Credit Society vs DCIT [(2022) 138 taxmann.com 571 (Mad. HC)]. Attention was also drawn to the provisions of section 80AC.

HELD

In view of the fact that the Finance Act, 2021 has w.e.f. 1st April, 2021 introduced a disallowance provision in section 143(1)(a)(v) dealing with deduction claimed under Chapter VI-A, the contention of the revenue was not found acceptable. The amendment made by the Finance Act, 2021 is prospective and applies w.e.f. 1st April, 2021 whereas the assessment year under consideration is 2019–20. As regards reliance on section 80AC, the Tribunal held that once the legislature itself has made the impugned provision in section 143(1)(a)(v) the same could not have led to the claim of deduction u/s 80P being disallowed in summary “processing”. The Tribunal found the decision of the Madras High Court in Veerappampalayam Primary Agricultural Co-operative Credit Society (supra) to be distinguishable since the said judgment was pronounced on 7th April, 2021 and dealt with A.Y. 2018–19 and did not have the benefit of the amendment made by the Finance Act, 2021. Since the specific provision in section 143(1)(a)(v) is not applicable the general provision in section 143(1)(a)(ii) could not be pressed in action. The Tribunal held that it has adopted the principle of strict interpretation as laid down in Commissioner vs. Dilip Kumar and Co. & Others [(2018) 9 SCC 1 (SC)(FB)] to conclude that the action of both the lower authorities needs to be reversed.

When notice is for under-reporting of income, order passed levying penalty for misreporting of income is not justified.

13 Mohd. Sarwar vs. ITO

TS-193-ITAT-2024(Mum)

A.Y.: 2018–19

Date of Order: 2nd April, 2024

Section 270A

When notice is for under-reporting of income, order passed levying penalty for misreporting of income is not justified.

FACTS

The assessee filed his return of income for the assessment year 2018–19, declaring therein a total income of ₹14,34,180. In the revised return of income filed on 26th July, 2018, the assessee returned total income of ₹6,46,520 and claimed a refund of ₹2,21,980. The TDS credit claimed in revised return of income was ₹2,65,037 as against ₹2,50,037 claimed in the original return. This led to a notice u/s 142(1) being issued along with questionnaire. During the course of assessment proceedings, the assessee furnished a revised computation of income, computing total income to be ₹14,84,160, claiming that certain rental income was overlooked in the return of income filed. It was also submitted that the revised return of income was filed by the tax consultant without his knowledge and that in the revised return of income the tax consultant had erroneously claimed housing loan benefits when there was no such loan. The assessee contended that the revised return of income which has been filed is a fraud played upon the assessee by the tax consultant and this was substantiated by saying that the revised return of income had email id and mobile number of the tax consultant. As per the revised computation of income filed in the course of assessment proceedings, the revised total income was ₹14,84,160 and tax payable worked out to ₹2,65,480.

The Assessing Officer (AO) held that revised return of income claiming large refund was filed with the knowledge of the assessee and that the assessee was responsible for filing of any return under his name and PAN. The refund due on processing of revised return would go to the bank account of the assessee and not the tax consultant. He rejected the contention that the fraud had been played upon the assessee and accepted the revised computation of total income filed and determined the total income by not allowing deduction claimed under Chapter VIA and housing loan and held that the assessee has under-reported his income. The difference between ₹14,84,160 and ₹6,46,520 being amount of total income as per revised return of income was treated as under-reported income. The assessee accepted the proposed modification to the total income. He also issued a notice u/s 274 which mentioned that the assessee has under-reported his income.

The AO, consequently, passed an order dated 22nd January, 2022 levying a penalty of ₹4,44,844 for misreporting of income.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who upheld the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the AO has in the assessment order categorically mentioned that the assessee was involved in under-reporting of income. Also, the notice issued was for under-reporting of income. The Tribunal held that it failed to understand under what circumstances the initial violation which was under-reporting of income was converted into misreporting of income. The Tribunal held that if at all the revenue authorities are intending to charge the assessee for misreporting of income then specific notice is required to be issued which has not been done in the present case. In the present case, a revised return of income was filed claiming huge deduction, which in the estimation of the AO, constituted under-reporting of income and for which a notice was issued. The Tribunal held that once the assessee himself admitted the fact that there was under-reporting of income which was also accepted by the AO then penalty should have been levied only on account of under-reporting of income and not for misreporting of income. The Tribunal modified the order passed by the AO and confirmed by CIT(A) and directed the AO to revise the demand by taking the violation as under-reporting of income u/s 270A of the Act and not misreporting of income.

Notional interest income credited to the profit and loss account in compliance of Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) cannot be considered as real income in absence of contractual obligation of repayment.

12 ACIT vs. Kesar Terminals and Infrastructure Ltd.

TS-193-ITAT-2024(Mum)

A.Y.: 2018–19

Date of Order: 8th March, 2024

Section 28

Notional interest income credited to the profit and loss account in compliance of Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) cannot be considered as real income in absence of contractual obligation of repayment.

FACTS

The assessee, a public limited company, engaged in the business of storage and handling cargo, had given an interest free loan to its wholly owned subsidiary, viz., Kesar Multimodal Logistic Limited. Though no interest was due as per the agreed terms, yet as per the requirement of Indian Accounting Standard, the assessee accounted for a sum of ₹2,76,81,947 as “notional interest” in the books of account and credited the same to its Profit & Loss Account.

While processing the return, CPC did not allow the exclusion as it was not a deduction allowable under any of the provisions of the Act. Accordingly, the returned income was enhanced by an amount of ₹2.76 crore.

Aggrieved, the assessee challenged the addition in an appeal filed to the CIT(A). In the meantime, assessee also preferred a rectification application before CPC, which was rejected. Aggrieved by the rejection of rectification application, assessee filed another appeal before CIT(A). The CIT(A) took up both the appeals together. However, he first disposed the appeal filed against an order u/s 154. The CIT(A) agreed with the contention of the assessee that “notional interest” did not accrue to the assessee and hence, the same is not liable for taxation. Accordingly, he deleted the disallowance made by CPC.

Aggrieved by the order passed by CIT(A), revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that CIT(A) dismissed the appeal filed against an intimation u/s 143(1)(a) of the Act since he had already granted relief against the very same addition while deciding appeal filed against rectification application u/s 154 of the Act. The Tribunal also noted that the assessee has not challenged the order passed by CIT(A), dismissing the appeal filed against an intimation u/s 143(1)(a) of the Act.

The Tribunal observed that the only issue that arose for adjudication is related to taxability of notional interest income credited by the assessee to its profit & loss account as per requirements of Ind AS. The assessee argued that income tax can be levied only on real income and not on notional income. Since there is no contractual obligation for the debtor to pay interest, notional interest credited to Profit & Loss Account as per requirement of Ind AS cannot be taxed.

The Tribunal noted that the Chennai Bench of the Tribunal in Shriram Properties Ltd. [ITA No. 431/Chny/2022 dated 22nd March, 2023], while deciding the case related to an order passed by PCIT u/s 263 of the Act directing the AO to assess notional guarantee commission credited by the assessee to its P & L Account, in accordance with the requirement of Ind AS, held that “when there is a contractual obligation for not charging any commission, merely for the reason that the assessee had passed notional entries in the books for better representation of the financial statements, it cannot be said that income accrues to the assessee which is chargeable to tax for the impugned assessment year. Therefore, we are of the view that on this issue it cannot be said that there is an error in the order of the Assessing Officer.”

The Tribunal observed that the revenue had not shown that there existed a contractual obligation to collect interest from debtors. The Tribunal following the decision rendered by the Chennai Bench held that notional interest income credited by the assessee to its profit & loss account as per requirements of Ind AS has not accrued to the assessee and hence the same is not liable for taxation under real income principle. The Tribunal held that the CIT(A) was justified in directing the AO to exclude the same.

Related Party Transactions: The Purpose & Effect Test

INTRODUCTION

Related Party Transactions (“RPTs”) are a very significant matter for listed companies. The SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“the LODR”) have laid down strict guidelines on how listed companies should deal with RPT. The idea always is that the minority shareholders of the listed entity should be protected and not be put at a disadvantage in any manner. The LODR has undergone a fundamental change with the introduction of the Purpose and Effect Test for RPTs. Let us examine what are the consequences of this change.

WHO IS A RELATED PARTY?

As per Regulation 2(zb) of the LODR, a “related party” means a related party as defined under sub-section (76) of section 2 of the Companies Act, 2013 or under the applicable accounting standards. S.2(76) defines the following persons as a related party for a company:

(i) a director or his relative;

(ii) a key managerial personnel or his relative;

(iii) a firm, in which a director, manager or his relative is a partner;

(iv) a private company in which a director or manager or his relative is a member or director;

(v) a public company in which a director or manager is a director or and holds along with his relatives, more than 2 per cent of its paid-up share capital;

(vi) any body corporate whose Board of Directors, managing director or manager is accustomed to act in accordance with the advice, directions or instructions of a director or manager;

(vii) any person on whose advice, directions or instructions a director or manager is accustomed to act:

(viii) any body corporate which is—

(A) a holding, subsidiary or an associate company of such company;

(B) a subsidiary of a holding company to which it is also a subsidiary;or

(C) an investing company or the venturer of a company;

(ix) a director (other than an Independent Director) / Key Managerial Personnel of the Holding Company and will include his relative.

Ind AS 24 (para 9) on Related Party Disclosures contains additional definitions on the meaning of the term related party.

In addition, the LODR provides that:

(a) any person or entity forming a part of the promoter or promoter group of the listed entity; or

(b) any person or any entity, holding equity shares of 10 per cent or more, with effect from April 1, 2023 in the listed entity either directly or on a beneficial interest basis as provided under section 89 of the Companies Act, 2013, at any time, during the immediate preceding financial year;

shall be deemed to be a related party.

WHAT IS A RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION?

As per Regulation 2(zc) of the LODR, a “related party transaction” means “a transaction involving a transfer of resources, services or obligations between:

(i) a listed entity or any of its subsidiaries on one hand and a related party of the listed entity or any of its subsidiaries on the other hand; or

(ii) a listed entity or any of its subsidiaries on one hand, and any other person or entity on the other hand, the purpose and effect of which is to benefit a related party of the listed entity or any of its subsidiaries, with effect from 1st April, 2023

regardless of whether a price is charged and a “transaction” with a related party shall be construed to include a single transaction or a group of transactions in a contract.”

Hence, with effect from 1st April, 2023, a transaction by a listed entity with an unrelated entity would also be treated as an RPT, if the purpose and effect of such unrelated transaction is to benefit a related party of the listed entity. When one reads this definition, three cumulative factors emerge:

(i) There must be a transaction between a listed entity and an unrelated entity;

(ii) There must be a purpose and effect of this transaction; and

(iii) Such purpose and effect must be to benefit a related party of the listed entity or its subsidiary.

Accordingly, if an unrelated party is interposed in a transaction with no commercial rationale other than to indirectly confer a benefit upon a related party, then such transaction would also fall within the purview of an RPT.

EXAMPLE

Goods Ltd, a listed company supplies engineering equipment to Works P Ltd, a construction / EPC company. Works P Ltd is entirely unrelated to Goods Ltd, the listed company. This EPC company uses the aforesaid engineering equipment for a turnkey contract for Tower Ltd, one of the related parties of the listed company. Thus, there are two on the face of it unrelated transactions ~ one between Goods Ltd and Works P Ltd and the other between Works P Ltd and Tower Ltd. However, as per the new definition a transaction by a listed entity with an unrelated entity would also be treated as an RPT, if the purpose and effect of such unrelated transaction is to benefit a related party of the listed entity. Thus, if the purpose and effect of Goods Ltd supplying equipment to Works P Ltd was to benefit Tower Ltd, then the transaction between Works P Ltd and Goods Ltd would also become a related party transaction for Goods Ltd, the listed company. Accordingly, in that event, it would have to ensure compliances which a listed company needs to undertake for a related party transaction (detailed below).

BACKGROUND

SEBI had constituted a Working Group on Related Party Transactions which submitted its Report in January 2020. One of the findings of the Report was that Shell or apparently unrelated companies, controlled directly or indirectly, by such persons were purportedly used to siphon off large sums of money through the use of certain innovative structures, thereby circumventing the regulatory framework of RPT. It recommended broadening the definition of RPTs to include transactions which are undertaken, whether directly or indirectly, with the intention of benefitting related parties. The Report stated that this concept is also captured in the legislation of other jurisdictions, such as the U.K.

SEBI had also issued a Memorandum dated November 2021 to review the regulatory provisions with respect to Related Party Transactions. This stated that it was desirable to include transactions with unrelated parties, the purpose and effect of which was, to benefit the related parties of the listed entity or any of its subsidiaries. It was important to consider the substance of the relationship and not merely the legal form as a part of good governance practice. Hence, the doctrine of substance over legal form has now found its way into the SEBI Regulations also.

MEANING OF TERMS

Interestingly, while the Regulation uses some important terms it does not define them. To apply this definition it also becomes very crucial to better understand the meaning of the two terms “purpose” and “effect”. It is important to bear in mind that the presence of both is mandatory for this definition to get attracted. While the terms are two, the purpose is more important than the effect.

MEANING OF ‘PURPOSE’

Black’s Law Dictionary, 6th Edition defines this term to mean that which one sets before him to accomplish or attain; an end, intention or aim, object, plan, project. The term is synonymous with ends sought, an object to be attained, an intention, etc.

P Ramanatha Aiyar’s The Law Lexicon, 4th Edition defines the word Purpose to mean that which a person sets before himself as an object to be reached or accomplished, the end or aim to which the view is directed in any plan, manner or execution, end or the view itself, design, intention.

In Kevalchand Nemchand Mehta v CIT, [1968] 67 ITR 804 (Bom) it was held that the word purpose implied “the thing intended or the object and not the motive behind the action.”

In Ormerods (India) (P.) Ltd. v CIT, [1959] 36 ITR 329 (Bom) it was held that Purpose may, in some context, suggest object; and purpose may sometimes: suggest motive for a transaction. The word purpose has to be read in its legal sense to be gathered from the context in which it appears. The meaning, as far as possible should be found out from the language of the section itself and without attributing to the Legislature a precise appreciation of the technical appropriateness of its own. But whatever way one reads the word “purpose” it cannot certainly mean a motive for a transaction.

In Smt. Padmavati Jaykrishna v CIT, (1975) 101 ITR 153 (Guj) the Court held that Purpose meant a design of effecting something. Motive was a force which impels a person to adopt a particular course of action. It was highly subjective in character and could be found out mainly from a course of conduct. But purpose was more apparent and had immediate connection with the result which is brought about.

In Newton v Federal Commissioner of Taxation, Privy Council of Australia, [1958] ALR 833 the Court held that the purpose of a contract, agreement or arrangement must be what it was intended to effect and that intention must be ascertained from its terms. These terms may be oral or written or may have to be inferred from the circumstances but, when they have been ascertained, their purpose must be what they effect. “The word ‘purpose’ meant, not motive, but the effect which it is sought to achieve the end in view. The word ‘effect’ meant the end accomplished or achieved.”

MEANING OF ‘EFFECT’

Black’s Law Dictionary, 6th Edition defines effect to mean to do, to make, to bring to pass, to execute, enforce, accomplish.

P Ramanatha Aiyar’s The Law Lexicon, 4th Edition defines it as a result which follows a given act; consequence, event; something caused or produced as a result.

MEANING OF ‘BENEFIT’

The pivot on which this definition hinges is whether such a transaction confers abenefit upon a related party of the listed entity. The word benefit has been defined in P Ramanatha Aiyar’s The Law Lexicon, 4th Edition to mean “advantage, profit, gain,..”

In State Of Gujarat & Ors vs Essar Oil Ltd., (2012) 1 SCALE 397, the Supreme Court has defined the term “benefit” as follows:

“Now the question is what constitutes a benefit. A person confers benefit upon another if he gives to the other possession of or some other interest in money, land, chattels, or performs services beneficial to or at the request of the other, satisfies a debt or a duty of the other or in a way adds to the other’s security or advantage. He confers a benefit not only where he adds to the property of another but also where he saves the other from expense or loss. Thus the word “benefit” therefore denotes any form of advantage”

Hence, one possible view is that unless there is some benefit / advantage to the related party of the listed entity which would otherwise not have been available to it, the aforesaid definition should not apply. The idea behind enacting the purpose and effect test is to catch those transactions which are not in the ordinary course of business but which are inspired by the sole or dominant motive of benefiting a related party. One or more layers of unrelated parties have been interposed in the transaction but the chain between the listed entity, and the related party as the eventual beneficiary, is clear and visible. To apply this test, the effect of benefiting the related party must be both clear and direct. One touchstone for determining whether there is a benefit is whether the transaction with the unrelated party is in the ordinary course of business / on an arm’s length pricing for the listed entity? If yes, then there would not be any case for stating that there is a benefit which has been extended by the listed entity to the related party.

The above principle draws support from the UK’s Financial Conduct Handbook on which the aforesaid SEBI LODR definition of related party transaction is based. Para 7.3.3 of this Handbook expressly states that the purpose and effect test would not apply to a transaction or arrangement in the ordinary course of business between a listed entity and an unrelated entity which is concluded on normal market terms. However, it may be noted that such an express exemption is not found in the LODR.

Similarly, the Federal Court of Appeal of Canada, in The Queen v Ellan Remai (2009) FCA, 340 has also stated that:

“..whether the terms of a transaction reflect “ordinary commercial dealings between parties acting in their own interests” is not a separate requirement of the legal tests for determining if a transaction is at arm’s length. Rather, the phrase is a helpful definition of an arm’s length transaction…”

Comparable wordings are found in Chapter X-A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 dealing with General Anti-Avoidance Rules or GAAR. According to this, an impermissible avoidance agreement would be one which lacks commercial substance and creates rights which are not on an arm’s length basis. Having an accommodating party in a transaction shows that there is lack of commercial substance. An accommodating party is one who is interposed and the main purpose of that is to claim a (tax) benefit. Thus, the GAAR provisions use the word main purpose to determine whether a party is an accommodating party. This is an entity used to create an illusion of commercial substance to circumvent anti-avoidance rules. The Supreme Court in VNM Arunachala Nadar v CEPT (1962) 44 ITR 352 (SC) has held that whether or not the main purpose of a transaction was defeating anti-avoidance provisions was more a question of fact than a mixed question of fact and law.

COMPLIANCES FOR RPTs

In the event that the purpose and effect test is applicable, then the listed company would need to ensure the following compliances for the RPTs:

(a) All related party transactions and subsequent material modifications shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity. Only those members of the audit committee, who are independent directors, can approve related party transactions.

(b) A related party transaction to which the subsidiary of a listed entity is a party but the listed entity is not a party, shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity if the value of such transaction whether entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year exceeds 10 per cent of the annual consolidated turnover, as per the last audited financial statements of the listed entity.

(c) With effect from 1st April, 2023, a related party transaction to which the subsidiary of a listed entity is a party but the listed entity is not a party, shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity if the value of such transaction whether entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year, exceeds 10 per cent of the annual standalone turnover, as per the last audited financial statements of the subsidiary.

(d) All material related party transactions and subsequent material modifications shall require prior approval of the shareholders through resolution and no related party shall vote to approve such resolutions whether the entity is a related party to the particular transaction or not.

A transaction with a related party shall be considered material, if the transaction(s) to be entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year, exceeds ₹1,000 crores or 10 per cent of the annual consolidated turnover of the listed entity as per the last audited financial statements of the listed entity, whichever is lower. In addition, the Board of the listed company is required to formulate a Policy on Materiality of Related Party Transactions and on dealing with related party transactions, including clear threshold limits for the same.

WHAT CAN AUDIT COMMITTEES DO?

It may so happen that a listed company transacts with an unrelated party, which in the ordinary course of its business, transacts with a related party of the listed company. At a later date, the listed company realises this but by now prior approval of the Audit Committee has not been obtained for the related party transaction. What can the Audit Committee do in such a case?

Listed Companies could be asked to supply their suppliers / dealers with a list of related parties and instructed that if the suppliers / dealers intend to transact with any of those related parties, then they should first approach the listed companies. This would pre-empt a scenario of the listed company coming to know at a subsequent stage that a dealer has transacted with one of its related parties.

Secondly, when it is faced with a purpose and effect type of RPT, the Audit Committee should examine the nature of benefit, if any, to the related party. The terms of the contract between the listed entity and the unrelated entity, the pricing, the reasonableness, comparison with unrelated transactions, is it in the ordinary course of business, economic substance, etc., are some of the tests which could be applied.

CONCLUSION

Related Party Transactions cannot be done away with altogether. What is important is that they are disclosed adequately and they do not confer any undue benefits on related parties. The purpose and effect test is an important step by SEBI in this respect. Listed companies would be well advised to pay heed to compliances related to RPTs. A slip up could prove very costly!

Allied Laws

11 Bar Of Indian Lawyers Through its President Jasbir Singh Malik vs. D.K. Gandhi PS National Institute of Communicable Diseases

2024 Live Law (SC) 372

14th May, 2024

Advocates — Professionals — Highly skilled — Success depends on various factors — Cannot be compared with business — Cannot be held for deficiency of service. [S. 2(1)(o), Consumer Protection Act, 1986]

FACTS

The Appellant, an advocate was hired by Mr. DK Gandhi (Respondent) for legal services. Disputes arose between them and the Respondent filed a consumer complaint before the district forum for deficiency in services. The District forum decided the complaint in favour of the respondent. The State Commission held that the services of lawyers /advocates did not fall within the ambit of “service” defined under section 2(1)(o) of the CP Act, 1986. The NCDRC, however in the Revision Application preferred by the respondent passed the impugned order holding that if there was any deficiency in service rendered by the Advocates / Lawyers, a complaint under the CP Act would be maintainable.

Being aggrieved by the said impugned order passed by the NCDRC, the present set of appeals has been filed by the Bar of Indian Lawyers, Delhi High Court Bar Association, Bar Council of India.

HELD

With regard to the nature of the work of a professional, which requires a high level of education, training and proficiency and which involves skilled and specialized kind of mental work, operating in the specialized spheres, where achieving success would depend upon many other factors beyond a man’s control, a Professional cannot be treated equally or at par with a Businessman or a Trader or a Service provider of products or goods as contemplated in the CP Act.

The appeal is allowed.

12 Umesh Kumar Gupta vs. Collector Rewa

AIR 2024 MADHYA PRADESH 57

12th January, 2024

Borrower — Non-performing assets — Financial institutions can invoke arbitration clauses as well as recourse under SARFAESI. [S. 11, 14, 35, 37 Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 (SARFAESI); S.36, Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (ACA)].

FACTS

The Petitioner is a borrower while respondent No. 2 is a financial institution which had extended a loan facility to the petitioner and to secure the same, the petitioner had mortgaged a certain piece of land. Petitioner defaulted in repayment of the loan leading to the loan account becoming NPA and the financial institution took recourse under SARFAESI. During the SARFAESI proceedings, the Petitioner objected stating that the financial institution had already invoked the arbitration clause in the agreement between the petitioner-borrower and financial institution whereafter award had been passed in favour of the financial institution. The objection was rejected and hence this Petition.

HELD

No doubt Section 11 of the SARFAESI Act mandates disputes to be resolved by way of conciliation and arbitration. Section 35 of the SARFAESI Act stipulates that provisions of the SARFAESI Act shall have overriding effect over anything inconsistent with any other law for the time being in force or any instrument having effect by virtue of any such law. Section 37 prescribes that the provisions of the SARFAESI Act are mandated to take effect in addition to and not in derogation of several statutes. Meaning thereby that the overriding effect of the SARFAESI Act mandated in Section 35 of the SARFAESI Act is diluted to a considerable extent by Section 37 of the SARFAESI Act by providing that the provisions of SARFAESI Act would be in addition to and not in derogation of various enactments referred to in Section 37 of the SARFAESI Act, and also any other law for the time being in force, including Arbitration and Conciliation Act. Hence, no fault can be found with the respondent financial institution invoking Section 14 of the SARFAESI Act by approaching the District Magistrate, Rewa.

13 Binita Dhruv Karia vs. Aashna Dhruv Karia

AIR 2024 (NOC) 194 (BOM)

2nd May, 2023

Guardian — Appointment of Guardian — Mental retardation not covered under “mental illness” — No remedy other than Writ — Mother was allowed to be appointed as the guardian of her major daughter to manage the properties for the well-being of her daughter. [S. 7, Guardians and Wards Act, 1890].

FACTS

The Petitioner is the mother of the ward, a major and sought to be appointed as her legal Guardian. Since the ward was the joint owner of immovable property, it was necessary for the Petitioner to be appointed as the guardian to make decisions for the well-being of her child who suffered from mental retardation. However, there was no remedy other than filing this Writ Petition.

HELD

The child was suffering from mental retardation which is not considered a “mental illness” under section 2(s) of the Mental Health Act, 2017 and the Guardians and Wards Act, 1890 only allows for the appointment of a Guardian for minors. Having considered the peculiar facts, the mother / petitioner was allowed to be appointed as the guardian of her major daughter to manage the properties for the well-being of her daughter as the said properties were jointly owned by her daughter.

The Petition was allowed.

14 Maya Gopinath vs. Anoop S. B. & Anr

SLP (Civil) 13398 of 2022

24th April, 2024

Hindu Law — Stridhan — Wife’s absolute property — Husband has no rights.

FACTS

The Appellant was the wife of the Respondent. On the occasion of their marriage, she was gifted with gold and cash by her family, which was misappropriated by her husband to clear old liabilities. The couple drifted apart and she filed a case for recovery of her assets. The trial court held in favour of the appellant. The High Court reversed the order on the requirement of evidence.

Aggrieved by the said order, an appeal was filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that the Stridhan is an absolute property of the wife and the husband has no title. The same can be used by the husband in times of distress and it is his duty to restore the same. In the interest of justice and the passage of time, as compensation for the gold and cash, the apex court directed the husband to pay a sum of R25 lakhs within six months.

15 Shonali Dighe vs. Ashita Tham and others

AIR 2024 (NOC) 242 (BOM)

8th November, 2023

Will — Execution of Will — Under suspicious circumstances — Probate not granted. [S. 63, Succession Act, 1925; S. 68, Evidence Act, 1872].

FACTS

On 20th June, 2003, Mr. Bipin Gupta executed a Will while undergoing treatment for renal failure and hip fracture in Bombay Hospital which is the subject matter of the present suit proceedings. The two Executors named in the Will were Mr. Vasant Sardal and Mr. Behram Ardeshir whereas Will was attested by Mr. Santosh Raje and Mr. Anil Sardal as attesting witnesses. By this Will, Mr. Bipin Gupta bequeathed his entire estate to charity to the exclusion of his family members/legal heirs and indirectly to the Executors. On 04th September, 2003, Mr. Bipin Gupta expired in Flat No. 2, Firdaus Building. The Executors and the attesting witnesses without informing any of his family members took his body for cremation. Neighbours informed the Defendants (family members) about the demise of Mr. Bipin Gupta.

Disputes arose among the parties, the said petition was filed by Mr. Vasant Sardal one of the executors of the Will.

HELD

The Court made several observations such as the doctor treating the deceased is not an attesting witness, the bequest was obscure and in the name of a charitable trust controlled by the executors, the executor and witnesses were related parties, no evidence of who drafted the Will, signatures on each page were not identical and unnatural exclusion of heirs of the testators also raised suspicion.

Hence, the Will was held to be not genuine and the petition was dismissed.

Section 132 of the Act — Search and seizure — Condition precedent — Revenue authorities must have information in their possession on basis of which a reasonable belief can be formed — Contents of satisfaction note did not disclose any information which would lead authorities to have a reason to believe that any of contingencies as contemplated by Section 132(1)(a) to (c) were satisfied — Search and seizure action was to be quashed and set aside.

7 Echjay Industries (P.) Ltd. vs. Rajendra

WP No. 122 OF 2009 & 2309 OF 2010

A.Y. 2008–09

Dated: 10th May, 2024. (Bom.) (HC).

Section 132 of the Act — Search and seizure — Condition precedent — Revenue authorities must have information in their possession on basis of which a reasonable belief can be formed — Contents of satisfaction note did not disclose any information which would lead authorities to have a reason to believe that any of contingencies as contemplated by Section 132(1)(a) to (c) were satisfied — Search and seizure action was to be quashed and set aside.

Petitioner no. 1 is a private limited company. Petitioner no. 2 is the Chairman and Managing Director of petitioner no. 1. Other Petitioners are Directors, their spouses and family members.

Respondent no. 1 was the officer empowered by the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) to issue authorisation under Section 132 of the Act for carrying out search and seizure under the Act. In the exercise of his powers under Section 132 of the Act, respondent no. 1 issued authorisations dated 7th July, 2008 in favour of respondent no. 2 and others, authorising them to enter upon and search various premises belonging to petitioners.

Petitioner company was incorporated on 31st December, 1960 under the Companies Act 1956 and was a leading manufacturer of forging and engineering products required in the automobile industry. Petitioners were regularly assessed to income-tax and wealth tax. It is stated in the petition that the income tax assessments of petitioner company for the last 20 years have been made under Section 143(3) of the Act by way of detailed scrutiny. It is also stated that no penalty under Section 271(1)(c) of the Act has ever been levied upon petitioners for any concealment or furnishing inaccurate particulars of income.

On or about 9th and 10th July, 2008, a search was conducted at the business premises of petitioner company as well as at residential premises of Chairman and directors, pursuant to an authorisation dated 7th July, 2008, issued by respondent no. 1 under Section 132(1) of the Act. Respondent no. 2 and other authorised officers entered into various premises and conducted the search. Panchnamas were also drawn up in the course of the search proceedings. It is stated that petitioners submitted various clarifications and explanations to respondents as and when they were called upon to do so. Petitioners stated that by the initiation of search proceedings and also the manner in which the proceedings were conducted, they are apprehensive that respondents will, without jurisdiction or authority of law, proceed against petitioners to make assessments and / or reassessments of past six assessment years in the case of all petitioners and raise huge demands by way of tax, interest and penalties, which will cause hardship and prejudice to petitioner. It is petitioners’ case that authorisations dated 7th July, 2008 issued against petitioners are unconstitutional, ultra vires, invalid, without jurisdiction, etc., and are liable to be quashed and set aside.

The stand taken by the revenue basically is that the grounds raised in the petition are based on presumptions and conjectures. It was submitted that respondent no. 1 had information in his possession of undisclosed assets / documents which represented income or property which has not been or would not be disclosed by petitioners under normal circumstances. There was also reason to believe that petitioners were in possession of documents relating to such undisclosed income, which would not be produced if called for under relevant provisions of the Act. Proper inquiries were made and the relevant material placed on record to give rise to reasons for such belief. It was also stated that authorised officers have not seized the entire cash and jewellery found at various premises but have seized only a part, which remained unexplained by petitioners at the relevant time or in respect of which explanation was not to the satisfaction of the authorised officers. If a bonafide belief was formed on the basis of material available on record which was the case, it is not open to petitioners to challenge the same by way of plea of lack of alternate remedy against such action by respondent no. 1.

It was also submitted by revenue that there was credible basis to believe that petitioners were in possession of assets / documents which were not disclosed or which would not be disclosed. It was stated that there were proper enquiries and application of mind by four different Statutory Authorities. The reasons for authorizing action under Section 132 of the Act are duly recorded in a Satisfaction Note which shows due application of mind by various statutory authorities. All the procedures and safeguards provided in the Act were duly followed and the search has been carried out within the framework of Section 132 of the Act.

As regards making available the details of the information received and the satisfaction note, the Learned ASG and later department counsel both strongly opposed disclosing / making available copies thereof and for that relied upon the decision of the Apex Court in Principal Director of Income-tax (Investigation) vs. Laljibhai Kanjibhai Mandalia [2022] 140 taxmann.com 282/446 ITR 18/288 Taxman 361 (SC). The Learned ASG further submitted that it is settled law that copy of the material leading to the search should not be made available to assessee. It was also submitted that in view of the explanation inserted in Section 132(1) by the Finance Act 2017 with retrospective effect from 1st April, 1962, the reason to believe as recorded by the Income Tax authorities under Section 132(1) shall not be disclosed to any person or any authority or the Appellate Tribunal.

It was also submitted by the Learned ASG that the court may examine the information / documents based on which the authorisations of search and seizure were issued and decide the matter within the principles elaborated in paragraph 33 of Laljibhai Kanjibhai Mandalia (supra).

It was further submitted that the reason behind insertion of the Explanation is to remove the ambiguity created by judicial decisions regarding disclosure of reasons recorded to any person or to any authority.

The Petitioner relied upon the decision of the Apex Court in the matter of ITO vs. Seth Brothers (1969) 74 ITR 836 and Pooran Mal vs.Director of Inspection (Investigation)(1974) 93 ITR 505, and submitted that the court has opined that the necessity of recording of reasons was to ensure accountability and responsibility in the decision-making process. The necessity of recording of reasons also acts as a cushion in the event of a legal challenge being made to the satisfaction reached. At the same time, it would not confer in the assessee a right of inspection of the documents or to a communication of the reasons for the belief at the stage of issuing of the authorisation as it would be counterproductive of the entire exercise contemplated by Section 132 of the Act. At the same time, it is only at the stage of commencement of the assessment proceedings after completion of the search and seizure, if any, that the requisite material may have to be disclosed to the assessee. It was submitted that since the assessment proceedings were commenced, the time is now ripe to disclose the requisite material to petitioners.

The Honourable court noted that a similar matter came up for consideration before the Division Bench of this Court (Nagpur bench) in the case of Balkrushna Gopalrao Buty & Ors. vs. The Principal Director (Investigation), Nagpur & Ors. Judgment dated 23rd April, 2024 in Writ Petition No.1729 of 2024. In that case also, assessee was questioning the search and seizure carried out in his premises pursuant to the provisions of Section 132 of the Act. Assessee has also submitted that a search and seizure has necessarily to be in consequence of some information in possession of the Authority, which provides him a reason to believe that any of the actions, as indicated in Section 132(1)(a) to (c) of the said Act, are likely to occur, which would be the only grounds on which the search and seizure could be made under Section 132 of the said Act. It was assessee’s case therein that the seizure was based on certain transactions which were all disclosed in the returns filed and, therefore, there was no material which would entitle the revenue to conduct the search and seizure in terms of the language and requirement of Section 132 of the said Act. The court analysed Section 132 of the Act and decided not to disclose the reasons recorded in the file for the sake of maintaining secrecy but expressed its view on the satisfaction note. The satisfaction note and the information was made available only to the court for consideration and upon its consideration, the court concluded that the requirement of Section 132(1) of the Act was not satisfied. The Court also held that the department cannot rely upon what was unearthed on account of opening of the lockers of petitioners, as the information and reason to believe as contemplated under Section 132(1) of the Act must be prior to such seizure.

The Honourable court noted that the same approach would be adopted in present matter. The court further relied on the decision in case of Director General of Income Tax (Investigation), Pune vs. Spacewood Furnishers Private Limited (2015) 12 SCC 179.

The Honourable Court noted that as per Section 132(1) of the Act, the Authority must have information in his possession on the basis of which a reasonable belief can be founded that, the person concerned has omitted or failed to produce the books of accounts or other documents for production of which summons or notice has been issued, or such person will not produce such books of accounts or other documents even if summons of notice is issued to him, or such person is in possession of any money, bullion or other valuable articles which represents either wholly or partly income or property which has not been or would not be disclosed, is the foundation to exercise the power under Section 132 of the said Act. The Apex Court in Laljibhai Kanjibhai Mandalia (supra)and in Spacewood Furnishers Pvt Ltd. (supra) has specifically held that such reasons may have to be placed before the High Court in the event of a challenge to formation of the belief of the Competent Authority in which event the Court would be entitled to examine the reasons for formation of the belief, though not the sufficiency or adequacy thereof.

The Honourable Court noted that no notice or summons have been issued to petitioners calling for any information from them at any point of time earlier to the action under Section 132(1) of the Act to give rise to an apprehension of non-compliance by petitioners justifying action under Section 132(1) of the Act. Therefore, no reasonable belief can be formed that the person concerned has omitted or failed to produce books of accounts or other documents for production of which summons or notice had been issued, or that such person will not produce such books of accounts or other documents even if summons or notice is issued to him.

The Honourable Court agreed with the view expressed in Balkrushma Gopalrao Buty (supra) that respondents cannot rely upon what has been unearthed pursuant to the search and seizure action as the information giving a reason to believe as contemplated under Section 132(1) of the said Act must be prior to such seizure.

The Honourable Court read the contents of the file of the department given to court in a sealed envelope by counsel for respondents. Having considered the contents thereof, the court opined that it does not disclose any information which would lead the Authorities to have a reason to believe that any of the contingencies as contemplated by Section 132(1)(a) to (c) of the said Act are satisfied. The reasons recorded only indicate a mere pretence. The material considered is irrelevant and unrelated. For the sake of maintaining confidentiality, the Court did not discuss the reasons recorded in the file, except that the information noted therein is extremely general in nature. The Honourable Court further noted that the reasons forming part of the satisfaction note have to satisfy the judicial conscience. The satisfaction note does not indicate at all the process of formation of reasonable belief. The Honourable Court noted that it has not questioned the adequacy or sufficiency of the information. That apart, the note also does not contain anything altogether regarding any reason to believe, on account of which there is total non-compliance with the requirements as contemplated by Section 132(1) of the said Act which vitiates the search and seizure. It does not fulfil the jurisdictional pre-conditions specified in Section 132 of the Act.

Hence, the action of respondents taken under Section 132(1) of the Act was quashed and set aside. The Honourable Court further observed that even though the search is held to be invalid, the information or material gathered during the course thereof may be relied upon by revenue for making adjustment to the Assessee’s income in an appropriate proceeding.

NFRA Digest

(Editorial Note: Given the increasingly important role played by NFRA in the context of auditing, BCA Journal, will be continuing with reporting on NFRA developments. This new feature titled NFRA DIGEST will cover orders, reports, circulars, notifications, rules, inspection reports, discussion papers, etc. BCAJ seeks to bring to light some of the important changes affecting the profession of audit with a view that members and readers can learn from these developments. The aim is to enable members to improve their audit processes and reduce their audit risk by improving quality and governance frameworks mandated by applicable standards and regulatory expectations. In this context, we are pleased to bring this new feature NFRA Digest to our readers, covering NFRA updates. This is another in a row and will cover the circulars issued by NFRA to date and NFRA orders post-December 2023)

BACKGROUND ABOUT NFRA ORDERS/CIRCULARS:

The National Financial Reporting Authority (“NFRA”) was constituted on 1st October, 2018, by the Government of India under section 132(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the 2013 Act”). Since its inception, the NFRA has issued 67 orders till today highlighting significant deficiencies in the audit process, reporting by the auditors and other matters in relation to the audit of listed entities.

Our previous issues have covered, in detail, the structure of NRFA Orders and Powers of NFRA under Section 132(4)(c) of the 2013 Act with respect to the imposition of monetary penalties and debarment of the member or/and firm, where the professional or other misconduct is proved, key learnings from NFRA orders issued till 31st December, 2023.

In addition to these orders, the NFRA has also issued certain circulars on specific matters based on its findings during the proceedings or on its regular reviews. The NFRA has also issued an order highlighting significant deficiencies in an engagement other than audit engagements.

NFRA CIRCULARS

As per Sub-section 2(b) of section 132 of the Companies Act 2013 read with rule 4(2)(c) of the NFRA Rules 2018, the NFRA is mandated to monitor and enforce compliance with accounting and auditing standards. Further, NFRA is required by sub-section 2(d) of section 132 of the Act read with rule 4(2) of NFRA Rules, to perform such other functions and duties as may be necessary or incidental to the aforesaid functions and duties. NFRA monitors compliance with accounting standards by the companies as part of its review of published financial statements.

Based on these reviews, since inception, the NFRA has issued circulars on three important topics:

Topics Non-accrual of interest on borrowings
Date and Applicability of circular 20th October, 2022

 

Applicability:

 

(a) All Listed companies (b) Unlisted companies specified in Rule 3 of NFRA Rules 2018 (c) Auditors of these companies

Summary of NFRA circular Issue highlighted:

 

•   The company had been classified as Non-Performing Asset (NPA) by the lender banks and was negotiating one-time settlements with the banks. The company had discontinued accrual/recognition of interest expense on these borrowings.

•   The company’s discontinuation of the recognition of accrual of interest while calculating the amortised cost of the borrowings was in violation of Effective Interest Method and Effective Interest Rate (EIR) principles.

•   The Statutory Auditors failed to identify and question the company on this change in accounting treatment and report on non-compliance with Ind AS.

Requirement as per Ind-AS:

 

•   As per para B3.3.1, a financial liability is extinguished only when the borrower is legally released from primary responsibility for the liability (or part of it) either by the process of law or by the creditor.

•   In the present case, the bank had not released the company from the liability of the borrowings as well the interest. The discontinuation of interest expense recognition on financial liability solely based on the Non-accrual of interest on borrowings borrowing company’s expectation of loan/interest waiver/concession without evidence of the legally enforceable contractual documents is non-compliance with Ind-AS.  Hence, the company should have continued the accrual/recognition of interest expenses.

Direction by NFRA:

•   All the companies required to follows Ind-AS and their audit committee are advised not to discontinue the recognition of principal and interest based on management expectation of likely settlement with or without concession from the banks. The auditors are required to ensure strict compliance with this circular.

Topics Accounting policies for Revenue from Contract with Customers and Trade Receivables
Date and Applicability of circular 29th March, 2023

 

Applicability:

 

(a) All Listed companies (b) Unlisted companies specified in Rule 3 of NFRA Rules 2018 (c) Auditors of these companies

Summary of NFRA circular Issue highlighted:

•   Revenue recognition: In many companies, it has been noticed that the significant accounting policies disclosed wrongly state that revenue is recognised and measured at fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

 

•   Trade Receivables: In many companies it has been noticed that their accounting policy, either stating separately or as part of the policy for financial assets including trade receivables, wrongly stating that the trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value.

 

Requirement as per Ind-AS:

 

•   Revenue recognition: As per para 46 of Ind AS 115, Revenue from contracts with customers requires that the entity shall recognise as revenue the amount of transaction price, excluding the estimates of variable consideration that is allocated to that performance obligation. Under Ind AS 115, the application of fair value is relevant only in a limited set of situations like fair value of consideration in form of other than cash.

•   Trade Receivables: As per para 5.1.3 of Ind AS 109, the financial assets in the form of trade receivables, shall be initially measured at their transaction price unless those contain a significant financing component determined in accordance with Ind AS 115.

 

Direction by NFRA:

•   The illustrative examples of correct accounting policies with respect to revenue recognition and trade receivables are mentioned in the circular.

•   All the listed companies and other entities falling with the domain of NFRA which are required to follow Ind-AS are hereby advised to comply with Ind AS 115 and Ind AS 109, as discussed above. The auditors of these companies are required to ensure strict compliance, in the performance of their audits, with the provision of the Ind ASs as brought out above.

Topics Fraud Reporting- Statutory Auditors’ responsibilities
Date and Applicability of circular 26th June, 2023

 

Applicability:

 

(a) Auditors of entities regulated by NFRA

Summary of NFRA circular Issue highlighted:

 

•    NFRA has noticed that auditors are not fulfilling their statutory responsibilities relating to reporting fraud as mandated under the Companies Act 2013 read with relevant rules and applicable Standards on Auditing (SAs).

 

•    The Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in a recent judgement has held that the consequence of section 140(5) will be applicable also to those auditors who resign from their audit engagements without reporting fraud/suspected fraud.

 

Requirement under different provisions:

 

•    Section 143(12) of CA 2013 and related rules lays down certain reporting responsibilities on the auditor in relation to fraud. Rule 13 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules 2014, prescribes detailed steps that need to be followed by auditors in relation to reporting of fraud.

 

•    SA 240- The Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating to Fraud in an Audit of Financial Statements elaborately deals with the auditors’ responsibilities relating to fraud in an audit of financial statements. The guidance in SA 240 also details the communication to the management, TCWG and Regulatory & Enforcement authorities regarding reporting of fraud/suspected fraud.

 

Direction by NFRA:

 

•    The Statutory Auditors is duty bound to submit Form ADT-4 to the Central Government u/s 143(12) even in cases where the Statutory Auditors is not the first person to identify the fraud/suspected fraud.

•    Resignations does not absolve the Auditor of his responsibilities to report suspected fraud or fraud as mandated by law.

NFRA ORDERS:

A) On Statutory Audit Engagements: The observations summarised below relates to the orders issued by NFRA during the period from 01st January, 2024 to 30th April, 2024. Further, the issues covered in this publication represent additional/new observations other than those covered in the previous issues.

1. Despite of giving multiple communications by NFRA to submit the audit files through speed-post, e-mail communications and letters, EP did not respond. (Order No. 002/2024 dated 5th January, 2024)

2. Failure to evaluate the management’s assessment of the entity’s ability to continue as a Going concern despite the presence of significant indicators like defaults in repayment of Cash credit facilities and term loans, uncertainties relating to recoverability of trade receivables, continuing and increasing losses, negative operating cash flows, long delay in completion of many projects etc. (Order No. 003/2024 dated
08th January, 2024)

3. Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence relating to revenue recognition and failure to evaluate the risk of fraud in revenue recognition. (Order No. 003/2024 dated 08th January, 2024)

4. Failure to perform physical verification or any alternate audit procedures to determine the existence and condition of inventory and also to modify his audit opinion with respect to inventory. (Order No. 003/2024 dated 08th January, 2024)

5. Failure to determine Materiality for the financial as a whole while establishing the audit strategy and to determine performance materiality for the purpose of assessing the risk of material misstatements and determining the timing, nature and extent of further audit procedures. (Order No. 003/2024 dated
08th January, 2024)

6. Failure to communicate in writing significant deficiencies in internal control with TCWG and with management on a timely basis. (Order No. 003/2024 dated 08th January, 2024)

7. Recognition of interest cost on borrowing rate at a rate lower than loan agreement for FY 2014–15 & 2015-16, disclosing balance interest liability as a contingent liability and non-recognition of interest at all for FY 2016–17 due to ongoing negotiations for restructuring of NPA accounts resulting into understatement of losses. (Order No. 005/2024 dated 22nd February, 2024)

8. Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence for the verification of revenue. (Order No. 005/2024 dated 22nd February, 2024)

9. False reporting in CARO with respect to loans given to related parties. (Order No. 005/2024 dated 22nd February, 2024)

10. Violation of the Responsibilities as Joint Auditor. (Order No. 008/2024 dated 12th April, 2024)

11. Indulged in self-review by preparing material information for the financial statements of the Company, which subsequently became the subject matter of audit opinion, and this violated the Code of Ethics and Standards on Auditing. (Order No. 008/2024 dated 12th April, 2024)

12. Failure to analyse the contradictory evidence. (Order No. 008/2024 dated 12th April, 2024)

13. Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the reasonability of estimate of Expected Credit Loss (ECL) on Financial Assets. (Order No. 008/2024 dated 12th April, 2024)

14. Acceptance of Audit Engagement before receipt of NOC from predecessor auditor (Order No. 012/2024 dated 26th April, 2024)

15. Not obtaining sufficient appropriate audit evidence of significant matters (fraud reported by previous auditors as the reason for resignation) reported by the previous auditor before acceptance of engagement and also during the course of audit and reporting.

B) On Other Engagements:

Date of order 3rd January, 2024
Nature of Engagement Reports u/s 80 JJAA of the Income Tax Act, 1961
Observations by NFRA

In the order, NFRA highlighted following significant deficiencies in the Form 10DA issued u/s 80JJAA of the Income-tax Act, 1961:

a. Failure to verify reorganization of business with various parties

 

b.   Failure to exclude employees whose contribution was paid by the Government

c.   Lapses in reporting additional employees

d.   Failure to verify payment of additional employee cost by account payee cheque/draft/electronic means

e.   Failure to verify the salary limit of ₹25,000 per month for new employees

Based on the above, NFRA concluded that the
concerned CA has failed to exercise due diligence in the conduct of professional duties and has also failed to obtain sufficient information which is necessary for the expression of an opinion, or its exceptions are sufficiently material to negate the expression of an opinion.

Key Takeaways

The implementation of these circulars issued by NFRA on various matters will be reviewed for scrutiny by them in subsequent inspections of the entities or audit firms. Therefore, it is imperative that the audit firms should create adequate documentation in respect of their audit procedures and diligence applied to ensure compliance of the same either by an entity or themselves.

The NFRA’s recent action on certification engagement of listed entities carried out by CA firms is also one of its kind. The CAs in practice and specially engaged by listed entities for statutory audit or other engagements should exercise a greater degree of professional scepticism.

“It’s good to learn from your mistakes. It’s better to learn from other people’s mistakes.” Warren Buffett

Financial Reporting Dossier

A. KEY GLOBAL UPDATES

1. IASB: COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF ACCOUNTING FOR INTANGIBLES

  • On 23rd April 2024, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) announced that it will comprehensively review the accounting requirements for intangibles.
  • This review is mainly based on concerns raised relating to all aspects of IAS 38 Intangible Assets, including its scope, its recognition and measurement requirements (including the difference in the accounting for acquired and internally generated intangible assets), and the adequacy of the information companies are required to disclose about intangible assets.
  • The project will assess whether the requirements of IAS 38 remain relevant and continue to fairly reflect current business models or whether the IASB should improve the requirements.

2. IASB: AMENDMENTS FOR RENEWABLE ELECTRICITY CONTRACTS

  • On 8th May 2024, the International Accounting Standards Board published an Exposure Draft proposing narrow-scope amendments to ensure that financial statements more faithfully reflect the effects that renewable electricity contracts have on a company. The proposals amend IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The IASB’s swift action responds to the rapidly growing global market for these contracts.
  • Renewable electricity contracts aim to secure the stability of and access to renewable electricity sources. However, renewable electricity markets have unique characteristics. Renewable electricity sources depend on nature and its supply cannot be guaranteed. The contracts often require buyers to take and pay for whatever amount of electricity is produced, even if that amount does not match the buyer’s needs at the time of production. These distinct market characteristics have created accounting challenges in applying the current accounting requirements, especially for long-term contracts.
  • To address these challenges, the IASB is proposing some targeted changes to the accounting for contracts with specified characteristics. The proposals would:
  • address how the ‘own-use’ requirements would apply;
  • permit hedge accounting if these contracts are used as hedging instruments; and
  • add disclosure requirements to enable investors to understand the effects of these contracts on a company’s financial performance and future cash flows.

3. IASB: IFRS 18- AID INVESTOR ANALYSIS OF COMPANIES’ FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE:

  • On 9th April 2024, the International Accounting Standards Board completed its work to improve the usefulness of information presented and disclosed in financial statements. IFRS 18 introduces three sets of new requirements to improve companies’ reporting of financial performance and give investors a better basis for analysing and comparing companies:
  • Improved comparability in the statement of profit or loss (income statement): Currently there is no specified structure for the income statement. IFRS 18 introduces three defined categories for income and expenses—operating, investing and financing to improve the structure of the income statement, and requires all companies to provide new defined subtotals, including operating profit. The improved structure and new subtotals will give investors a consistent starting point for analysing companies’ performance and make it easier to compare companies.
  • Enhanced transparency of management-defined performance measures: Many companies provide company-specific measures, often referred to as alternative performance measures. However, most companies don’t currently provide enough information to enable investors to understand how these measures are calculated and how they relate to the required measures in the income statement.

IFRS 18 therefore requires companies to disclose explanations of those company-specific measures that are related to the income statement, referred to as management-defined performance measures. The new requirements will improve the discipline and transparency of management-defined performance measures and make them subject to audit.

  • More useful grouping of information in the financial statements: Investor analysis of companies’ performance is hampered if the information provided by companies is too summarised or too detailed. IFRS 18 sets out enhanced guidance on how to organise information and whether to provide it in the primary financial statements or in the notes. The changes are expected to provide more detailed and useful information. IFRS 18 also requires companies to provide more transparency about operating expenses, helping investors to find and understand the information they need.

4. FASB: ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE RELATED TO PROFIT INTEREST AWARDS

  • On 21st March 2024, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) published an Accounting standard update that improves generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) by adding illustrative guidance to help entities determine whether profits interest and similar awards should be accounted for as share-based payment arrangements within the scope of ASC 718, Compensation–Stock Compensation.
  • Certain entities, typically private companies, provide employees and other non-employees with profits interest and similar awards to align compensation with the company’s operating performance and provide those holders with the opportunity to participate in future profits and/or equity appreciation of the company. The Private Company Council and other stakeholders noted the diversity in practice in accounting for these awards as share-based payment arrangements.
  • The amendment will apply to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in the grantor’s own operations or provides consideration payable to a customer by either of the following:

a. Issuing (or offering to issue) its shares, share options, or other equity instruments to an employee or a non-employee.

b. Incurring liabilities to an employee or a non-employee that meet either of the following conditions:

1. The amounts are based, at least in part, on the price of the entity’s shares or other equity instruments. (The phrase at least in part is used because an award of share-based compensation may be indexed to both the price of an entity’s shares and something else that is neither the price of the entity’s shares nor a market, performance, or service condition.)

2. The awards require or may require settlement by issuing the entity’s equity shares or other equity instruments.

5. FRC: REVISIONS TO UK & IRELAND ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

  • On 27th March 2024, the Financial Reporting Council issued comprehensive improvements to financial reporting standards applicable in the UK and the Republic of Ireland.
  • The amendments are designed to enhance the quality of UK financial reporting and help support the access to capital and growth of the businesses applying them. The most significant changes apply to leases and revenue recognition to align with recent changes to international financial reporting standards. The changes will provide better information to users of financial statements including current and potential investors and lenders. In response to stakeholder feedback, the FRC has made improvements to the proposals for lease accounting and revised the recognition exemption for leases of low-value assets to clarify that the focus is to ensure that the most significant leases are recognised in the balance sheet.
  • Whilst there will be some implementation costs, the FRC has been mindful of the need for changes to be proportionate and to remove any unnecessary reporting burdens. During the extensive stakeholder engagement period many stakeholders, including those representing preparers, generally supported the updates to the accounting model for revenue recognition.

6. PCAOB: STANDARDIZING DISCLOSURE OF FIRM AND ENGAGEMENT METRICS

  • On 9th April 2024, the PCAOB issued a proposal regarding public reporting of standardized firm and engagement metrics and a separate proposal regarding the PCAOB framework for collecting information from audit firms.
  • It would require PCAOB-registered public accounting firms that audit one or more issuers that qualify as an accelerated filer or large accelerated filer to publicly report specified metrics relating to such audits and their audit practice.
  • The proposal sets out standardized firm- and engagement-level metrics that PCAOB believes would create a useful dataset available to investors and other stakeholders for analysis and comparison. The proposed metrics cover (1) partner and manager involvement, (2) workload, (3) audit resources (4) experience of audit personnel, (5) industry experience of audit personnel, (6) retention and tenure, (7) audit hours and risk areas (engagement-level only), (8) allocation of audit hours, (9) quality performance ratings and compensation (firm-level only), (10) audit firms’ internal monitoring, and (11) restatement history (firm-level only).

7. IESBA: FIRST GLOBAL ETHICS STANDARDS ON TAX PLANNING

  • On 15th April 2024, the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA) launched the first comprehensive suite of global standards on ethical considerations in tax planning and related services, incorporated in the IESBA Code of Ethics.
  • The standards establish a clear framework of expected behaviours and ethics provisions for use by all professional accountants and respond to public interest concerns about tax avoidance and the role played by consultants in light of revelations in recent years such as the Paradise and Pandora Papers.
  • These standards are especially relevant in the context of rising public scrutiny of tax avoidance schemes which can harm companies’ credibility and corporate reputation, as well as risking litigation and harming the public interest. Responding to increased public interest concerns, the fundamental goal of these standards is to ensure an ethical, credible basis for advising on tax planning arrangements, thereby restoring public and institutional trust on a topic that is core to the social contract between corporations and the market which supports them.

B. GLOBAL REGULATORS— ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND INSPECTION REPORTS

I. THE FINANCIAL REPORTING COUNCIL, UK

a) Sanctions against Grant Thornton UK LLP (8th April 2024)

  • The FRC’s Enforcement Committee (Committee) has found that Grant Thornton UK LLP failed to comply with the Regulatory Framework for Auditing in its audit of a local authority’s pension fund for the year ended 31st March 2021.
  • The Committee found failures in the reviewed audit, which it considered represented a significant departure from the standards expected of a Registered Auditor and had the potential to affect the public, employees, pensioners or creditors. These included two uncorrected material errors which appeared in the version of the pension fund’s audited financial statements that were included in the local authority’s annual report (these errors did not appear in the pension fund’s own financial statements) and insufficient audit evidence obtained that the value of investments was materially accurate.
  • The Committee considered that it is necessary to impose a Sanction to ensure that Grant Thornton UK LLP’s Local Audit Functions are undertaken, supervised and managed effectively.
  • The Committee issued a Notice of Proposed Sanction proposing a Regulatory Penalty of £50,000, adjusted by a discount of 20 per cent for co-operation and other mitigating factors to £40,000. The Sanction has been accepted by Grant Thornton UK LLP.

II. THE PUBLIC COMPANY ACCOUNTING OVERSIGHT BOARD (PCAOB)

a) Sanctions against Deloitte Indonesia, Deloitte Philippines & KPMG Netherlands (10th April 2024)

  • The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) announced five settled disciplinary orders sanctioning Imelda & Raken (“Deloitte Indonesia”), Navarro Amper & Co. (“Deloitte Philippines”), the latter’s former National Professional Practice Director, Wilfredo Baltazar (“Baltazar”), KPMG Accountants N.V. (“KPMG Netherlands) and its former head of Assurance, Marc Hogeboom for violations of PCAOB rules and quality control standards relating to the firms’ internal training programs and monitoring of their systems of quality control.
  • At all the firms, quality control deficiencies resulted in widespread answer sharing on internal training tests.
  • The audit partners and other personnel were engaged in widespread answer sharing — either by providing answers or using answers – or received answers without reporting such sharing in connection with tests for mandatory firm training courses.
  • On at least six occasions, the third-party vendor, in his capacity as the partner responsible for e-learning compliance, shared answers to training assessments with other audit partners at the firm.
  • The sanctions are as follows:
  • Deloitte Philippines: $1 Million civil penalty
  • Deloitte Indonesia: $1 Million civil penalty
  • Wilfredo Baltazar: $10,000 civil money penalty
  • KPMG Netherlands: $25 Million civil penalty
  • Marc Hogeboom: $1,50,000 civil money penalty and a permanent bar

b) Sanctions against Singapore firm for Quality Control Violations (9th April 2024)

  • The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) announced a settled disciplinary order sanctioning Singapore-based audit firm Pan-China Singapore PAC (“the firm”) for violations of PCAOB rules and quality control standards.
  • The PCAOB found that the system of quality control at the firm failed to provide reasonable assurance that it:

1. Used an audit methodology, guidance materials, and practice aids designed to comply with PCAOB auditing standards and other regulatory requirements;

2. Ensured that staff participated in relevant training;

3. Met requirements with respect to audit documentation;

4. Made all required communications to issuer audit committees; and

5. Timely and accurately filed Form APs.

  • The sanction: $75,000 civil money penalty on the firm and requiring the firm to conduct training for all audit staff.

c) Sanctions against three partners of KPMG China for violations of Audit Standards (20th March 2024)

  • The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) today announced a settled disciplinary order sanctioning CHOI Chung Chuen (“Choi”), MA Hong Chao (“Ma”), and DONG Chang Ling (“Dong”) (collectively, “Respondents”), partners of mainland China-based KPMG Huazhen LLP (the “Firm”), for violations of PCAOB standards.
  • The PCAOB found that each of the Respondents violated PCAOB standards in connection with the Firm’s audit of the 2017 financial statements of Tarena International, Inc., a mainland China-based education service provider listed in the United States. In 2019, Tarena restated its 2017 financial statements for, among other things, intentional revenue inflation and improper charges against accounts receivable.
  • Specifically, the PCAOB found that Choi and Ma, the engagement partner and a second partner on the 2017 audit, respectively, failed to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support Tarena’s reported revenue. In evaluating Tarena’s revenue, Choi and Ma planned to rely on the company’s internal controls, including information technology-related controls (“IT Controls”). However, after learning of numerous unremediated deficiencies in Tarena’s IT Controls, Choi and Ma improperly continued to rely on those controls to support their audit conclusions as if those controls were effective.

 

  • Sanctions are as follows:

a. Imposes civil money penalties in the amounts of $75,000 on Choi, $50,000 on Ma, and $25,000 on Dong;

b. Bars Choi and Ma from being associated persons of a registered public accounting firm with a right to petition the Board for consent to associate with a registered public accounting firm after one year;

c. Limits Dong from acting in certain roles on issuer audits for a one-year period;

d. Requires that Choi and Ma each complete continuing professional education before filing any petition for Board consent to associate with a registered public accounting firm; and

e. Requires that Dong complete additional continuing professional education over the next year.

d) Deficiencies in Firm Inspection Reports:

  • Centurion ZD CPA & Co. (29th March 2024)

Deficiency: In an inspection carried out by PCAOB it has identified deficiencies in the financial statement and ICFR audits related to Revenue, Related Party Transactions, a Significant Account, the Financial Reporting Process and Journal Entries, and Information Technology General Controls (ITGCs).

a. Revenue: The firm did not identify and test any controls that address whether the relevant revenue recognition criteria were met prior to recognizing revenue.

b. Related Party Transactions: The firm did not identify and test any controls over the issuer’s (1) identification of related parties and relationships and (2) accounting for, and disclosure of, related party transactions.

c. Significant Account: The issuer engaged an external specialist to develop an estimate related to this significant account. The firm did not identify and test any controls over the assumptions used by the company’s specialist. The firm’s approach for substantively testing this estimate was to test the issuer’s process, and the firm engaged another external specialist to perform a review of the company’s specialist’s report.

d. Financial Reporting Process and Journal Entries: The firm did not identify and test any controls over journal entries and other adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. In addition, the firm did not perform any substantive procedures to examine material adjustments made while preparing the financial statements.

• Salles Sainz- Grant Thornton, S.C.

(29th March 2024)

Deficiency: In an inspection carried out by PCAOB it has identified deficiencies in financial statement audit related to Intangible Assets, Long-Lived Assets, and Right of Use Assets.

a. Intangible Assets: The issuer determined that it had a single cash-generating unit (“CGU”) for purposes of evaluating intangible and long-lived assets for possible impairment and used a discounted cash flow method to determine the recoverable amount of this CGU in its annual impairment analysis. The firm’s approach for substantively testing the impairment of an intangible asset was to review and test the issuer’s process.

They did not sufficiently evaluate whether the method the issuer used to determine the recoverable amount of the CGU was in conformity with the applicable financial reporting framework and standards. Also, they did not perform any procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of certain significant assumptions used by the issuer to determine the recoverable amount of the CGU.

b. Long-Lived Assets and Right of Use Assets: The firm did not perform procedures to evaluate whether there were indicators of potential impairment for certain long-lived assets and right-of-use assets beyond reading the issuer’s impairment policy.

III. THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC)

  • Sanctions Audit firm BF Borgers and its owner with massive fraud affecting more than 1,500 SEC filings (3rd May 2024)

The Securities and Exchange Commission today charged audit firm BF Borgers CPA PC and its owner, Benjamin F. Borgers (together, “Respondents”), with deliberate and systemic failures to comply with Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) standards in its audits and reviews incorporated in more than 1,500 SEC filings from January 2021 through June 2023. The SEC also charged the Respondents with falsely representing to their clients that the firm’s work would comply with PCAOB standards; fabricating audit documentation to make it appear that the firm’s work did comply with PCAOB standards; and falsely stating in audit reports included in more than 500 public company SEC filings that the firm’s audits complied with PCAOB standards.

They failed to adequately supervise and review the work of the team performing the audits and reviews; did not properly prepare and maintain audit documentation, known as “work papers;” and failed to obtain engagement quality reviews, without which an audit firm may not issue an audit report.

The SEC’s order further finds that, at Benjamin Borgers’s direction, BF Borger’s staff copied work papers from previous engagements for their clients, changing only the relevant dates, and then passed them off as work papers for the current audit period. As a result, the order finds, BF Borgers’s work papers falsely documented work that had not been performed. Among other things, the work papers regularly documented purported planning meetings — required to discuss a client’s business and consider any potential risk areas — that never occurred and falsely represented that both Benjamin Borgers, as the
partner in charge of the engagement, and an engagement quality reviewer had reviewed and approved the work.

  • Charges against record keeping and other failures (3rd April 2024)

The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced charges against registered investment adviser Senvest Management LLC for widespread and longstanding failures to maintain and preserve certain electronic communications. The SEC also charged Senvest with failing to enforce its code of ethics.

Senvest employees at various levels of authority communicated about company business internally and externally using personal texting platforms and other non-Senvest messaging applications in violation of the firm’s policies and procedures. Senvest also failed to maintain or preserve the off-channel communications as required under the federal securities laws and the firm’s policies and procedures. In one instance, three senior employees engaged in off-channel communications on personal devices that were set to automatically delete messages after 30 days. Additionally, the order finds that certain Senvest employees failed to adhere to provisions of the firm’s code of ethics requiring them to obtain pre-clearance for all securities transactions in their personal accounts.

  • False and misleading statements about their use of Artificial Intelligence (18th March 2024)

The Securities and Exchange Commission announced settled charges against two investment advisers, Delphia (USA) Inc. and Global Predictions Inc., for making false and misleading statements about their purported use of artificial intelligence (AI). The firms agreed to settle the SEC’s charges and pay $400,000 in total civil penalties.

According to the SEC’s order against Delphia, from 2019 to 2023, the Toronto-based firm made false and misleading statements in its SEC filings, in a press release, and on its website regarding its purported use of AI and machine learning that incorporated client data in its investment process. For example, according to the order, Delphia claimed that it “put[s] collective data to work to make our artificial intelligence smarter so it can predict which companies and trends are about to make it big and invest in them before everyone else.” The order finds that these statements were false and misleading because Delphia did not in fact have the AI and machine learning capabilities that it claimed. The firm was also charged with violating the Marketing Rule, which, among other things, prohibits a registered investment adviser from disseminating any advertisement that includes any untrue statement of material fact.

The SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Advocacy has issued an Investor Alert about artificial intelligence and investment fraud.

Section 151, r.w.s 147 and 148 of the Act — Reopening of assessment — Beyond three years — Sanction for issue of notice — Appropriate authority for issuance of notice under Sections 148 and 148A(b) should have been either Principal Chief Commissioner or Principal Director General, or in their absence, Chief Commissioner or Director General – Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, do not fall within specified authorities outlined in Section 151.

6 Ashok Kumar Makhija vs. Union of India

WP (C) NO. 16680 OF 2022

A.Y.: 2017–18

Dated: 7th May, 2024, (Delhi) (HC)

Section 151, r.w.s 147 and 148 of the Act — Reopening of assessment — Beyond three years — Sanction for issue of notice — Appropriate authority for issuance of notice under Sections 148 and 148A(b) should have been either Principal Chief Commissioner or Principal Director General, or in their absence, Chief Commissioner or Director General – Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, do not fall within specified authorities outlined in Section 151.

The petitioner is engaged in the business of wholesale trading of pan masala and beetle nut (supari) through his proprietorship concerns namely, M/s Neelkanth Trades and M/s Prem Supari Bhandar. On 28th March, 2017, he was served with a summon under Section 131(1A) of the Act, seeking verification of cash deposits made by him in his bank account during the period of demonetisation, i.e., 8th November, 2016 to 31st December, 2016.

Accordingly, on 14th October, 2017, ITR was filed by the petitioner for A.Y. 2017–18, declaring a total income of ₹1,70,43,590. The said ITR was subjected to scrutiny assessment on the issues of capital gains / loss on sale of property and cash deposits made during the demonetisation period.

The petitioner claimed that the said cash deposit in his bank account represents the sale proceeds of the business. While issuing notice dated 20th November, 2019 under Section 133(6) of the Act, the Revenue sought confirmation from M/s Mahalaxmi Devi Flavours Pvt. Ltd., from whom the petitioner claimed to have made the purchases. Consequently, on 28th December, 2019, an assessment order under Section 143(3) of the Act came to be passed accepting the aforesaid ITR.

On 8th April, 2021, a notice under Section 148 of the Act was issued, reopening the assessment of the petitioner for A.Y. 2017–18 on the grounds that the income of the petitioner which was chargeable to tax had escaped assessment. However, the said notice was quashed following the decision rendered by in the case of Man Mohan Kohli vs. ACIT 2021 SCC OnLine Del 5250, which inter alia declared that all notices issued under Section 148 of the Act after 1st April, 2021 under the erstwhile law (un-amended provision of Section 148 of the Act) could not have been issued.

In the meantime, the Supreme Court in the case of Union of India vs. Ashish Agarwal 2022 SCC OnLine SC 543 rendered a decision declaring that notices issued under Section 148 of the Act between 1st April, 2021 to 30th June, 2021, under the old provisions shall be treated as notices under Section 148A(b) of the Act, and the same shall be dealt with in the light of the directions contained in the aforesaid decision.

Thereafter, the Revenue issued the impugned notice dated 26th May, 2022, under Section 148A(b) of the Act and initiated reassessment proceedings by supplying the petitioner with the information in its possession, i.e., an exponential increase in the sales turnover of the petitioner during A.Y. 2017–18, alleging that the same has escaped assessment. Consequently, the impugned order under Section 148A(d) dated 30th July, 2022 was passed by the Revenue.

The petitioner submitted that the reassessment proceedings for A.Y. 2017–18 are after a lapse of more than three years, the appropriate authority for issuance of the notice under Sections 148 and 148A(b) of the Act should have been either the Principal Chief Commissioner or Principal Director General, or in their absence, the Chief Commissioner or Director General, instead of the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, Delhi-10, who does not fall within the specified authorities outlined in Section 151 of the Act. He relied on the decision of this Court in the case of Twylight Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO &Ors. 2024 SCC OnLine Del 330.

The Honourable Court held that there is no approval of the specified authority, as indicated in Section 151(ii) of the Act.Accordingly, for the reasons assigned in the Twylight Infrastructure (supra) judgment, the impugned notices dated 26th May, 2022 and 30th July, 2022 and the impugned order dated 30th July, 2022 were quashed with liberty to the revenue to commence reassessment proceedings afresh.The writ petition was disposed accordingly.

From Published Accounts

Compilers’ Note

As per the amendments to the Companies Act, 2013 and Rules thereto, for Financial Years commencing on or after 1st April, 2023, i.e., audit reports issued for FY 2023–24, the auditor needs to report on whether the accounting software used by a company has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and whether the same has been operated throughout the year and it has not been tampered. To assist auditors on this new reporting requirement, ICAI has, in February 2024, issued an Implementation Guide on Reporting on Audit Trail under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 (Revised 2024) Edition.

Given below is an instance of modified reporting on the above.

TCS Ltd – 31st March 2024

From Auditors’ Report on Consolidated Financial Statements

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

1 …

2A) As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report, to the extent applicable, that:

a) …

b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law relating to preparation of the aforesaid consolidated financial statements have been kept so far as it appears from our examination of those books except for the matters stated in paragraph 2(B)(f) below on reporting under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014;

2(B) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

a) …

b) …

c) …

d) …

e) …

f) The reporting under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 is applicable from 1st April, 2023.

Based on our examination which included test checks, and as communicated by the respective auditor of three subsidiaries, except for the instances mentioned below, the Holding Company and its subsidiary companies incorporated in India have used accounting softwares for maintaining its books of account, which have a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the respective softwares:

i) In case of the Holding Company and its three subsidiary companies incorporated in India, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the database level to log any direct data changes for the accounting softwares used for maintaining the books of account relating to payroll and certain non-editable fields/tables of the accounting software used for maintaining general ledger;

ii) In case of the Holding Company, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the database level to log any direct data changes for the accounting software used for maintaining the books of account relating to consolidation;

iii) In case of the Holding Company and its three subsidiary companies incorporated in India, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the application layer of the accounting softwares relating to revenue, trade receivables and general ledger for the period from 1st April, 2023 to 13th November, 2023 and relating to property, plant and equipment for the period from 1st April, 2023 to 14th December, 2023. Further, in case of a subsidiary incorporated in India, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the application layer of the accounting software relating to payroll for the period from 1st April, 2023 to 15th February, 2024;

iv) In case of a subsidiary incorporated in India, as communicated by the auditor of such subsidiary, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility of the accounting software used for maintaining general ledger was not enabled for the period from 1st April, 2023 to 30th April, 2023.

Further, for the periods where audit trail (edit log) facility was enabled and operated throughout the year for the respective accounting softwares, we did not come across any instance of the audit trail feature being tampered with.

From Auditors’ Report on Standalone Financial Statements

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

1 …

2A)

a) …

b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Company so far as it appears from our examination of those books except for the matters stated in the paragraph 2B(f) below on reporting under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014;

2B) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

a) …

b) …

c) …

d) …

e) …

f) The reporting under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 is applicable from 1st April, 2023.

Based on our examination which included test checks, except for the instances mentioned below, the Company has used accounting softwares for maintaining its books of account, which have a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the respective software:

i. The feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the database level to log any direct data changes for the accounting softwares used for maintaining the books of account relating to payroll, consolidation process and certain non-editable fields/tables of the accounting software used for maintaining general ledger;

ii. The feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the application layer of the accounting softwares relating to revenue, trade receivables and general ledger for the period 1st April, 2023 to 13th November, 2023 and relating to property, plant and equipment for the period 1st April, 2023 to 14th December, 2023.

Further, for the periods where audit trail (edit log) facility was enabled and operated throughout the year for the respective accounting software, we did not come across any instance of the audit trail feature being tampered with.

Ind AS 2023 Amendments

Ind AS 8 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES, CHANGES TO ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND ERRORS

The amendments to Ind AS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes to Accounting Estimates and Errors, introduce a new definition of accounting estimates. The amendments are designed to clarify the distinction between changes in accounting estimates changes in accounting policies and the correction of errors.

DEFINITION OF AN ACCOUNTING ESTIMATE

The current version of Ind AS 8 does not provide a definition of accounting estimates. Accounting policies, however, are defined. Furthermore, the standard defines the concept of a “change in accounting estimates”. A mixture of a definition of one item with a definition of changes in another has resulted in difficulty in drawing the distinction between accounting policies and accounting estimates in many instances. In the amended standard, accounting estimates are now defined as, “monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty”.

To clarify the interaction between an accounting policy and an accounting estimate, paragraph 32 of Ind AS 8 has been amended to state that: “An accounting policy may require items in financial statements to be measured in a way that involves measurement uncertainty – that is, the accounting policy may require such items to be measured at monetary amounts that cannot be observed directly and must instead be estimated. In such cases, an entity develops an accounting estimate to achieve the objective set out by the accounting policy”. Accounting estimates typically involve the use of judgements or assumptions based on the latest available reliable information.

The amended standard explains how entities use measurement techniques and inputs to develop accounting estimates and states that these can include estimation and valuation techniques. The term “estimate” is widely used in accounting and may sometimes refer to estimates other than accounting estimates. Therefore, the amended standard clarifies that not all estimates will meet the definition of an accounting estimate, but rather may refer to inputs used in developing accounting estimates.

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Distinguishing between a change in accounting policy and a change in accounting estimate is, in some cases, quite challenging. To provide additional guidance, the amended standard clarifies that the effects on an accounting estimate of a change in input or a change in a measurement technique are changes in accounting estimates if they do not result from the correction of prior period errors.

The previous definition of a change in accounting estimate specified that changes in accounting estimates may result from new information or new developments. Therefore, such changes are not corrections of errors. The standard-setters felt that this aspect of the definition is helpful and should be retained. For example, if the applicable standard permits a change between two equally acceptable measurement techniques, that change may result from new information or new developments and is not necessarily the correction of an error.

ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE

Applying the definition of accounting estimates—Fair value of a cash-settled share-based payment liability

FACT PATTERN

On 1st April, 20X0, Entity A grants 100 share appreciation rights (SARs) to each of its employees, provided the employee remains in the entity’s employment for the next three years. The SARs entitle the employees to a future cash payment based on the increase in the entity’s share price over the three-year vesting period starting on 1st April, 20X0.

Applying Ind AS 102 Share-based Payment, Entity A accounts for the grant of the SARs as cash-settled share-based payment transactions—in doing so it recognises a liability for the SARs and measures that liability at its fair value (as defined by Ind AS 102). Entity A applies the Black–Scholes–Merton formula (an option pricing model) to measure the fair value of the liability for the SARson 1st April, 20X0 and at the end of the reporting period.

At 31st March, 20X2, because of changes in market conditions since the end of the previous reporting period, Entity A changes its estimate of the expected volatility of the share price—an input to the option pricing model—in estimating the fair value of the liability for the SARs at that date. Entity A has concluded that the change in that input is not a correction of a prior period error.

APPLYING THE DEFINITION OF ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The fair value of the liability is an accounting estimate because:

a. the fair value of the liability is a monetary amount in the financial statements that is subject to measurement uncertainty. That fair value is the amount for which the liability could be settled in a hypothetical transaction—accordingly, it cannot be observed directly and must instead be estimated.

b. the fair value of the liability is an output of a measurement technique (option pricing model) used in applying the accounting policy (measuring a liability for a cash-settled share-based payment at fair value).

c. to estimate the fair value of the liability, Entity A uses judgements and assumptions, for example, in:

i. selecting the measurement technique—selecting the option pricing model; and

ii. applying the measurement technique—developing the inputs that market participants would use in applying that option pricing model, such as the expected volatility of the share price and dividends expected on the shares.

In this fact pattern, the change in the expected volatility of the share price is a change in an input used to measure the fair value of the liability for the SARson 31st March, 20X2. The effect of this change is a change in accounting estimates because the accounting policy—to measure the liability at fair value —has not changed.

Feedback on the draft amendments expressed a concern that measurement techniques might meet the definition of accounting policies—for example, a valuation technique is a measurement technique but could also be seen as a practice and, therefore, meet the definition of an accounting policy. Accordingly, there is a risk that the effects of a change in a measurement technique could be seen as both a change in accounting estimate and a change in accounting policy. To avoid this risk, the standard-setter specified in paragraph 34A that the effects of a change in measurement technique are changes in accounting estimates unless they result from the correction of prior period errors.

The amendments also specified that measurement techniques an entity uses to develop accounting estimates include estimation techniques and valuation techniques. Specifying this avoids ambiguity about whether the effect of a change in an estimation technique or a valuation technique is a change in accounting estimate. The terms ‘estimation techniques’ and ‘valuation techniques’ appear in Ind AS Standards—for example, Ind AS107 Financial Instruments: Disclosures uses the term ‘estimation techniques’ and Ind AS 113 Fair Value Measurement uses the term ‘valuation techniques’.

The amendments state that the term ‘estimate’ in the Standards sometimes refers not only to accounting estimates but also to other estimates. For example, it sometimes refers to inputs used in developing accounting estimates. The amendments specified that the effects on an accounting estimate of a change in input are changes in accounting estimates.

SELECTING INVENTORY COST FORMULAS

The standard-setter proposed clarifying that, for ordinarily interchangeable inventories, selecting a cost formula (that is, first-in, first-out (FIFO) or weighted average cost) in applying Ind AS 2 Inventories constitutes selecting an accounting policy. However, some felt that selecting a cost formula could also be viewed as making an accounting estimate. Since paragraph 36(a) of Ind AS 2 already states that selecting a cost formula constitutes selecting an accounting policy, this issue was not revisited. It was observed that entities rarely change the cost formula used to measure inventories and, accordingly, there would be little benefit in the standard-setter doing so.

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TRANSITION

The amendments become effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1st April, 2023 and apply to changes in accounting policies and changes in accounting estimates that occur on or after the start of that period.

End of the Non-Dom Era in the UK

For many years, the concept of domicile has been a cornerstone of the UK tax system. In order to attract wealthy individuals to the UK, the UK Government was happy to grant preferential tax treatment to non-UK domiciled individuals, effectively protecting their overseas assets from UK taxation for an extended period.

However, this privileged status has attracted much debate in recent years, so it was no surprise when the Chancellor announced the abolition of the non-dom regime in the 2024 Spring Budget. We were told that the existing rules would be replaced with a residence-based tax system for income and capital gains tax from April 2025, with new benefits for long-term non-residents lasting for only four years following a move to the UK.

The Government also announced the inheritance tax regime would move to a residence-based test following a period of consultation, leaving many UK resident non-doms having to rethink their plans, whilst new arrivers to the UK will be wondering how they can benefit from the new rules.

UK TAX PRINCIPLES

Domicile

Domicile is a concept in UK general law that is distinct from nationality and residency. It is the country where a person ‘belongs’ and is found by considering the individual’s habitual residence and where they intend to remain indefinitely.

Under UK law, each person has a domicile, and whilst it is possible to be a resident in more than one country, a person can only have one domicile at any given time. There are three different types of domicile:

  • A domicile of origin, typically being where the individual’s father was domiciled at the time of their birth;
  • A domicile of dependence, where their parent acquired a different domicile before the individual turned 16 years old; and
  • A domicile of choice, which occurs if the individual moves away from their home country and resides in a different country with the intention of making the latter their home permanently or indefinitely.

For tax purposes only, the UK also has the concept of ‘deemed domicile’, where an individual who is non-UK domiciled under general law is considered to be UK domiciled for tax purposes where certain conditions are met. Since 2017, this would apply if an individual has been a UK tax resident for 15 of the last 20 tax years or, where someone with a domicile of origin in the UK who had obtained a domicile of choice elsewhere subsequently becomes a tax resident in the UK again.

When an individual is deemed domiciled in the UK, this status is relevant for income, capital gains and inheritance tax purposes, although relief might be available under some double tax treaties in limited circumstances.

Background

The UK first introduced income tax in 1799 in order to fund the Napoleonic Wars. Even then, the rules incorporated an early form of the remittance basis of taxation by limiting a taxpayer’s liability on foreign income to that remitted to the UK. It was not until 1914 that the concept of domicile was linked to the UK’s tax system and the benefits that a UK-domiciled individual could obtain from this ‘remittance basis’ started to be restricted.

This divergence between the taxation of UK and non-UK domiciled individuals increased in the 1940s and 1950s through further restrictions on the reliefs available to those with a UK domicile, and when capital gains tax was introduced in 1965, it was only ‘non-doms’ who were able to use the remittance basis to shelter unremitted overseas gains. The final strands of the remittance basis available to UK domiciled individuals were effectively abolished in 1974, and this disparity continues to this day.

As it stands, the two primary benefits of the non-dom regime are the ability to avoid paying inheritance tax on non-UK situs assets and the option to elect to be taxed on the remittance basis, which avoids the taxation of overseas income and gains.

From a conceptual perspective, aligning tax benefits to an individual’s domicile status could help achieve the long-standing UK objective of encouraging foreign individuals to relocate to the UK to do business and invest in the economy. However, the existing regime has some apparent drawbacks, including the loss of tax revenue on foreign income and gains, a tax charge that can effectively encourage non-doms to keep their wealth outside of the UK, and the discontent of the UK public at the inequity of tax regimes.

The remittance basis remains a popular election for non-doms with the UK’s tax authority, HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC), reporting that in 2022 the combined total of non-domiciled and deemed domiciled taxpayers in the UK stood at a minimum of 78,700. Together this cohort contributed £12.4 billion to the UK in the form of income tax, capital gains tax, and National Insurance Contributions — the highest amount on record.

However, despite these revenue contributions, the regime and its users have remained under significant scrutiny and criticism from both the public and politicians. Anecdotally, the public considers the regime to be a benefit for the rich — at odds with the principle of those with the broadest shoulders contributing most to the economy. Politicians, on the other hand, question whether a regime which motivates taxpayers to keep their wealth out of the UK is counterproductive to what was originally intended. This contrasts with supporters of the existing rules who point to the regime as being one of the reasons individuals and businesses have for decades continued to come to the UK to do business, create wealth and spend money.

From a professional adviser’s perspective, the concept of domicile is very subjective, so it can be difficult to form a definitive opinion on the matter, which has led to many tax disputes. At the time the concept was introduced, it would not have been possible, or at least highly unlikely, to have a permanent home in two different countries but this is now relatively commonplace with modern-day transportation and ever-increasing global mobility. Similarly, moving away from traditional family relationships can cause issues when applying the rules and many people are uncertain where they will remain permanently until very late in life.
Accordingly, since at least 2015, most UK opposition parties, including Labour and Liberal Democrats, have pledged to either abolish the regime altogether or drastically restrict it. In 2017, we saw significant changes to the non-dom regime, including an increase to the annual charge applicable when claiming the remittance basis after 7 years of UK residence, the point at which one is deemed UK domiciled reducing from 17 to 15 of 20 years of UK residence, and income and gains being brought into the deemed domicile rules.

Despite these changes, the remittance basis remained a popular election, and non-doms looked set to continue to utilise the regime prior to the Budget announcements.

THE CURRENT REGIME

As noted, non-UK domiciled individuals are currently able to benefit from a UK inheritance tax exemption on their non-UK situs assets and an exemption from income and capital gains tax on overseas income and gains by electing to be taxed on the remittance basis of taxation. Both of these benefits offer significant benefits and planning opportunities that are not available to UK domiciled individuals.

UK Inheritance Tax (IHT)

IHT can apply when an individual makes certain transfers during their lifetime, but it is primarily a charge on the value of a person’s estate on death. However, the extent to which an individual’s estate is subject to IHT depends on their domicile status.

UK-domiciled and deemed domiciled individuals are subject to IHT on their worldwide assets. To the extent an individual’s estate does not consist of ‘Excluded Property’ or qualifies for any reliefs or exemptions, it will be taxed at the inheritance tax death rate, currently 40 per cent, on any amounts in excess of the nil rate band of £325,000.

This threshold of £325,000 has not been increased since 2009 and is set to remain at this level until 2028. As a result, there has been a significant increase in the number of people who find themselves subject to inheritance tax as the nil rate band has not kept up with inflation or, in particular, the rise in UK property values over the same period.

In contrast, for a non-UK domiciled individual, non-UK situs assets will be Excluded Property with the exception of any assets that derive their value from UK residential property or related loans – for example, foreign companies that own UK residential property. Accordingly, non-doms coming to the UK currently have limited exposure to IHT, provided they do not stay long enough to become deemed domiciled.

Furthermore, as Trusts inherit the IHT status of the settlor, under the current regime non-doms have the ability to settle non-UK situs assets into trust without these assets falling into the Relevant Property Trust regime, which would otherwise subject the trust fund to principal and periodic charges. These trust structures can, therefore, offer long-term IHT protection provided the assets are kept out of the UK.

The Remittance Basis

From an income and capital gains tax perspective, the default position for a UK resident is that they are subject to income tax and capital gains tax on their worldwide income and gains on an arising basis. This means that UK tax is payable on these receipts regardless of where they arise and whether or not they are brought to the UK.

However, non-doms have the ability to limit their UK tax exposure by electing to be taxed on the remittance basis in a given year. The effect of this election is that they will continue to be taxed on their UK source income and gains on an arising basis, but their non-UK income and gains will only be taxable in the UK to the extent that they are brought into, or otherwise enjoyed in the UK.

Non-UK income and gains that have not been taxed in the UK as a consequence of a claim to be taxed on the remittance basis will be subject to UK taxation if they are remitted to the UK at any point in the future. When this occurs, the income loses its character and is taxed as non-savings income at rates of 20 per cent, 40 per cent and 45 per cent (or up to 48 per cent if the individual is a Scottish taxpayer). Capital gains will be taxed at the prevailing capital gains tax rate at the time of the remittance. If the income or gains have suffered tax in another jurisdiction, any Double Tax Treaty between the UK and the source country will need to be considered to determine how much, if any, foreign tax credit relief is available against the UK liability.

The concept of ‘remittance’ is very broad. In summary, non-UK income and gains are treated as remitted to the UK if they are brought into, received in or used in the UK. This includes income and gains being used to pay for services in the UK, being used in relation to UK debts, or being used to acquire assets that are subsequently brought into the UK.

Additionally, anti-avoidance provisions exist to prevent non-domiciled individuals from making remittances in tax years when they are temporarily non-UK residents — i.e., where they are outside the UK for less than five years. In these circumstances, any remittances in the period of temporary non-residence will be taxed in the year they re-establish residence in the UK.

Where an individual’s unremitted foreign income and gains in a year are less than £2,000, the remittance basis applies automatically without the need to make a claim. Otherwise, the remittance basis must be claimed annually on an individual’s UK tax return. Accordingly, individuals can decide whether to be taxed on the remittance basis on a year-by-year basis by taking into account the potential UK tax due on the overseas income and gains and the amount that has been remitted to the UK in order to determine whether it is beneficial for a given tax year.

Drawbacks of the Remittance Basis

Whilst there can be significant benefits to claiming the remittance basis, there are costs associated with doing so and also potential pitfalls.

Firstly, under the current rules, any foreign income and gains received in a year when a remittance basis election is made will always become taxable in the UK when remitted. This could be the following year or in 10 years — it still becomes taxable when it is brought into the UK. Accordingly, it is necessary to maintain detailed records to demonstrate the source of funds remitted to the UK, which can be very onerous over an extended period of time.

It may also be necessary to maintain multiple offshore accounts in order to avoid different sources of income and gains becoming mixed. A non-dom could have overseas receipts from different sources — investments, property income, asset sales, etc. — which can be difficult or impossible to unpick later down the line. Where money is remitted to the UK from a mixed fund, statutory ordering provisions apply, which deem the remittance to be made up of income or gains from the current tax year in priority to earlier years and, in essence, from income in priority to capital gains. This allows HMRC to tax remittances from mixed funds at the highest rates possible, as income tax rates significantly exceed those for capital gains. Whilst these rules can result in a significant compliance burden, they also provide an opportunity for well-advised individuals to structure their affairs so they are able to remit funds in a tax efficient manner.

Another pitfall is the wide-ranging definition of what constitutes a remittance. Non-doms will typically identify that a direct bank transfer to a UK account is a remittance, but it is not so obvious for indirect transfers — for instance, if they use a UK credit card which is ultimately repaid using overseas income. The acquisition of UK stocks and shares using offshore funds also constitutes a remittance, which is often not identified until after a purchase has been made — the sale of these assets does not remove the remittance, so consideration is required on what to do with these assets or proceeds given the remittance has already been made. At the very least, clear instructions should be given to any investment manager in place, and the taxpayer should monitor their portfolio on an ongoing basis through this lens. Care is also required around gifts to and from close family members and family investment vehicles to avoid unintended tax consequences.

Where a remittance of overseas funds has been made but not immediately identified, non-doms will want to ensure they disclose this to HMRC as soon as possible. As a remittance relates to offshore income or gains, a harsher penalty regime applies — up to 200 per cent of the unpaid tax — but this can usually be significantly mitigated by making a voluntary disclosure, cooperating with HMRC in resolving the matter, and making a full and prompt settlement of the underpaid tax. If the taxpayer fails to secure ‘unprompted disclosure’ status — for instance, if HMRC gets wind of undeclared income or gains and issues a ‘nudge letter’ — the ability to mitigate these penalties is considerably reduced.

As noted, whilst there can be tax benefits to claiming the remittance basis, there is also a ‘cost’ associated with doing so. Whenever a non-dom elects to be taxed on the remittance basis, the individual loses their entitlement to the income tax-free Personal Allowance (currently £12,570) and the capital gains tax Annual Exemption (£3,000 for the 2024/25 tax year).

In addition, a Remittance Basis Charge (‘RBC’) applies to remittance basis users after they have been UK residents for more than seven of the previous nine years. This charge starts at £30,000 and increases to £60,000, where the individual has been resident for more than 12 of the last 14 tax years.
Eventually, after being resident in the UK for 15 of the last 20 years, individuals will become deemed domiciled in the UK and therefore considered to be UK domiciled for all tax purposes. This means that they can no longer benefit from the remittance basis of taxation and that their worldwide estate will be chargeable to IHT on their death, subject only to very limited exceptions found in a handful of old Double Tax Agreements.

THE PROPOSED NEW REGIME

Before considering the proposed changes, it’s worth noting the current state of play in British politics, which will undoubtedly have an impact on what is ultimately enacted by legislation. The current Government has a Conservative majority but opinion polls suggest this is unlikely to be the case come the end of the year. So, whilst we know what a regime introduced by the Conservatives might look like, they may not be in a position to have much of a say on matters after the General Election now set for 4th July.

Based on current polling, the Labour Party is in pole position to take power so it is necessary to consider their take on matters. We know that they are in favour of abolishing the existing non-dom regime, so we can be relatively certain that the old rules will go in April 2025. There also seems to be an acceptance that the concept of domicile has had its’ day, so it is likely the new rules will be based on residence. Beyond that, those affected will need to pay close attention to the party proposals in the run-up to, and decisions made following the General Election.

If we do consider the Conservative Party proposals for the time being, the most significant change is the removal of the remittance basis of taxation from April 2025 and the introduction of a new Foreign Income and Gains Regime (the “FIG regime”). Under the FIG regime, new arrivers — said to be those who have been non-UK residents for the previous ten years — will not suffer income or capital gains tax on their offshore income or gains for the first four years of UK residence, after which point they will be subject to UK taxation on their worldwide income and gains. Similar to claiming the remittance basis, electing into the FIG regime will result in the loss of their Personal Allowance and capital gains tax Annual Exemption. However, unlike the remittance basis, foreign income or gains will not be taxed irrespective of whether they are remitted to the UK.

Transitional Rules

As is often the case with significant changes in tax policy, the proposals included some transitional provisions for those affected:

  • For the 2025/26 and 2026/27 tax years, taxpayers who have previously claimed the remittance basis will have access to a Temporary Repatriation Facility, whereby they will be able to remit foreign income and capital gains and suffer tax at a reduced tax rate of 12 per cent (compared to up to 45 per cent under the current rules);
  • For the 2025/26 tax year only, those who were claiming the remittance basis but are unable to benefit from the FIG regime will be able to exempt 50 per cent of their foreign income (not gains) from UK taxation; and
  • Individuals who have previously been taxed on the remittance basis and are neither UK domiciled nor deemed domiciled on 5th April, 2025 will be able to claim a capital gains tax rebasing uplift to the April 2019 value for assets sold after April 2025.

In addition, the Conservatives have announced that any Excluded Property Trusts — i.e. those established by non-domiciled individuals and are therefore not subject to UK IHT unless they hold UK situs assets — would retain their IHT benefits so long as they were settled before
6th April, 2025.

Some implications of the proposals.

In the first instance, individuals planning to come to the UK might consider the timing of their move. The new regime will be very attractive to new arrivers so they may wish to consider aligning their arrival date to that of the introduction of the new rules so they are able to take full advantage of the FIG regime. Whilst several countries already have a tax regime aimed at attracting wealthy individuals, these often come with a requirement to make a substantial investment in the country or pay a hefty annual charge to benefit from the local regime. As currently proposed, the FIG regime will have no such requirement, so it is very generous for the first four years of UK residence.

Because of this, we may see a rise in individuals using the UK as a temporary place of residence. In particular, the FIG regime will be attractive for business owners looking to realise a gain on or extract dividends from their non-UK business, which they will be able to do without incurring any UK tax. They will, of course, need to carefully consider the interaction of the new rules with tax legislation in the source jurisdiction.

There will also be certain professions where the changes could have a disproportionately large impact — for instance, foreign football players will typically keep their wealth out of the UK as they are generally able to meet their UK spending needs on just their club salary. This will no longer be effective planning after four years of UK residence, so we might see players only willing to sign up to a four-year contract, after which the player moves on to another league.

Consideration will also need to be given to how the new rules work with existing Double Tax Agreements. In many cases, relief from taxation in one jurisdiction is only available where the income or gains are taxed in the other jurisdiction — as the new FIG rules will not bring the income or gains into UK taxation, the taxing rights may fall back to the country where the income or gains are derived from.

For non-doms who are already UK residents and have not previously claimed the remittance basis, they may wish to consider doing so in order to ensure they can benefit from some of the transitional provisions. As noted above, there is likely to be a ‘cost’ to making the claim, so once there is certainty over the incoming rules, they will need to weigh this up against the benefits of doing so.

All that said, at the time of writing, these are still just proposals with no legal authority, and the Labour Party have given some strong suggestions that they would not introduce everything announced in the Spring 2024 Budget. In particular, they have suggested there would be no 50 per cent income exemption for those unable to benefit from the FIG regime and also that Excluded Property Trusts would lose their preferential IHT status. This leaves those affected in a rather unhelpful position with no firm basis on which to make plans.

Inheritance Tax (IHT) (again)

Finally, the Conservatives also announced their intention to move the application of IHT to a residence-based system from April 2025 but have not yet expanded further on this area. It would be extremely harsh to bring an individual’s entire estate into the charge to UK taxation after only four years of residence, so a 10-year period has been suggested as a starting point for discussion. We are advised that the Government will issue a formal Consultation on this matter in the summer, after which we can expect more information on the direction of travel.

WHAT NEXT…

The Government has given advanced notice of a fundamental change to UK taxation. This is helpful insofar as those affected are now aware that a change is coming — the issue is over what the landscape will look like after April 2025 and what actions they should be taking based on their personal circumstances.

The upcoming General Election and the contrasting views of the two main political parties add an element of uncertainty, but there are a few areas that seem to be relatively safe assumptions. Both parties seem to agree that the concept of domicile should be replaced with a residence-based test, indicating the existing non-dom regime is going. There also seems to be agreement that a mechanism which enables remittance basis users to bring funds into the UK is necessary, so we can expect some incarnation of Temporary Repatriation Facility —although it will be interesting to see how this looks when eventually legislated. Beyond that, it would seem that everything is up for debate and we expect this to be a key battleground as the parties draw up their tax policies for the General Election.

So much like Christopher Columbus, we know the direction of travel but not how we will get there or what the landscape will look like on arrival. For those wishing to avoid the new rules, the obvious option is to get off the ship — i.e., leave the UK before April 2025, but this would result in some pretty significant lifestyle changes that may not be attractive to everyone. For those who intend to stay in the UK, they should keep a close eye on developments over the next 6–8 months and, when we eventually have certainty on the incoming rules, be prepared to act swiftly. Accordingly, those with complex affairs will want to review their assets and structures to assess the implications of the changes and give consideration to their long-term objectives. Once the new regime is finalised, there will then be a relatively short window to implement any changes or suffer the consequences of this brave new world.

Non-resident — Income deemed to accrue or arise in India — Situs of share or interest transferred outside India deemed to be located in India by corelating it with underlying assets in India — Insertion of Explanations 6 and 7 to section 9(1)(i) — Prospective or retrospective — Explanations 6 and 7 have to be read along with Explanation 5 which operates from 1st April, 1962 — Explanations 6 and 7 clarificatory and curative — To be given retrospective effect — Deeming provision attracted only where share or interest does not exceed percentage specified or transferor did not exercise right of management and control in company whose share and interest transferred:

21 CIT(IT) vs. Augustus Capital PTE Ltd.

[2024] 463 ITR 199 (Del.)

A.Y.: 2015-16

Date of order 30th November, 2023

S. Explanations 5, 6 and 7 of section 9(1)(i) of the ITA 1961

Non-resident — Income deemed to accrue or arise in India — Situs of share or interest transferred outside India deemed to be located in India by corelating it with underlying assets in India — Insertion of Explanations 6 and 7 to section 9(1)(i) — Prospective or retrospective — Explanations 6 and 7 have to be read along with Explanation 5 which operates from 1st April, 1962 — Explanations 6 and 7 clarificatory and curative — To be given retrospective effect — Deeming provision attracted only where share or interest does not exceed percentage specified or transferor did not exercise right of management and control in company whose share and interest transferred:

The Assessee Company was incorporated under the laws of Singapore on 22nd November, 2011. Between January 2013 and March 2014, the assessee invested in equity and preference shares of APL, a company incorporated in and resident of Singapore. On 27th March, 2015, the assessee sold its investment in APL to an Indian Company, JIPL for ₹41,24,35,969. The return of income for AY 2015-16 was filed declaring NIL income and refund of ₹17,84,19,800 was claimed.

The assessee’s case was selected for scrutiny and queries were raised in the course of assessment proceedings. The main contention of the assessee in its replies was that the assessee had only acquired 0.05 per cent of the ordinary share capital and 2.93 per cent of the preference share capital of APL and the assessee did not have right of management and control concerning the affairs of APL and hence the capital gains arising on account of transfer of shares was not taxable in India. The AO did not accept the contention of the assessee and proposed an addition of ₹36,33,15,969 under the head Capital Gains. In the objections before the DRP, the main contention of the assessee was that Explanation 7 of section 9(1)(i) ought to have been given retrospective effect, and in not doing so, the AO had committed an error. The respondent / assessee asserted that Explanations 6 and 7 clarified Explanation 5, which was introduced via Finance Act 2012. The DRP rejected the objections and the final assessment order was passed confirming the proposed addition. On appeal before the Tribunal, the Tribunal decided the issue in favour of the assessee and deleted the addition.

On appeal before the High Court, the main contention of the Appellant Department before the High Court was that the insertion of Explanations 6 and 7 via Finance Act 2015 was to take effect from 1st April, 2016 and could only be treated as a prospective amendment. The argument advanced in support of this plea was that Explanations 6 and 7 brought about a substantive amendment in section 9(1)(i) of the Act.

The assessee, on the contrary, contended that the provisions of s. 9(1)(i) r.w. Explanations 4, 5, 6 and 7 form a complete code, whereby situs of share or interest transferred outside India is deemed to be located in India, provided a substantial value of the underlying assets, as defined in Explanation 6, is located in India and where the transfer of share and interest exceeds the percentage provided in Explanation 7 and the transferor exercises a right of management and control in the company whose share and interest is being transferred. Explanations 6 and 7 have not brought about a substantive amendment. This is evident upon perusal of the opening words of Explanation 6 and 7, which begin with the expression “For the purpose of this clause….”. Quite clearly, Explanations 6 and 7 are not standalone provisions. The provision made by the legislature via Explanations 6 and 7 will have no meaning if it is not tied in with Explanation 5.

The High Court dismissed the appeal of the Department and the issue was decided in favour of the assessee as follows:

“Explanations 6 and 7 to section 9(1)(i) alone would have no meaning if they were not read along with Explanation 5. If Explanations 6 and 7 are not read along with Explanation 5, no legislative guidance would be available to the Assessing Officer regarding the meaning to be given to the expression “share or interest” or “substantially” found in Explanation 5. Therefore, if Explanations 6 and 7 were to be read along with Explanation 5, which operated from 1st April, 1962, they would have to be construed as clarificatory and curative. The Legislature had taken a curative step regarding the vague expressions “share or interest” or “substantially” used in Explanation 5. Therefore, though the Explanations 6 and 7 were indicated in the Finance Act, 2015 to take effect from 1st April, 2016, they could be treated as retrospective, having regard to the legislative history which had led to the insertion of Explanations 6 and 7.”

Assessment — Company — Dissolution — No corporate existence continues — Company not in existence at the time of passing assessment order — No provision to assess dissolved company — Order against non- existent entity null and void:

20 Rainawari Finance & Investment Company Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO

[2024] 463 ITR 65 (J&K&L.)

A.Y.: 2004-05

Date of order: 3rd November, 2023

S. 143 of the ITA 1961 and S. 560 of the Companies Act, 1956

Assessment — Company — Dissolution — No corporate existence continues — Company not in existence at the time of passing assessment order — No provision to assess dissolved company — Order against non- existent entity null and void:

The assessee filed a NIL return of income for AY 2004-05. The return of income filed by the assessee contained a note stating that the assessee had filed an application before the ROC u/s. 560 of the Companies Act for striking off the name of the assessee from the Register of Companies. The assessment was completed u/s. 143(3) of the Act and addition of ₹1,00,75,000 was made on account of unsecured loan received during the earlier years and credited to the capital reserve during the previous year. On appeal before the first appellate authority, the appeal was dismissed. On second appeal, the Tribunal remanded the case back to the CIT(A) to adjudicate the case afresh after complying with necessary requirements of deposit of fees under the provisions of the Act. On remand, the CIT(A) confirmed the addition. The Tribunal confirmed the order of the CIT(A). The assessee’s contention that no assessment order could have been passed was rejected by the CIT(A) as well as the Tribunal.

The assessee filed appeal before the High Court on the only ground that the assessing authority could not have passed an assessment order as the assessee company was dissolved as per the provisions of section 560(5) of the Companies Act at the time of making the assessment order.

On the other hand, the Department argued that the Department was not intimated about the assessee company being dissolved and therefore, the assessee could not contend that the aforesaid aspect was not considered by the authorities.

The Hon’ble High Court decided the appeal in favour of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) Once a company is dissolved under section 560(5) of the Companies Act, 1956 it ceases to exist and, therefore, no order of assessment could be validly passed against it under the Income-tax Act, 1961 and if it is passed, it would be a nullity. Section 560(7) of the 1956 Act read along with section 2(31) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 makes it clear that the assessee to be assessed under section 143 of the 1961 Act must be a person in existence. A company is a juridical person but the moment it is struck off from the register of companies and is dissolved, it ceases to exist. An assessment order against a non-existent company would be a nullity and would not give rise to any right or liability under such an order.

ii) For the purpose of challenging the action of the Registrar striking off the registration of the company and effecting its dissolution by publication in the Official Gazette, the company is conferred a juridical personality and may in its own name file an application before the court for setting aside the order passed by the Registrar under sub-section (5) of section 560 of the 1956 Act. Similarly, under section 226(3) of the 1961 Act, it is provided that if there is any tax due from the struck off company it can be recovered from any person who holds or may subsequently hold money for or on account of the assessee-company.

iii) After promulgation of the Companies Act, 2013 and in view of the specific provision made in section 250 thereof, the dissolved company is by fiction of law conferred juridical personality and may, therefore, be competent to challenge the assessment order, if any, passed against it when it stood dissolved by the Registrar under section 248 of the Companies Act, 2013. Similar provision is absent under the Companies Act, 1956.

iv) On the date of passing of the assessment order, the company stood dissolved under section 560(5) of the 1956 Act on the publication of the notice in the Official Gazette and was struck off from the register of companies. In terms of section 143 of the 1961 Act, assessment can be made by the assessing authority only against the assessee, who has filed a return under section 139 or in response to a notice issued under sub-section (1) of section 142. Although the assessee had never brought the aforesaid facts to the notice of the assessing authority, the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal, all the three authorities committed no illegality in holding that merely because the company was defunct, the assessing authority could not be restrained from passing the assessment order against it. The authorities had concurrently held that there was distinction between the company which was rendered defunct because of stoppage of operations and was formally struck off and dissolved in terms of sub-section (5) of section 560 of the 1956 Act. The order of assessment and the orders of the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal were set aside.

v) Section 250 of the Companies Act, 2013 was not in existence in the year 2006 nor there was any provision parallel to or in pari materia with this section in the 1956 Act, as was applicable at the relevant point of time. The assessee was given fictional juridical personality only for the purpose of laying challenge before the court to the order of the Registrar striking it off from the register and effecting its dissolution upon publication of the notice in the Official Gazette and no more. The directors of the company who under some circumstances could be held liable to pay the dues owed by the assessee-company to the Department were competent in law to take proceedings against the assessment order passed against a dissolved company, if they were aggrieved. Therefore, all the proceedings by the assessee before the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal were not maintainable. Similarly, the appeal by the company was also not maintainable. The assessee having ceased to exist was not competent to challenge the assessment order, though, the director might have. Since the company all along been represented by the director, all proceedings taken in the name of the assessee should be treated to be the proceedings by the director of the company.

vi) Notwithstanding dissolution of a struck off company in terms of sub-section (5) of section 560 of the Companies Act, the liability of any person who holds or may subsequently hold money for and on account of the assessee-company or a director of the private company in respect whereof any tax is due in respect of any income of the previous year, as is provided under section 226(3) and section 179 of the 1961 Act, still remains and such person or director shall have the locus standi to challenge the assessment order, if any, passed by the Assessing Officer against such struck off and dissolved company in respect of any income of the previous year.

vii) If the company is not in existence at the time of making the assessment, no order of assessment can be validly passed upon it under the 1961 Act and if one is passed, it must be a nullity.”

Re-assessment — Faceless assessment — Validity — Condition precedent for faceless assessment — Adequate opportunity should be provided to assessee to be heard:

19 Packirisamy Senthilkumar vs. GOI

[2024] 461 ITR 473 (Mad.)

A.Y. 2016-17

Date of order: 2nd June, 2023

Ss. 144B and 147 of ITA 1961

Re-assessment — Faceless assessment — Validity — Condition precedent for faceless assessment — Adequate opportunity should be provided to assessee to be heard:

The assessee, a non-resident Indian, has been resident of Singapore since 1996 and a regular taxpayer there. During the previous year relevant to the AY 2016-17, the assessee purchased immovable properties amounting to ₹90,00,000 for which TDS was deducted. The assessee had not filed his return of income.

The assessee received a clarification letter dated 10th February, 2023 calling upon the assessee to reply along with documentary evidence stating that a sum of ₹1,80,00,000 had escaped assessment for the AY 2016-17. The assessee submitted a detailed reply on 23rd February, 2023 despite which notice u/s. 148A(b) dated 4th March,2023 was issued proposing to re-open the assessment. In response, the assessee once again submitted a detailed response vide letter dated 13th March, 2023 repeating its earlier reply and the reason why no return of income was filed for AY 2016-17. The AO passed order u/s. 148A(d) without considering the submission of the assessee against which the assessee filed a petition before the High Court.

The assessee contended that in the clarification letter as well as the show cause notice u/s. 148A(b), the only reason stated for re-opening of assessment was the purchase of immovable property of ₹90,00,000 and therefore a sum of ₹1,80,00,000 had escaped assessment. However, in the order passed u/s. 148A(d), the AO had dealt with the loan account, employment details, salary certificate, etc. of the assessee and he was never called upon to explain or given time to produce the documents. Therefore, the assessee submitted that the order be set-aside.

On the other hand, the Department contended that the assessee had not given any details as to how a sum of ₹22,50,000 had been sourced by him. The assessee had also not submitted any details about his employment and earnings from such employment. Lastly, it was submitted that no prejudice would be caused to the assessee since the AO had only proceeded to ask clarifications.

The Hon’ble High Court allowing the petition in favour of the assessee held as follows:

“the notice to the assessee had been based only on certain reasons, whereas the order added new reasons for the order. The assessee had not been given an opportunity to answer and explain them. Therefore, taking into account the fact that the very basis of the demand was erroneous and the order proceeded to give new reasons, which the assessee had not been given an opportunity to defend, the order had to be set aside.”

Charitable purpose — Registration of trust — Appeal to appellate tribunal — Power of Tribunal to grant registration: Charitable purpose — Registration of trust — Factors to be considered by Commissioner — Objects of trust and genuineness of activities of trust — Whether trust entitled to exemption on facts to be considered by Assessing Officer:

18 CIT(Exemptions) vs. Nanak Chand Jain Charitable Trust

[2024] 462 ITR 283 (P&H.)

A. Y. 2016-17

Date of order: 8th February, 2023

Ss. 11, 12AA and 254(1) of ITA 1961

Charitable purpose — Registration of trust — Appeal to appellate tribunal — Power of Tribunal to grant registration:

Charitable purpose — Registration of trust — Factors to be considered by Commissioner — Objects of trust and genuineness of activities of trust — Whether trust entitled to exemption on facts to be considered by Assessing Officer:

The assessee trust was set up by one VOL, a limited company as the settlor, to carry out its duties under the CSR as provided under the provisions of section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013. The objects of the trust were in the nature of eradicating hunger and poverty, promotion of education, promoting gender equality etc. An application for grant of registration u/s. 12AA was filed before the Commissioner (Exemptions) on 28th March, 2016 which was rejected by the Commissioner on the ground that the assessee trust had been formed by the settlor for the purpose of carrying out its CSR activities and also rejected the application u/s. 80G(v) holding that the application was void ab initio in terms of Rule 11AA.

On appeal before the Tribunal, the appeal of the assessee was allowed and the order passed by the Commissioner was set aside. The Tribunal, inter alia, held that merely because the trust was formed to comply with the CSR requirements, registration could not be denied to the assessee trust u/s. 12AA of the Act. The Tribunal held that while granting registration under section 12AA of the Act, the Commissioner is required to see only two factors, that is, the objects of the trust, whether they are charitable in nature and the genuineness of the activities of the trust. There is no requirement to see whether the activities are in sync with the Companies Act or not. The CIT is empowered to satisfy himself about the charitable object and the genuineness of the activities and once they are not in doubt, the powers u/s. 12AA end. Such powers do not extend to the eligibility of the trust/ institution for exemption u/s 11 r.w.s 13 of the Act which falls in the domain of the AO. Thus, the Tribunal directed the CIT to grant registration u/s. 12AA of the Act as well as the approval u/s. 80G(5)(vi) of the Act.

On Department’s appeal before the High Cout, the High Court dismissed the appeal of the Department and upheld the view of the Tribunal. The observations of the High Court are as follows:

i) The Tribunal had rightly examined the case of the assessee for grant of registration under section 12AA of the Act. The Tribunal had recorded its satisfaction as the trust fulfilled the following two basic conditions for grant of registration under section 12AA of the Act and the object of the trust, and the genuineness of the activities of the trust / institution. The Tribunal had rightly directed the Commissioner to grant registration under section 12AA and also the approval under section 80G(5)(vi) of the Act to the assessee.

ii) The Commissioner was not to examine with the genuineness of the activities of the trust and whether, if the trust transfers funds to another charitable society, it can be given exemption under section 11 of the Act. This power was restricted to the Assessing Officer. Hence, no useful purpose would be served by remanding the matter to the Commissioner to pass appropriate orders.”

Decision of High Court binding on Income-tax Authorities — Order of assessment ignoring direction of High Court — Not valid

17 Vaani Estates Pvt. Ltd. vs. Addl./Jt./Deputy/Asst. CIT

[2024] 462 ITR 232 (Mad.)

A.Ys.: 2014-15

Date of order: 19th January, 2024

Articles 215, 226 and 227 of the Constitution of India

Decision of High Court binding on Income-tax Authorities — Order of assessment ignoring direction of High Court — Not valid

The assessee company was initially formed by one BGR and his wife SR each holding 5,000 shares. Upon death of BGR, his shares devolved upon his daughter VR. In order to purchase property, SR introduced ₹23.32 crores through banking channels against which she was allotted 10,100 shares at a premium of ₹23,086 per share. The AO treated the share premium as income from other sources u/s. 56(2)(viib) of the Act. When the matter reached in appeal before the Tribunal, the Tribunal decided the issue in favour of the assessee. However, on department’s appeal before the High Court, the High Court remanded the matter back to the AO with the direction to undertake the exercise of fact finding by determining the FMV of the shares in question as required in the Explanation to section 56 of the Act. Further, liberty was given to the assessee to seek necessary clarification from the CBDT on the administrative side.

Pursuant to the orders of the High Court, the assessee approached the CBDT for a clarification vide letter dated 1st November, 2019. Pending such clarification, the AO issued notice u/s. 142(1) calling for details. In response to the notice, the assessee furnished the details and its submissions. The assessee also stated that it had approached the CBDT for seeking clarification on the applicability of section 56(2)(viib) which was pending before the CBDT. Overlooking the fact that clarification from the CBDT was pending, the AO issued a show cause notice proposing to make variation to the total income. In response, the assessee sought 15 days to file its reply and also enclosed the acknowledgment of the reminder letters to the CBDT. However, the AO passed the assessment order.

On writ petition filed by the assessee, the Hon’ble High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) Under article 215 of the Constitution, every High Court shall be a court of record and shall have all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself. Under article 226, it has a plenary power to issue orders or writs for the enforcement of the fundamental rights and for any other purpose to any person or authority, including in appropriate cases any Government, within its territorial jurisdiction. Under article 227 it has jurisdiction over all courts and Tribunals throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction. The law declared by the highest court in the State is binding on authorities or tribunals under its superintendence, and they cannot ignore it either in initiating a proceeding or deciding on the rights involved in such a proceeding. Any order contrary to or disregarding the direction of the High Court cannot be sustained as it renders the order bad for want of jurisdiction.

ii) The High Court had directed the Assessing Officer to undertake the exercise of finding a fair market value of share as contemplated in the Explanation to section56 of the Act. However, the exercise had not been completed. Hence, the assessment order was not valid.”

Search and Seizure — Inordinate delay in return of seized cash — Assessee is entitled to interest on amount returned — Inordinate delay in returning amounts due to the assessee not justified.

16 Vindoa B. Jain vs. JCIT &Ors

[2024] 462 ITR 58 (Bom.)

A.Y. 1991-92

Date of order: 13th September, 2023

Ss. 119, 143(2) and 144 of ITA 1961

Search and Seizure — Inordinate delay in return of seized cash — Assessee is entitled to interest on amount returned — Inordinate delay in returning amounts due to the assessee not justified.

During the previous year 1990-91, the Central Excise Department seized gold items weighing 1545.2 grams and cash of ₹2,60,000/-. The gold and cash were taken over by the Income-tax Department u/s. 132A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) and order u/s. 132(5) of the Act was passed retaining the said gold and cash. Scrutiny assessment was completed and order u/s. 143(3) was passed. The matter reached before the Tribunal and the issue was decided in favour of the assessee. No appeal against the said order was preferred by the Department before the High Court and the order of the Tribunal attained finality. There was no outstanding demand against the assessee. Since the Department was not following the order of the Tribunal, the assessee filed an application before the Principal Commissioner who, vide order dated 31st December, 2019 passed u/s. 132B of the Act directed the AO to release the gold and cash. While the seized gold was handed over, the cash was not returned to the assessee. Therefore, the assessee filed the petition before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court. The Hon’ble High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) The Income-tax Act, 1961 recognises the principle that a person should only be taxed in accordance with law and hence where excess amounts of tax are collected from an assessee or any amounts are wrongfully withheld from an assessee without authority of law the Revenue must compensate the assessee.

ii) Notwithstanding the order of the Tribunal which attained finality on 25th September, 2014, the Revenue did not consider it fit to return the cash of ₹2,60,000 that was seized on or about 9th July, 1996. Moreover, even after the Principal Commissioner passed the order on 31st December, 2019 under section 132B of the Act, the Revenue did not consider it fit to process and refund the amount. Even after the petition was filed and served and the lawyer appeared for the Revenue, the Revenue still did not consider it fit to return the money. Therefore, there had been an inordinate delay and this was nothing but a clear case of high handedness on the part of the officers of the Revenue. The assessee would be entitled to interest at 12 per cent. per annum for the post-assessment period, i. e., from 25th September, 2014 until payment / realisation.”

Validity of Notice under Section 148 Issued By the JAO

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

Over the last few years, the Government has adopted a policy of making several processes under the Act fully faceless, which otherwise required interface with the taxpayers. In line with this objective, Section 151A was inserted with effect from  1st November, 2020, which provides for notification of a faceless scheme for the following purposes, namely —

  •  assessment, reassessment or re-computation under section 147;
  •  issuance of notice under section 148;
  •  conducting of enquiries or issuance of show-cause notice or passing of order under section 148A;
  •  sanction for issue of such notice under section 151.

Notification No. 18/2022 was issued notifying the ‘e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022’ (Scheme) under Section 151A with effect from 29th March, 2022. The scope of this scheme as provided in Clause 3 of the Scheme is reproduced below for reference —

Scope of the Scheme

3. For the purpose of this Scheme, —

(a) assessment, reassessment or recomputation under section 147 of the Act,

(b) issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act,

shall be through automated allocation, in accordance with the risk management strategy formulated by the Board as referred to in section 148 of the Act for issuance of notice, and in a faceless manner, to the extent provided in section 144B of the Act with reference to making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of assessee.

Even after this Scheme has come into effect, in several cases, the notices under Section 148 have been issued by the concerned Jurisdictional Assessing Officer (JAO) and not by the Faceless Assessing Officer (FAO) or National Faceless Assessment Centre (NFAC).

Therefore, an issue has arisen before the High Courts as to whether such notice issued by the JAO under Section 148 post this Scheme coming into effect is valid, and consequently, whether the reassessment proceeding conducted in pursuance of such notice would be valid. The Calcutta High Court has affirmed the validity of such notices issued by the JAO. However, the Telangana and Bombay High Courts have taken a view that the JAO did not have the power to issue a notice under Section 148 and, therefore, the notice issued by him in contravention of the provisions of Section 151A read with the Scheme was invalid and bad in law.

TRITON OVERSEAS (P.) LTD.’S CASE

The issue had first come up for consideration before the Calcutta High Court in the case of Triton Overseas (P.) Ltd. vs. UOI [2023] 156 taxmann.com 318 (Calcutta).

In this case, the assessee had challenged the notice dated 28th April, 2023, issued under Section 148 relating to the assessment year 2019–20 on the ground that the same had been issued by the JAO and not by NFAC as required under Section 151A. The revenue contended that the issue raised by the assessee was hyper-technical, since the mode of service did not affect the contents and merit of the notice. Further, it was also argued that the issuance of the notice under Section 148 of the Act was justifiable and sustainable in law in view of the office memorandum dated 20th February, 2023, being F No. 370153/7/2023-TPL, issued by the CBDT.

The High Court referred to Paragraph 4 of the said office memorandum which is reproduced below —

“4. It is also pertinent to note here that under the provisions of the Act, both the JAO as well as units under NFAC have concurrent jurisdiction. The Act does not distinguish between JAO or NFAC with respect to jurisdiction over a case. This is further corroborated by the fact that under section 144B of the Act, the records in a case are transferred back to the JAO as soon as the assessment proceedings are completed. So, section 144B of the Act lays down the role of NFAC and the units under it for the specific purpose of conducting assessment proceedings in a specific case in a particular Assessment Year. This cannot be construed to be meaning that the JAO is bereft of jurisdiction over a particular assessee or with respect to procedures not falling under the ambit of section 144B of the Act. Since, section 144B of the Act does not provide for issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act,there can be no ambiguity in the fact that the JAO still has the jurisdiction to issue notice under section 148 of the Act.”

On this basis, the High Court held that there was no merit in the writ petition, and accordingly dismissed it.

HEXAWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.’S CASE

The issue recently came up for consideration before the Bombay High Court in the case of Hexaware Technologies Ltd. vs. ACIT [2024] 162 taxmann.com 225 (Bombay).

In this case, the assessee was issued a notice dated 8th April, 2021 under Section 148 for assessment year 2015–16. The assessee filed a writ petition challenging this notice issued under section 148, on the ground that the said notice has been issued under the unamended provisions, which have ceased to exist and are no longer in the statute. The petition was allowed on 29th March 2022 and the Court held that the notice dated 8th April 2021 was invalid.

Thereafter, the JAO issued another notice dated 25th May 2022 stating that the said notice was issued in view of the decision of the Hon’ble Apex Court in Ashish Agarwal, whereby the notice issued under Section 148 during the period from 1st April, 2021 to 30th June, 2021 under the unamended provisions of Section 148 was to be treated as notice issued under Section 148A(b). The JAO also provided a copy of the reasons recorded and claimed that the information relied upon by him was embedded in the said reasons.

The assessee filed a detailed reply vide its letter dated 10th June, 2022 raising objections challenging the validity of the notice on several grounds. The JAO issued another notice dated 29th June, 2022 requiring the assessee to submit any further explanation / documentary evidence in support of its case before 4th July, 2022, and it was also stated that a fresh notice was issued due to a change in incumbency as per the provisions of Section 129. The assessee informed the JAO that its earlier submission dated 10th June, 2022 should be considered as a response to the fresh notice dated 29th June, 2022.

The JAO passed an order under Section 148A(d) dated 26th August, 2022 rejecting the objections raised by the appellant. Thereafter, the JAO also issued the notice under Section 148 dated 27th August, 2022, which was issued manually, stating that he had information in the case of the assessee, which required action in consequence of the judgment of the Hon’ble Apex Court, which suggested that income chargeable to tax for Assessment Year 2015-2016 had escaped assessment. Separately, a communication dated 27th August 2022 was issued where the JAO stated that DIN had been generated for the issuance of notice under Section 148 of the Act dated 26th August, 2022.

The assessee approached the Court under Article 226 of the Constitution of India and challenged the validity of (i) notice dated 25th May 2022 purporting to treat notice dated 8th April 2021 as notice issued under Section 148A(b) for Assessment Year 2015-2016; (ii) the order dated 26th August 2022 under Section 148A(d); and (iii) the notice dated 27th August 2022 issued by the JAO under Section 148.

On the basis of the arguments advanced by both parties, the Court identified the issues as follows which were required to be adjudicated —

(1) Whether TOLA was applicable for Assessment Year 2015-2016 and whether any notice issued under Section 148 of the Act after 31st March 2021 will travel back to the original date?

(2) Whether the notice dated 27th August 2022 issued under Section 148 of the Act was barred by limitation as per the first proviso to Section 149 of the Act?

(3) Whether the impugned notice dated 27th August 2022 was invalid and bad in law as the same had been issued without a DIN?

(4) Whether the impugned notice dated 27th August 2022 was invalid and bad in law being issued by the JAO as the same was not in accordance with Section 151A of the Act?

(5) Whether the issues raised in the impugned order showed an alleged escapement of income represented in the form of an asset or expenditure in respect of a transaction in relation to an event or an entry in the books of account as required in Section 149(1)(b) of the Act?

(6) Whether the Assessing Officer had proposed to reopen on the basis of change of opinion and if it was permissible?

(7) When the claim of deduction under Section 80JJAA of the Act had been consistently allowed in favour of petitioner by the Assessing Officers/ Appellate Authorities in the earlier years, can the Assessing Officer have a belief that there was escapement of income?

(8) Whether the approval granted by the Sanctioning Authority was valid?

Since the subject matter of this article is limited to the issue of jurisdiction of the JAO to issue a notice under Section 148 post notification of ‘e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022’ under Section 151A, the other issues decided by the Court in this decision are not dealt with here.

With respect to Issue No. (4) as listed above, the assessee argued that the impugned notice dated 27th August, 2022 was invalid and bad in law, being issued by the JAO, which was not in accordance with Section 151A, which gave power to the CBDT to notify the Scheme for the purpose of assessment, reassessment or recomputation under Section 147, for issuance of notice under Section 148 or for conducting of inquiry or issuance of show cause notice or passing of order under Section 148A or sanction for issuance of notice under Section 151. In exercise of the powers conferred under Section 151A, CBDT issued a notification dated 29th March, 2022 after laying the same before each House of Parliament and formulated a Scheme called “the e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022” (the Scheme). The Scheme provided that (a) the assessment, reassessment or recomputation under Section 147 and (b) the issuance of notice under Section 148 shall be through automated allocation, in accordance with risk management strategy formulated by the Board as referred to in Section 148 for issuance of notice and in a faceless manner, to the extent provided in Section 144B with reference to making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of assessee. The impugned notice under Section 148 dated 27th August, 2022 had been issued by the JAO and not by the NFAC, which was not in accordance with the aforesaid Scheme and, therefore, bad in law.

The following contentions were raised by the revenue with respect to this issue —

  •  The guideline dated 1st August 2022 issued by the CBDT for issuance of notice u/s. 148 included a suggested format for issuing notice under Section 148, as an Annexure to the said guideline and it required the designation of the Assessing Officer along with the office address to be mentioned, therefore, it was clear that the JAO was required to issue the said notice and not the FAO.
  •  ITBA step-by-step Document No.2 dated 24th June 2022, an internal document, regarding issuing notice under Section 148 for the cases impacted by Hon’ble Supreme Court’s decision dated 4th May 2022 in the case of Ashish Agarwal (Supra), required the notice issued under Section 148 to be physically signed by the Assessing Officers and, therefore, the JAO had jurisdiction to issue notice under Section 148 and it need not be issued by FAO.
  •  FAO and JAO had concurrent jurisdiction and merely because the Scheme had been framed under Section 151A, it did not mean that the jurisdiction of the JAO was ousted or that the JAO could not issue the notice under Section 148.
  •  The notification dated 29th March 2022 issued under Section 151A provided that the Scheme so framed was applicable only ‘to the extent’ provided in Section 144B and Section 144B did not refer to the issuance of notice under Section 148. Hence, the notice could not be issued by the FAO as per the said Scheme.
  •  No prejudice was caused to the assessee when the notice was issued by the JAO and, therefore, it was not open to the assessee to contend that the said notice was invalid merely because the same was not issued by the FAO.
  •  Office Memorandum dated 20th February, 2023 issued by CBDT (TPL Division) with the subject – ‘seeking inputs / comments on the issue of the challenge of the jurisdiction of JAO – reg.’ was also relied upon by the revenue in support of its stand that the notice under Section 148 was required to be issued by the JAO and not FAO.
  •  The revenue also relied upon the decision of the Calcutta High Court in the case of Triton Overseas Pvt. Ltd. (supra).

On this issue under consideration, the Bombay High Court held as under –

  •  There was no question of concurrent jurisdiction of the JAO and the FAO for issuance of notice under Section 148 or even for passing assessment or reassessment order. When specific jurisdiction has been assigned to either the JAO or the FAO in the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022, then it was to the exclusion of the other. To take any other view on the matter would not only result in chaos but also render the whole faceless proceedings redundant. If the argument of Revenue was to be accepted, then even when notices were issued by the FAO, it would be open to an assessee to make submission before the JAO and vice versa, which was clearly not contemplated in the Act. Therefore, there was no question of concurrent jurisdiction of both FAO or the JAO with respect to the issuance of notice under Section 148 of the Act.
  •  The Scheme dated 29th March 2022 in paragraph 3 clearly provided that the issuance of notice “shall be through automated allocation” which meant that the same was mandatory and was required to be followed by the Department and did not give any discretion to the Department to choose whether to follow it or not.
  •  The argument of the revenue that the Scheme so framed was applicable only ‘to the extent’ provided in Section 144B, the fact that Section 144B did not refer to issuance of notice under Section 148 would render the whole scheme redundant. The Scheme framed by the CBDT, which covered both the aspects of the provisions of Section 151A could not be said to be applicable only for one aspect, i.e., proceedings post the issue of notice under Section 148 of the Act being assessment, reassessment or recomputation under Section 147 and inapplicable to the issuance of notice under Section 148. The Scheme was clearly applicable for issuance of notice under Section 148 and accordingly, it was only the FAO which could issue the notice under Section 148 of the Act and not the JAO. The argument advanced by the revenue would render clause 3(b) of the scheme otiose. If clause 3(b) of the Scheme was not applicable, then only clause 3(a) of the Scheme remained. What was covered in clause 3(a) of the Scheme was already provided in Section 144B(1) of the Act, which Section provided for faceless assessment, and covered assessment, reassessment or recomputation under Section 147 of the Act. Therefore, if Revenue’s arguments were to be accepted, there was no purpose of framing a Scheme only for clause 3(a) which was in any event already covered under the faceless assessment regime in Section 144B of the Act. The phrase “to the extent provided in Section 144B of the Act” in the Scheme was with reference to only making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of assessee. For issuing notice, the term “to the extent provided in Section 144B of the Act” was not relevant. The phrase “to the extent provided in Section 144B of the Act” would mean that the restriction provided in Section 144B of the Act, such as keeping the International Tax Jurisdiction or Central Circle Jurisdiction out of the ambit of Section 144B of the Act, would also apply under the Scheme.
  •  When an authority acted contrary to law, thesaid act of the Authority was required to be quashed and set aside as invalid and bad in law, and the person seeking to quash such an action was not required to establish prejudice from the said act. An act which was done by an authority contrary to the provisions of the statute, itself caused prejudice to the assessee. Therefore, there was no question of the petitioner having to prove further prejudice before arguing the invalidity of the notice.
  •  The guideline dated 1st August 2022 relied upon by the Revenue was not applicable because these guidelines were internal guidelines as was clear from the endorsement on the first page of the guideline — “Confidential For Departmental Circulation Only”. These guidelines were not issued under Section 119 of the Act. Further, these guidelines were also not binding on the Assessing Officer, as they were contrary to the provisions of the Act and the Scheme framed under Section 151A of the Act. The scheme dated 29th March, 2022 issued under Section 151A, which had also been laid before the Parliament, would be binding on the Revenue and the guidelines dated 1st August, 2022 could not supersede the Scheme.
  •  As regards ITBA step-by-step Document No.2 regarding issuance of notice under Section 148 of the Act, relied upon by Revenue, an internal document cannot depart from the explicit statutory provisions of, or supersede the Scheme framed by the Government under Section 151A of the Act, which Scheme was also placed before both the Houses of Parliament as per Section 151A(3) of the Act.
  •  Office Memorandum dated 20th February, 2023 as referred merely contained the comments of the Revenue issued with the approval of Member (L&S) CBDT and the said Office Memorandum was not in the nature of a guideline or instruction issued under Section 119 of the Act so as to have any binding effect on the Revenue. The High Court also dealt with several errors in the position which had been taken in the said Office Memorandum in detail in its order.
  •  With respect to the decision in the case of Triton Overseas Private Limited (supra), it was noted that the Calcutta High Court did not consider the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022 but had referred to an Office Memorandum dated 20th February, 2023, which could not have been relied upon, in the opinion of the Bombay High Court.

The Bombay High Court relied upon the decision of the Telangana High Court in the case of Kankanala Ravindra Reddy vs. ITO [2023] 156 taxmann.com 178 (Tel) wherein it was held that, in view of the provisions of Section 151A read with the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022, the notice issued by the JAOs were invalid and bad in law.

Accordingly, on the basis of the above, the Bombay High Court decided the issue in favour of the assessee and declared the notice issued under Section 148 dated 27th August, 2022 to be invalid and bad in law, having been issued by the JAO and, hence not being in accordance with Section 151A.

OBSERVATIONS

The power of the Assessing Officer to make the assessment or reassessment of income escaping assessment under Section 147 is subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 153. This is evident from the main operating provision of Section 147 which is reproduced below —

If any income chargeable to tax, in the case of an assessee, has escaped assessment for any assessment year, the Assessing Officer may, subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 153, assess or reassess such income or recompute the loss or the depreciation allowance or any other allowance or deduction for such assessment year (hereafter in this section and in sections 148 to 153 referred to as the relevant assessment year.

Therefore, it is mandatory for the Assessing Officer to comply with the requirements of sections 148 to 153 in order to make the assessment or reassessment of the income escaping assessment. The Assessing Officer will lose his jurisdiction to make the assessment under section 147 if he has contravened the provisions of sections 148 to 153.

Issuance of notice under section 148 is a sine qua non for the purpose of making the assessment or reassessment of income escaping assessment under section 147. There are several conditions which have been imposed under several sections for the purpose of issuing notice under section 148, viz. time limit within which the notice can be issued, obtaining of sanction of the higher authority before issuance of the notice, etc. Time and again, the Courts have held the notice issued under section 148 to be bad in law if it has been issued without fulfilling the relevant conditions which were required to be satisfied before issuing the said notice.

Section 151A is also one of the provisions of the entire scheme of reassessment, as provided in sections 147 to 153. It authorises the Central Government to make a scheme by notification in the Official Gazette. The objective of the said scheme to be notified should be to impart greater efficiency, transparency and accountability by—

(a) eliminating the interface between the income-tax authority and the assessee or any other person to the extent technologically feasible;

(b) optimising utilisation of the resources through economies of scale and functional specialisation;

(c) introducing a team-based assessment, reassessment, re-computation or issuance or sanction of notice with dynamic jurisdiction.

In line with this objective, the Central Government notified e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022 vide Notification No. 18/2022 dated 29-3-2022. This Scheme provided not only for making of the assessment or reassessment under section 147, but also for issuing notice under section 148 in a faceless manner through automated allocation.

The requirement of issuing notice under section 148 in a faceless manner by the FAO is mandatorily applicable without any exceptions. When the jurisdiction to issue any particular notice under the Act lies with a particular officer, another officer cannot assume that jurisdiction and issue that notice. It is a settled proposition that when a law requires a thing to be done in a particular manner, it has to be done in the prescribed manner and proceeding in any other manner is necessarily forbidden. The Madras High Court in the case of Danish Aarthi vs. M. Abdul Kapoor [C.R.P.(NPD)(MD)No.475 of 2004 and C.R.P.(NPD)(MD)No.476 of 2004] has dealt with this principle extensively and the relevant observations of the High Court in this regard are reproduced below –

20. It is well settled in law that when a statute prescribes to do a particular thing in a particular manner, the same shall not be done in any other manner than prescribed under the law. The said proposition is well recognised as held by the Honourable Supreme Court in the following decisions:

(a) In the decision reported in AIR 1964 SC 358 (State of Uttar Pradesh vs. Singhara Singh) in paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Judgment, it is held thus, “7. In Nazir Ahmed’s case, 63 Ind App 372: (AIR 1936 PC 253 (2)) the Judicial Committee observed that the principle applied in Taylor vs. Taylor, (1876) 1 Ch.D 426 to a Court, namely, that where a power is given to do a certain thing in a certain way, the thing must be done in that way or not at all and that other methods of performance are necessarily forbidden, applied to judicial officers making a record under S.164 and, therefore, held that the magistrate could not give oral evidence of the confession made to him which he had purported to record under S.164 of the Code. It was said that otherwise all the precautions and safeguards laid down in Ss.164 and 364, both of which had to be read together, would become of such trifling value as to be almost idle and that “it would be an unnatural construction to hold that any other procedure was permitted than that which is laid down with such minute particularity in the sections themselves.”

8. The rule adopted in Taylor vs. Taylor (1876) 1 Ch D 426 is well recognized and is founded on sound principles. Its result is that if a statute has conferred a power to do an act and has laid down the method in which that power has to be exercised, it necessarily prohibits the doing of the act in any other manner than that which has been prescribed. The principle behind the rule is that if this were not so, the statutory provision might as well not have been enacted. A magistrate, therefore, cannot in the course of investigation record a confession except in the manner laid down in S.164. The power to record the confession had obviously been given so that the confession might be proved by the record of it made in the manner laid down. If proof of the confession by other means was permissible, the whole provision of S.164 including the safeguards contained in it for the protection of accused persons would be rendered nugatory. The section, therefore, by conferring on magistrates the power to record statements or confessions, by necessary implication, prohibited a magistrate from giving oral evidence of the statements or confessions made to him.”

(b) The said proposition is also reiterated in the decision reported in (1999) 3 SCC 422 (BabuVerghese vs. Bar Council of Kerala). In paragraphs 31 and 32 of the Judgment, the Honourable Supreme Court held thus, “31. It is the basic principle of law long settled that if the manner of doing a particular act is prescribed under any statute, the act must be done in that manner or not at all. The origin of this rule is traceable to the decision in Taylor vs. Taylor ((1875)1 Ch D 426) which was followed by Lord Roche in Nazir Ahmad vs. King Emperor (AIR 1936 PC 253) who stated as under: “(W)here a power is given to do a certain thing in a certain way, the thing must be done in that way or not at all.”

32. This rule has since been approved by this Court in Rao Shiv Bahadur Singh vs. State of V.P. (AIR 1954 SC 322) and again in Deep Chand vs. State of Rajasthan (AIR 1961 SC 1527). These cases were considered by a three-Judge Bench of this Court in State of U.P. vs. Singhara Singh (AIR 1964 SC 358) and the rule laid down in Nazir Ahmed case (AIR 1936 PC 253) was again upheld. This rule has since been applied to the exercise of jurisdiction by courts and has also been recognised as a salutary principle of administrative law.”

(c) In Captain Sube Singh vs. Lt.Governor of Delhi, AIR 2004 SC 3821 : (2004) 6 SCC 440, the Supreme Court, at paragraph 29, held as follows: “29. In Anjum M.H. Ghaswala a Constitution Bench of this Court reaffirmed the general rule that when a statute vests certain power in an authority to be exercised in a particular manner then the said authority has to exercise it only in the manner provided in the statute itself. (See also in this connection Dhanajaya Reddy vs. State of Karnataka.) The statute in question requires the authority to act in accordance withthe rules for variation of the conditions attached to the permit. In our view, it is not permissible to the State Government to purport to alter these conditions by issuing a notification under Section 67(1)(d) read with sub-clause (i) thereof.”

(d) In State of Jharkhand vs. Ambay Cements, (2005) 1 SCC 368: 2005 (1) CTC 223, at paragraph 26 (in SCC), the Supreme Court held as follows: “26. Whenever the statute prescribes that a particular act is to be done in a particular manner and also lays down that failure to comply with the said requirement leads to severe consequences, such requirement would be mandatory. It is the cardinal rule of interpretation that where a statute provides that a particular thing should be done, it should be done in the manner prescribed and not in any other way. It is also a settled rule of interpretation that where a statute is penal in character, it must be strictly construed and followed. Since the requirement, in the instant case, of obtaining prior permission is mandatory, therefore, non-compliance with the same must result in cancelling the concession made in favour of the grantee, the respondent herein.”

(e) The Division Bench of this Court in 2009 (1) CTC 32 (Indian Network for People living with HIV/AIDS vs. Union of India) and in 2002 (1) LW 672 (Rev. Dr. V. Devasahayam, Bishop in Madras CSI and another vs. D. Sahayadoss and two others) also held to the same effect.

Therefore, the JAO cannot be permitted to issue the notice under section 148 which under the law is required to be issued by the FAO. Further, there is no express provision under the Act providing for concurrent jurisdiction of both; JAO and FAO. To take a view that the JAO also has a concurrent jurisdiction for issuing notice under section 148 would be against the very objective of making the processes under the Act faceless.

The Bombay High Court has dealt with the provisions of section 151A as well as the scheme notified thereunder extensively and took the view that the notice would be invalid if it is issued by the JAO post the effective date of the scheme. The Calcutta High Court merely relied upon the office memorandum dated 20th February, 2023 being F No. 370153/7/2023-TPL issued by the CBDT, which was not having any authority under the Act. In view of this, the view taken by the Bombay High Court and Telangana High Court appears to be the better view of the matter.

Sustainability Reporting – Limited Assurance versus Reasonable Assurance

INTRODUCTION

The word “sustainability” is creating a buzz around the world these days. Everyone, including corporates, are echoing about adopting sustainable practices in conducting their business that creates sustainable, long-term shareholder, employee, consumer, and societal value by pursuing responsible environmental, social, economic and or governance strategies. There is an increasing need for companies to act more responsibly in sustainability-related issues due to pressures from their stakeholders. This increased pressure comes with a corresponding need for companies to report on their actions. As the stakeholders of companies do not have the opportunity to assess the credibility of the reporting themselves, the responsibility falls upon a third party to give assurance on the contents of the report. The assurance as such will be an important part in providing reliability to sustainability reporting. Regulators across various jurisdictions are coming up with requirements for sustainability reporting and assurance on sustainability reporting with different timelines.

REPORTING AND ASSURANCE FRAMEWORKS

On perusal of most annual reports, it can be sensed that the theme is increasingly based on sustainability. Not only is there focus on sustainability in the message from the Chairman, CEO and the senior management, but also there is a dedicated section wherein it is disclosed at length on how the business is getting impacted by climate change and vice versa. The “net-zero” commitment statement is used often these days in the statutory reporting. International Federation of Accountants in its vision statement has stated “Sustainability-related disclosure is finally taking its rightful place within the corporate reporting ecosystem, through global and jurisdiction-specific initiatives. Climate, human capital, and other ESG matters are becoming decision critical. The way forward is clear—with the establishment of the International Sustainability Standards Board and support from public authorities like The International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO)—for a system that delivers consistent, comparable, and reliable information.”1


1. https://www.ifac.org/_flysystem/azure-private/publications/files/IFAC-Vision-Sustainability-Assurance.pdf

There are many reporting standards basis which companies are presenting sustainability disclosures, viz., Sustainability disclosure standards issued by Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), IFRS S1, General Requirements for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information and IFRS S2, Climate-related Disclosures issued by International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) and European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) to name a few.

The stakeholders analyse sustainability disclosures from their own lens. The investor focus is experiencing a gradient shift from the conventional financial metrics to the novel non-financial metrics reported by the companies. The State of Play: Sustainability Disclosure and Assurance benchmarking studies by the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC) and American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) & Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) captures and analyses the extent to which the largest global companies are reporting and obtaining assurance over their sustainability disclosures, which assurance standards are being used, and which companies are providing the assurance service.2 This study updates understanding based on financial year (FY) 2022 reporting of market practice by 1,400 companies across 22 jurisdictions (including India). As per this study, 98 per cent of the companies reviewed for FY 2022 reported some level of detail on sustainability whereas 69 per cent of the companies that reported sustainability disclosures obtained assurance on at least some of their sustainability disclosures. Further, 82 per cent of these companies have obtained limited level of assurance.3


2. https://www.ifac.org/knowledge-gateway/contributing-global-economy/discussion/state-play-sustainability-assurance
3. https://ifacweb.blob.core.windows.net/publicfiles/2024-02/IFAC-State-Play-Sustainability-Disclosure-Assurance-2019-2022_0.pdf

To standardise the assurance practices, standard-setting bodies across the globe have issued their own version of sustainability reporting assurance standards. In conducting the assurance engagements, professional accountants use standards set in the public interest — including quality management, ethics, and independence — developed by the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB) and the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA). As per The State of Play: Sustainability Disclosure and Assurance benchmarking study, 92 per cent of the firms applied ISAE 3000 (Revised), Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information issued by IAASB.3

CURRENT STATE IN INDIA

In India, too, sustainability has grabbed the attention of corporates and regulators. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has mandated the disclosure of attributes relating to ESG parameters in the Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (BRSR) for the top 1,000 listed entities (by market capitalisation) from FY 2022–23 onwards. To instil investor confidence in the reporting, SEBI has further mandated the assurance of BRSR Core, a subset of BRSR and a collection of nine ESG attributes of BRSR, for the top 150 listed entities (by market capitalisation) from FY 2023–24 onwards. The requirement of mandatory reasonable assurance will increase to the top 1,000 listed entities (by market capitalisation) from FY 2026–27 onwards in a phased manner. The regulator has gone a step ahead and notified that the top 250 listed entities (by market capitalisation) need to disclose ESG attributes with respect to their value chain from FY 2024–25 on a comply-or-explain basis. Further, these disclosures pertaining to the value chain are required to be assured on a comply-or-explain basis from FY 2025–26. It is pertinent to note that SEBI in its circular has differentiated between the level of assurance that a listed entity needs to obtain for ESG disclosures in the BRSR Core and for the disclosures made in respect of value chain — reasonable assurance for the former and limited assurance for the latter.4


4. https://www.sebi.gov.in/legal/circulars/jul-2023/brsr-core-framework-for-assurance-and-esg-disclosures-for-value-chain_73854.html

Further, SEBI clarified that the assurance provider may appropriately use a globally accepted assurance standard on sustainability / non-financial reporting such as ISAE 3000 (Revised) or assurance standards issued by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), such as Standard on Sustainability Assurance Engagements (SSAE) 3000, Assurance Engagements on Sustainability Information or Standard on Assurance Engagements (SAE) 3410, Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements.5


5. https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebi_data/faqfiles/aug-2023/1691500854553.pdf

Globally, except for a few regions, assurance on non-financial disclosure is voluntary. Wherever this is mandatory, the requirement is usually of ‘limited’ assurance. In India, the regulator has prescribed ‘reasonable’ assurance of ESG disclosure for listed companies, initially for top tier, and then progressively increased the coverage, i.e., reasonable assurance for the top 1,000 listed companies based on market capitalisation in a phased manner and limited assurance for value chain entities. Most of the companies in India were obtaining limited assurance on a voluntary basis. With the mandatory reasonable assurance, it is important to understand the difference between limited assurance and reasonable assurance6.


6. SEBI has recently issued a Consultation paper containing ‘Recommendations of the Expert Committee for Facilitating Ease of Doing Business with respect to Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (BRSR)’ whereby one of the recommendations proposes that the term “assurance” shall be substituted with “assessment” in LODR Regulations and SEBI circulars on BRSR. The last date for submission of comments is 12th June, 2024.

LIMITED VS REASONABLE ASSURANCE

Limited assurance and reasonable assurance are two levels of assurance that can be provided on reported figures and disclosures. Reasonable assurance provides a positive affirmation on the statements being made by the company as compared to limited assurance which only gives a negative form of assurance that nothing has come to the attention of the assurance provider that the information is not fairly stated. A reasonable assurance engagement, therefore, involves deeper assessment of systems, processes and controls as well as the performance of many more tests on large number of samples in arriving at the conclusion.

Following are few important elements on which reasonable assurance and limited assurance can be distinguished:

Limited Assurance Reasonable Assurance
Level of Assurance Lower — Negative Assurance Higher — Positive assurance
Level of Assurance Conclusion — “Based on our procedures and the evidence obtained, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the subject matter in order for it to be in accordance with the Criteria” Opinion — “In our opinion the subject matter is  presented, in all material respects, in accordance with the criteria”
Subject Matter Understanding on which assurance will be given Sufficient to identify areas where a material misstatement is likely to arise Sufficient to identify and assess the risks of material misstatement
Understanding and evaluating the design of internal controls Obtain an understanding about (a) the control environment; (b) the information system; (c) the results of the entity’s risk assessment process Additionally, obtain understanding to assess the risks of material misstatement at the assertion level and monitoring of controls
Testing of Controls Typically, do not test controls Perform test of controls to reach a conclusion about their operating effectiveness in control reliance strategy
IT and IT General Controls (ITGCs) Typically, do not test or rely on ITGCs When assurance provider decides to place reliance on controls established by the management, we test and determine whether management has effective ITGCs in place.
Procedures Analytical, inquiry procedures. Examples include observation, variance analysis, ratio analysis Substantive testing, test of controls, test of detail.

Examples include reperformance, recalculation, confirmation, statistical sampling

 

Refer to the Appendix for an illustrative list of procedures.

Report Report includes conclusion whether we are aware of any material modifications that should be made to the subject matter for it to be in accordance with the criteria. Report includes opinion whether the subject matter is in accordance with the criteria, in all material respects, or the assertion is fairly stated, in all material respects.

IAASB has issued Non-Authoritative Guidance on Applying ISAE 3000 (Revised) to Extended External Reporting (EER) Assurance Engagements7 in April 2021. For examples of considerations relating to an entity’s process to prepare the subject matter information, and the internal control over that preparation, reference can be made to ‘Appendix 3 Limited and Reasonable Assurance Engagements – EER Illustrative Table of the aforesaid guidance’. The report formats are also given in the EER guidance:

  • Illustration I: Unmodified Reasonable Assurance Report Reasonable assurance engagement on Sustainability Information included within the Annual Report
  • Illustration II: Unmodified Limited Assurance Report Limited assurance engagement on Sustainability Information included within the Annual Report

7. Refer Non-Authoritative Guidance on Applying ISAE 3000 (Revised) to Extended External Reporting

Having mentioned the above, there are few elements which are common to both reasonable and limited assurance engagement such as planning of the engagement, determining of appropriate materiality benchmarks, etc.

IAASB is in the process of issuing a new global standard specific to sustainability assurance called the “International Standard on Sustainability Assurance (ISSA) 5000, General Requirements for Sustainability Assurance Engagements. This is a principle-based standard and currently, it is an exposure draft. The standard setter has received various comments from different stakeholders on the exposure draft and the final standard may undergo revision basis consideration of such comments. The standard is expected to be released by September 2024. Assurance practitioners can use this standard upon its issuance as final standard.

PREPARER RESPONSIBILITIES

While the assurance provider is responsible for providing assurance, preparers also have unique and vitally important responsibilities. Only they can implement the systems, processes, controls and governance that are key to preventing material misstatements in their financial reporting — versus detecting them. Some of the important questions that companies should focus on while they gear up for obtaining assurance on the sustainability reporting are as follows:

  • What systems and processes have the management put in place to ensure they are gathering, analysing and measuring the relevant data?
  • How does the management ensure the data’s reliability and what controls do they have around this data?
  • Which criteria do the board use for the selection of the sustainability assurance provider?
  • Who is responsible for sustainability reporting? Are the sustainability reporting accountabilities clear?
  • Is the management using the same / consistent assumptions and estimations for financial and sustainability reporting?
  • How is the company challenging management to ensure all information that is material to the company is disclosed?
  • Is internal audit (IA) department involved in the company’s ESG transformation, and how?
  • Are all assurance providers (internal and external) coordinating their work and ensuring that proper controls are in place and that there are no significant gaps?

BOTTOM LINE

Reasonable assurance is a much higher level of assurance and requires collaboration of subject matter skills (like carbon emission / other non-financial KPIs) and assurance skills to perform detailed control testing and substantive procedures. There is a need for collaboration of the subject matter experts and the assurance experts to provide high-quality assurance on BRSR Core and other sustainability reporting to enhance credibility of such information. While global and Indian standards exist for assurance providers, there is a need for the regulators to issue detailed methodology / work programs for assurance providers on various KPIs included in BRSR core and guidance for companies as well for the smooth implementation of the requirements.

APPENDIX A

The objective of this appendix is to expand on the procedures for reasonable assurance by way of examples:

Procedures for reasonable assurance

Inquiry and/or observation Analytical procedures Test of controls Test of details / Inspection / recalculation / reperformance / confirmation
Performing walkthroughs of the significant reporting processes to obtain understanding and then inquiring the process owners about whether our understanding of the process and relevant key controls is accurate. Observe whether those who make and review the controls are performing functions and using inputs as we understand they do. Observe whether the process owners, or others, act upon deviations from the expectations for the estimates. Detailed analytical procedures are performed in response to assessed risks of material misstatement which involve developing expectations of quantities or ratios or trends that are sufficiently precise to identify material misstatements. Designing tests of controls for key controls in the significant reporting process to evaluate the operating effectiveness of the control to address the risks. Examining sample controls by obtaining evidence of its design, implementation and operation. Inspecting and examining records or documents or sites to provide direct evidence of existence or valuation on sample basis. We determine whether to perform external confirmation procedures, to obtain relevant and reliable assurance evidence from external third parties. Assessing whether the different locations being aggregated use the same definitions, the same units to express sustainability performance and the same measurement, sampling and analysis techniques.

While reference should be made to assurance standard followed by assurance provider in accordance with SEBI circular read with FAQs on BRSR Core, given below are few examples of reasonable assurance procedures for few KPIs included in BRSR Core.

Green-house gas (GHG) footprint — Greenhouse gas emissions may be measured in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard.

Illustrative procedures for Scope 1 emission

1. Obtain an understanding of the entity’s business and operations to identify sources of Scope 1 emission (Diesel / Petrol for vehicles, DG sets, etc.) and the reporting process with respect to data collection and aggregation.

2. Basis the understanding obtained in point no. 1 above, assess the completeness of the data to ensure all sources and all units / sites / plants / offices (within the defined Reporting Boundary) have been included.

3. Verify the accuracy and completeness of the energy / fuel consumption data with the data reported under Principle 6, Question 1 (energy consumption). Verify the completeness and accuracy of other sources (other than energy) of scope 1 emissions such as fire extinguisher, refrigerants, etc. by checking the supporting documents on a sample basis.

4. Verify the conversion and emission factors used for calculating the scope 1 emissions.

5. Where estimation has been used by the management, obtain a note on the estimation methodology, assumptions used and evaluate whether they are appropriate and have been applied consistently.

6. Verify if the meters are calibrated periodically (as may be applicable) where computation is based on meter readings.

7. Verify if the data is reported for the relevant reporting period only.

8. Check the presentation and disclosure of the data is in line with the BRSR Core criteria and guidance issued.

Illustrative procedures for Scope 2 emissions

1. Obtain an understanding of the entity’s business and operations to identify sources of Scope 2 emission and the reporting process with respect to data collection and aggregation.

2. Basis the understanding obtained in point no. 1 above, assess the completeness of the data to ensure all sources and all units / sites / plants / offices (within the defined Reporting Boundary) have been included.

3. Verify the accuracy and completeness of the energy consumed from purchased electricity and other sources of scope 2 emissions with the data reported under Principle 6, Question 1 (energy consumption).

4. Verify the conversion and emission factors used for calculating the scope 2 emissions.

5. Where estimation has been used by the management, obtain a note on the estimation methodology, assumptions used and evaluate whether they are appropriate and have been applied consistently.

6. Verify if the meters are calibrated periodically (as may be applicable) where computation is based on meter readings.

7. Verify if the data is reported for the relevant reporting period only.

8. Check the presentation and disclosure of the data is in line with the BRSR Core criteria and guidance issued.

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

3 All India Bank Officers’ Confederation vs. The Regional Manager, Central Bank of India and Ors.

Civil Appeal Nos. 7708 of 2014, 18459 of 2017, 18460 of 2017, 18462 of 2017, 18463 of 2017, 18461 of 2017, 18464 of 2017, 18465-18466 of 2017, 18457-18458 of 2017 and 18467 of 2017

Decided On: 7th May, 2024

Does Section 17(2)(viii) and / or Rule 3(7)(i) lead to a delegation of the ‘essential legislative function’ to the CBDT? — The subordinate authority’s power under Section 17(2)(viii), to prescribe ‘any other fringe benefit or amenity’ as perquisite is not boundless, it is demarcated by the language of Section17oftheAct—Anything made taxable by the rule-making authority under Section 17(2)(viii) should be a ‘perquisite’ in the form of ‘fringe benefits or amenity’ — The enactment of subordinate legislation for levying tax on interest free / concessional loans as a fringe benefit is within the rule- making power under Section 17(2)(viii) of the Act

Is Rule 3(7)(i) arbitrary and violative of Article 14 of the Constitution insofar as it treats the PLR of SBI as the benchmark? — SBI is the largest bank in the country and the interest rates fixed by them invariably impact and affect the interest rates being charged by other banks — By fixing a single clear benchmark for computation of the perquisite or fringe benefit, the Rule prevents ascertainment of the interest rates being charged by different banks from the customers and,thus,checks unnecessary litigation — Therefore, Rule 3(7) is intra vires Article 14 of the Constitution of India

The appeals filed by staff unions and officers’ associations of various banks before the Supreme Court, impugned the judgments of the High Courts, which dismissed their writ petitions,where the vires of Section17(2)(viii) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 or Rule 3(7)(i) of the Income Tax Rules, 1962, or both, were challenged.

The Supreme Court noted that Section 17(2)(viii) of the Act includes in the definition of ‘perquisites’,‘any other fringe benefit or amenity’,‘as may be prescribed’. Rule3 of the Rules prescribes additional ‘fringe benefits’ or ‘amenities’,taxable as perquisites, pursuant to Section17(2)(viii). It also prescribes the method of valuation of such perquisites for taxation  purposes. Rule 3(7)(i) of the Rules stipulates that interest-free / concessional loan benefits provided by banks to bank employees shall be taxable as ‘fringe benefits’ or ‘amenities’ if the interest charged by the bank on such loans is lesser than the interest charged according to the Prime Lending Rate of the State Bank of India.

Section 17(2)(viii) and Rule 3(7)(i) were challenged on the grounds of excessive and unguided delegation of essential legislative function to the Central Board of Direct Taxes. Rule 3(7)(i) was also challenged as arbitrary and violative of Article 14 of the Constitution insofar as it treats the PLR of SBI as the benchmark instead of the actual interest rate charged by the bank from a customer on a loan.

The Supreme Court noted that Sections 15 to 17 of the Act relate to income tax chargeable on salaries. Section 15 stipulates incomes that are chargeable to income tax as ‘salaries’. Section 16 prescribes deductions allowable under ‘salaries’. Section 17 defines the expressions ‘salary’, ‘perquisites’ and ‘profits in lieu of salary’ for Sections 15 and 16.

According to the Supreme Court, after specifically stipulating what is included and taxed as ‘perquisite’, Clause (viii) to Section 17(2), as a residuary clause, deliberately and intentionally leaves it to the rule-making authority totax ‘any other fringe benefit or amenity’ by promulgating a rule. The residuary Clause is enacted to capture and tax any other ‘fringe benefit or amenity’ within the ambit of ‘perquisites’, not already covered by Clauses (i) to (viia) to Section 17(2).

The Supreme Court noted that in terms of the power conferred under Section 17(2)(viii), CBDT has enacted Rule 3(7)(i) of the Rules. Rule 3(7)(i) states that interest-free/concessional loan made available to an employee or a member of his household by the employer or any person on his behalf, for any purpose, shall be determined as the sum equal to interest computed at the rate charged per annum by SBI, as on the first date of the relevant previous year in respect of loans for the same purpose advanced by it on the maximum outstanding monthly balance as reduced by interest, if any,actually paid. However, the loans made available for medical treatment in respect of diseases specified in Rule 3A or loans whose value in aggregate does not exceed ₹20,000/-, are not chargeable.

The Supreme Court observed that the effect of the Rule is two-fold. First, the value of interest-free or concessional loans is to be treated as ‘other fringe benefit or amenity’ for the purpose of Section 17(2)(viii) and, therefore, taxable as a ‘perquisite’. Secondly, it prescribes the method of valuation of the interest- free/concessional loan for the purposes of taxation.

The Supreme Court observed that Section 17(2)(viii) is a residuary clause, enacted to provide flexibility. Since it is enacted as an enabling catch-within-domain provision, the residuary Clause is not iron-cast and exacting. A more pragmatic and common sensical approach can be adopted by locating the prevalent meaning of ‘perquisites’ in common parlance and commercial usage.

The Supreme Court noted that the expression ‘perquisite’ is well-understood by a common person who is conversant with the subject matter of a taxing statute. New International Webster’s Comprehensive Dictionary defines ‘perquisites’ as any incidental profit from service beyond salary or wages; hence, any privilege or benefit claimed due. ‘Fringe benefit’ is defined as any of the various benefits received from an employer apart from salary, such as insurance, pension, vacation, etc. Similarly, Black’s Law Dictionary defines ‘fringe benefit’ as a benefit (other than direct salary or compensation) received by an employee from the employer,such as insurance,a company car, or a tuition allowance. The Major Law Lexicon has elaborately defined the words ‘perquisite’ and ‘fringe benefit’.

‘Perquisites’ has also been interpreted as an expression of common parlance in several decisions of this Court. For example, ‘perquisite’ was interpreted in Arun Kumar v. Union of India (2007) 1 SCC 732, with respect to Section 17(2) of the Act. The Court referenced its dictionary meanings and held that ‘perquisites’ were a privilege, gain or profit incidental to employment and in addition to regular salary or wages. This decision refers to the observations of the House of Lords in Owen vs. Pook (1969) 2 WLR 775 (HL), where the House observed that ‘perquisite’ has a known normal meaning, namely, a personal advantage. However, the perquisites do not mean the mere reimbursement of a necessary disbursement. Reference was also made to Rendell vs. Went (1964) 1 WLR 650 (HL), wherein the House held that ‘perquisite’ would include any benefit or advantage, having a monetary value, which a holder of an office derives from the employer’s spending on his behalf.

Similarly, in Additional Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Bharat Patel (2018) 15 SCC 670, the Court held that ‘perquisite’, in the common parlance relates to any perk or benefit attached to an employee or position besides salary or remuneration. It usually includes non-cash benefits given by the employer to the employee in addition to the entitled salary or remuneration.

The Supreme Court thus concluded that, ‘perquisite’ is a fringe benefit attached to the post held by the employee unlike‘profit in lieu of salary’,which is a reward or recompense for past or future service. It is incidental to employment and in excess of or in addition to the salary. It is an advantage or benefit given because of employment, which otherwise would not be available.

From this perspective, the Supreme Court was of the opinion that the employer’s grant of interest-free loans or loans at a concessional rate will certainly qualify as a ‘fringe benefit’ and ‘perquisite’, as understood through its natural usage in common parlance.

According to the Supreme Court, two issues would arise for its consideration: (I) Does Section 17(2)(viii) and/or Rule 3(7)(i) lead to a delegation of the ‘essential legislative function’ to the CBDT?; and (II) Is Rule 3(7)(i)arbitraryandviolativeofArticle14oftheConstitutioninsofarasittreats the PLR of SBI as the benchmark?

I. Does Section17(2)(viii)and/or Rule3(7)(i) lead to a delegation of the ‘essential legislative function’ to the CBDT?

The Supreme Court noted that a Constitution Bench of Seven Judges of this Court in Municipal Corporation of Delhi v. Birla Cotton, Spinning and Weaving Mills, Delhi and Anr.1968: INSC:47, has held that the legislature must retain with itself the essential legislative function. ‘Essential legislative function’ means the determination of the legislative policy and its formulation as a binding Rule of conduct.Therefore,once the legislature declares the legislative policy and lays down the standard through legislation, it can leave the remainder of the task to subordinate legislation. In such cases, the subordinate legislation is ancillary to the primary statute. It aligns with the framework of the primary legislation as long as it is made consistent with it, without exceeding the limits of policy and standards stipulated by the primary legislation.The test,therefore, is whether the primary legislation has stated with sufficient clarity, the legislative policy and the standards that are binding on subordinate authorities who frame the delegated legislation.

The Supreme Court was of the opinion, the subordinate authority’s power under Section 17(2)(viii), to prescribe ‘any other fringe benefit or amenity’ as perquisite is not boundless. It is demarcated by the language of Section 17 of the Act. Anything made taxable by the rule-making authority under Section 17(2)(viii) should be a ‘perquisite’ in the form of ‘fringe benefits or amenity’. According to the Supreme Court, the provision clearly reflects the legislative policy and gives express guidance to the rule-making authority.

Section 17(2) provides an ‘inclusive’ definition of ‘perquisites’. Section 17(2)(i) to (vii)/(viia) provides for certain specific categories of perquisites. However, these are not the only kind of perquisites. Section 17(2)(viii) provides a residuary Clause that includes ‘any other fringe benefits or amenities’ within the definition of ‘perquisites’, as prescribed from time to time. The express delineation does not take away the power of the legislature, as the plenary body, to delegate the rule-making authority to subordinate authorities, to bring within the ambit of ‘perquisites’ any other ‘fringe benefit’ or annuities’ as ‘perquisite’. The legislative intent, policy and guidance is drawn and defined. Pursuant to such demarcated delegation, Rule 3(7)(i) prescribes interest- free/loans at concessional rates as a ‘fringe benefit’ or ‘amenity’, taxable as ‘perquisites’. This becomes clear once we view the analysis undertaken in Birla Cotton (supra)viz. the ‘essential legislative function’ test.

The Supreme Court after referring to plethora of judgements was of the opinion that the enactment of subordinate legislation for levying tax on interest free/concessional loans as a fringe benefit was within the rule-making power underSection17(2)(viii)of the Act.Section17(2)(viii)itself,and the enactment of Rule 3(7)(i) was not a case of excessive delegation and falls within the parameters of permissible delegation. Section 17(2) clearly delineates the legislative policy and lays down standards for the rule-making authority. Accordingly, Rule 3(7)(i) was intra vires Section 17(2)(viii) of the Act. Section 17(2)(viii) does not lead to an excessive delegation of the ‘essential legislative function’.

II. Is Rule3(7)(i) arbitrary and violative of Article 14 of the Constitution in so far as it treats the PLR of SBI as the benchmark?

Rule 3(7)(i) posits SBI’s rate of interest, that is the PLR, as the benchmark to determine the value of benefit to the Assessee in comparison to the rate of interest charged by other individual banks. According to the Supreme Court, the fixation of SBI’s rate of interest as the benchmark is neither an arbitrary nor unequal exercise of power. The rule-making authority has not treated unequal as equals. SBI is the largest bank in the country and the interest rates fixed by them invariably impact and affect the interest rates being charged by other banks. By fixing a single clear benchmark for computation of the perquisite or fringe benefit, the Rule prevents ascertainment of the interest rates being charged by different banks from the customers and, thus, checks unnecessary litigation. Rule 3(7)(i) ensures consistency in application, provides clarity for both the Assessee and the revenue department, and provides certainty as to the amount to be taxed. When there is certainty and clarity, there is tax efficiency which is beneficial to both the taxpayer and the tax authorities. These are all hallmarks of good tax legislation. Rule 3(7)(i) is based on a uniform approach and yet premised on a fair determining principle which aligns with constitutional values. Therefore, Rule 3(7) was held to be intra vires Article 14 of the Constitution of India.

The Supreme Court therefore dismissed the appeals and upheld the impugned judgments of the High Courts of Madras and Madhya Pradesh.

Erroneous Refund of Input Tax Credit – Whether Adjudication under section 73 / 74 Permissible?

INTRODUCTION

For a long time, taking the amount back from the government remained a challenging task for industry and professionals. The reason for the same is also apparent, no officer wants to take a chance for the disbursement of any amount from the government treasury, which is susceptible to be illegal or erroneous hence except for automated processing of refunds, the same is being sanctioned and disbursed with utmost care and only after due verification of eligibility criteria and relevant documents. Since refunds of Input Tax Credit (ITC) on account of exports or inverted duty structure are regular phenomena, the same are being applied by the taxpayer on a concurrent basis and sanctioned after due verification by departmental officers. However, after the department started the audit under section 65, one of the common observations of the audit was an erroneous refund of ITC sanctioned and disbursed to the taxpayer. Based on such audit observations, the department has now initiated proceedings under section 73 / 74 for recovery of the allegedly erroneous grant of ITC in several cases. This article attempts to examine the jurisdiction and validity of proceedings under section 73 / 74 for recovery of such refunds.

ADJUDICATION OF REFUND APPLICATION:

As far as the refund of ITC is concerned, the same is a statutory right which emanates from section 54(3). As per statutory provision, a refund of ITC can be claimed in two circumstances, firstly in the case of zero-rated supplies and secondly in the case of inverted duty structure. The procedure for the same is provided in Chapter X of the GST Rules. Rules 89 to 91 deal with procedures in relation to the filing of a refund application, its acknowledgement, and the provisional refund. Whereas rule 92 provides for adjudication of refund applications.

The bare reading of section 54(5), Rule 92(1) & (1A) signifies that before granting a Refund, the proper officer has to examine the refund application along with documentary and other evidence, and he has to apply his mind, whether a refund is payable or not. Moreover, if a proper officer finds that a refund is not payable, as per rule 92(3), it is necessary for the proper officer to give notice of this effect to the taxpayer and provide an opportunity to be heard before rejecting any such refund application. Accordingly, any decision to grant or reject any such refund is an adjudication order as per section 2(54) read with section 54 and Rule 92. Further, one may conclude that section 54 read with chapter X of CGST Rules, is a complete code in itself for regulating refunds. One may refer to the judgment of the Hon’ble Madras High Court in the case of Eveready Industries India Ltd. vs. CESTAT, Chennai 2016 (337) E.L.T. 189 (Mad.), whereby in similar circumstances and legal framework, the Hon’ble High Court observed as under:

28. But, a careful look at the scheme of Sections 11A, 11B and 35E would show that an application for a refund is not to be dealt with merely as a ministerial act or an administrative act. Under Section 11B of the Act, a person, claiming a refund of any duty of excise and interest already paid, should make an application in the prescribed form. Such application is to be made within the period of limitation prescribed under sub-section (1) of Section 11B. The application should be accompanied by such documentary or other evidence, in relation to which, such refund is claimed. Sub-section (2) of Section 11B mandates that upon receipt of any application for refund, the Assistant Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner, if he is satisfied that the duty is refundable, should make an order. The refund order is capable of being given effect in several methods including adjustment or rebate of duty of excise, all of which are prescribed in Clauses (a) to (f) under the Proviso to sub-section (2) of Section 11B.

30. Therefore, the detailed procedure prescribed under Section 11B not only regulates the manner and form, in which, an application for refund is to be made but also prescribes a period of limitation, and method of adjudication as well as the manner, in which, such refund is to be made. In simple terms, Section 11B is a complete code in itself.

31. Therefore, it is clear that what is required of an Assistant Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner under sub-section (2) of Section 11B is to adjudicate upon the claim for refund. The expression ‘Adjudicating Authority’ is also defined in Section 2(a) to mean any authority competent to pass any order or decision under this Act, but does not include the Central Board, Commissioner of Excise (Appeals) or the Appellate Tribunal. Hence, the power exercised under Section 11B is that of an adjudicating authority and the order passed is certainly one of adjudication.

By the above discussion, one may conclude that granting a refund under the GST law, more specifically ‘Refund of ITC’, is not mechanical computation only; rather it involves the application of mind by the proper officer, and is granted or rejected by the proper adjudication of refund application.

JURISDICTION UNDER SECTIONS 73 / 74:

Proceedings under sections 73 and 74 are identical, barring that section 73 applies to bonafide cases and section 74 applies to evasion cases. Hence, for brevity, relevant extracts of section 74 alone are reproduced hereunder for ready reference:

(1) Where it appears to the proper officer that any tax has not been paid or short paid or erroneously refunded or where input tax credit has been wrongly availed or utilised by reason of fraud, or any wilful-misstatement or suppression of facts to evade tax, he shall serve notice on the person chargeable with tax which has not been so paid or which has been so short paid or to whom the refund has erroneously been made, or who has wrongly availed or utilised input tax credit, requiring him to show cause as to why he should not pay the amount specified in the notice along with interest payable thereon under section 50 and a penalty equivalent to the tax specified in the notice.”

From the perusal of section 74(1), one can identify that section 74 can be issued to recover demand in respect of five subject matters, i.e., when tax has been short paid, not paid, erroneously refunded, or when ITC has been wrongly availed or utilised. The same can be summarised in the following table for easy understanding:

In respect of Tax In respect of ITC
1) Tax has not been paid;

2) Tax has paid short-paid;

3) Tax has been erroneously refunded;

4) ITC has been wrongly availed;

5) ITC has been wrongly utilised.

A bare perusal of Statutory Provision reveals that section 74, with respect to tax demand, can be invoked if tax has not been paid, short paid, or erroneously refunded. On the other hand, the invocation of section 74 with respect to Input Tax Credit can be there for wrongful availment or utilisation.

Statutory Provisions does not authorise invocation of section 73 / 74 whereby the allegation is of erroneous refund of Input Tax Credit. Accordingly, in the humble opinion of the author, section 73 / 74 doesn’t confer jurisdiction to any officer to initiate proceedings under section 73 / 74 for recovery of the alleged erroneous refund of input tax credit.

REMEDY AGAINST ERRONEOUS REFUND OF ITC:

Once it is discussed that there is no jurisdiction under section 73 / 74 for such recovery, the obvious question comes to mind: what remedy does the department have in case of grant of any erroneous refund of the input tax credit?

Once any adjudication order is passed, the statute provides the following remedial measures against an order, depending upon the facts and circumstances of the case:

i. Section 107: Appeal to First Appellate Authority:

When the department is of the opinion that the order or decision of refund is legibly not correct or inappropriate, an appeal under section 107(2) may be filed against such decision.

ii. Section 108: Revision:

When revisional authority is of the opinion that the order or decision of refund is erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interest of revenue and is illegal or improper or has not taken into account certain material facts, the Revision under section 108 can be initiated.

iii. Section 161: Rectification

When the proper officer (one who sanctioned the refund) finds that there is any error which is apparent on the face of records, the officer may take recourse to section 161 and rectify the order on its own.

Hon’ble Allahabad High Court examined the identical issue in the case of Honda Siel Power Products vs. Union of India [2020 (372) ELT 30 (All)], whereby the Hon’ble High Court held that once the adjudication has taken place under section 11B, the department cannot proceed to recover on the basis of “erroneous refund” under section 11A so as to enable the refund order to be revoked, as the remedy lied under section 35E for applying to the Appellate Tribunal for determination and not invoking section 11A.

Recently, this issue under GST law has been raised before the Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court in the case of Saars Construction vs. Chief Commissioner of State Tax, Jaipur & Others [DB CWP No. 4398/2024, Dt. 18th April, 2024], whereby Hon’ble High Court appreciated and was pleased to stay proceedings initiated through a show cause notice under section 73 for recovery of refund of ITC and observed as under:

Taking into consideration the submission of learned counsel for the petitioner that proceedings by way of impugned show cause notice could not be drawn unless an order of refund granted under Section 54, sub-section (3) of the Rajasthan Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (for short ‘the Act’) is reversed either in an appeal under Section 107 of the Act or in revision under Section 108 of the Act by the competent authority under the law, further proceedings pursuant to impugned show cause notice shall remain in abeyance.

Even otherwise, initiation of adjudication under section 73 / 74 for an already granted refund of input tax credit shall amount to a review of adjudication already happened under section 54, for which GST law doesn’t have any enabling provision. It is a settled principle of law that power of review is not an inherent power and must be expressly provided under the law [Refer Commissioner of Central Excise, Vadodara vs. Steelco Gujrat Ltd. 2004 (163) ELT 403 (SC)]

CONCLUSION

Sanction and grant of refund of input tax credit happen through a complete adjudication process, whereby the proper officer, after application of mind, reaches a conclusion of granting of refund. Either of the aggrieved parties (i.e., taxpayer or the department) have remedies provided within law. In the humble opinion of the author, just because departmental authorities could not take appropriate statutory recourse timely, the fresh proceeding under section 73 / 74 cannot be initiated to recover the grant of alleged wrongful or erroneous refund of Input Tax Credit.

Corporate Guarantee and Letter of Comfort: Untangling the Transfer Pricing Quandary

Transfer Pricing (TP) regulations examine related party transactions as to whether they are undertaken between parties on an arm’s length basis or otherwise from the viewpoint of avoidance of tax leakage, i.e., whether said transactions are priced in a manner as transactions between two independent parties would have been priced. This not only mitigates tax leakage from one country to another but also ensures appropriate corporate governance (especially in listed companies dealing with public money).

In the complex landscape of TP, the issuance of corporate guarantees and letters of comfort (including the potential compensation to be charged thereon) has been a matter of significant controversy in income tax proceedings as well as in audit committee discussions.

BACKGROUND

Essentially, a corporate guarantee / letter of comfort is issued by a holding company to the bankers on behalf of its subsidiary, basis which the bank lends funds to the subsidiary. The borrowings in several cases entail a significant quantum of funds and consequentially, the above controversy has now reached corporate boardrooms and top management.

While the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations 2022 (OECD Guidelines) covers financial guarantees and does not specifically mention corporate guarantees, conceptual reference can be drawn from various paragraphs therein.

Para no. 10.154 of the OECD Guidelines acknowledges the intricacies involved in guarantee-related transactions, stating that “To consider any transfer pricing consequences of a financial guarantee, it is first necessary to understand the nature and extent of the obligations guaranteed and the consequences for all parties, accurately delineating the actual transaction in accordance with Section D.1 of Chapter I.”

Para no. 10.155 of the OECD Guidelines states that “There are various terms in use for different types of credit support from one member of an MNE group to another. At one end of the spectrum is the formal written guarantee and at the other is the implied support attributable solely to membership in the MNE group.”

Para no. 10.158 of the OECD Guidelines states that “From the perspective of a lender, the consequence of one or more explicit guarantees is that the guarantor(s) are legally committed; the lender’s risk would be expected to be reduced by having access to the assets of the guarantor(s) in the event of the borrower’s default. Effectively, this may mean that the guarantee allows the borrower to borrow on the terms that would be applicable if it had the credit rating of the guarantor rather than the terms it could obtain based on its own, non-guaranteed, rating.”

Para No. 10.163 of the OECD Guidelines deals with explicit / implicit support and states that “By providing an explicit guarantee the guarantor is exposed to additional risk as it is legally committed to pay if the borrower defaults. Anything less than a legally binding commitment, such as “letter of comfort” or other lesser form of credit support, involves no explicit assumption of risk. Each case will be dependent on its own facts and circumstances but generally, in the absence of an explicit guarantee, any expectation by any of the parties that other members of the MNE group will provide support to an associated enterprise in respect of its borrowings will be derived from the borrower’s status as a member of the MNE group. For this purpose, whether a commitment from one MNE group member to another MNE group member to provide funding to meet its obligations, constitutes a letter of comfort or a guarantee depends on all the facts and circumstances … The benefit of any such support attributable to the borrower’s MNE group member status would arise from passive association and not from the provision of a service for which a fee would be payable.”

Thus, the factual parameters of each individual guarantee transaction need to be carefully considered and the internationally accepted principle indicates that an “explicit” guarantee with a financial obligation on the guarantor would be regarded as a “transaction” requiring arm’s length compensation. However, an “implicit” support like a “Letter of Comfort” ought not to require any compensation.

Corporate guarantees are typically explicit, i.e., there is a financial obligation on the guarantor in case of the borrower’s default. A “Letter of Comfort” on the other hand is merely a support letter by the Group’s flagship company to the lender confirming the status of the borrower entity as a Group constituent. No financial obligation is cast on the issuer of such a letter.

This is also evidenced by the terminology generally included in corporate guarantee agreements, which revolves around an obligation on the guarantor in the event of default by the borrower. Corporate guarantee agreements usually contain explicit / specific references to:

  • “Unconditional / irrevocable / absolute financial obligation which the guarantor agrees to bear”;
  • “Obligations binding on the guarantor to pay any defaulted amounts to the lender on behalf of the borrower”;
  • “Continuing security for all amounts advanced by the bank”;
  • “In the event of any default on the part of Borrower in payment/repayment of any of the money referred to above, or in the event of any default on the part of the Borrower to comply with or perform any of the terms, conditions and covenants contained in the loan agreements / documents, the Guarantor shall, upon demand, forthwith pay to the Bank without demur all of the amounts payable by the borrower under the loan agreements / documents”;
  • “The Guarantor shall also indemnify and keep the Bank indemnified against all losses, damages, costs, claims, and expenses whatsoever which the Bank may suffer, pay, or incur of or in connection with any such default on the part of the Borrower including legal proceedings taken against the Borrower.”

In contrast, the nomenclature used in a letter of comfort is far more generic / informative in nature, typically involving:

  • “Declarations from the issuer of the letter that they are aware of the credit facility being extended to its subsidiary”;
  • “Assurance to the lender that the issuer shall continue to hold majority ownership / control of the business operations of the borrower”;
  • “The issuer shall not take any steps whereby the borrower might enter into liquidation or any arrangement due to which rights of the lender could get compromised vis-a-vis other creditors.”

Therefore, corporate guarantees and letters of comfort serve their respective purpose and the rationale behind providing a corporate guarantee or issuing a comfort letter are not directly comparable.

REGULATORY AND JUDICIAL HISTORY OF THE ISSUE IN INDIA

One of the first rulings from the Indian judiciary on the issue of applicability of transfer pricing provisions on providing of corporate guarantee by a parent to its subsidiary company was in the case of Four Soft Ltd vs. DCIT, wherein the Hyderabad Income-tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) (62 DTR 308) adjudicated that the definition of international transaction did not specifically cover transaction for providing corporate guarantee and hence, in absence of any charging provision enabling application of TP regulations to the said transaction, the same would be outside the purview of TP.

However, in the case of Nimbus Communications Ltd vs. ACIT [2018] 95 Taxmann.com 507 (MUM-TRIB.), Mumbai ITAT held that the provision of corporate guarantee is an international transaction.

To provide more clarity from a regulatory standpoint, Finance Act 2012 retrospectively amended the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) by appending clause “(c)” to Explanation (i) in Section 92B of the Act, specifically including corporate guarantee as an international transaction. Before the said amendment, the matter of contention was the inclusion of corporate guarantee as an international transaction. Post amendment, the issue of eligibility of corporate guarantee as an international transaction continued to evolve, with the addition of newfound arguments centered around the validity of retrospective amendment and interpretation of Explanation (i) to Section 92B of the Act in conjunction with the Section itself. It is pertinent to note that Letter of Comfort has not been specifically included in the purview of Section 92B of the Act vide aforesaid amendment, thereby continuing to remain a bone of contention from the perspective of classification or otherwise as an international transaction under transfer pricing regulations.

Divergent views have been taken in subsequent judicial pronouncements. In the case of Bharti Airtel Limited vs. ACIT [2014] 63 SOT 113 (Del), it was held by the ITAT, Delhi that “there can be a number of situations in which an item may fall within the description set out in clause (c) of Explanation to Section 92B, and yet it may not constitute an International transaction, as the condition precedent with regard to the ‘bearing on profit, income, losses or assets’ set out in Section 92B(1) may not be fulfilled.” Thus, a view can be taken that a corporate guarantee is in the nature of parental obligation or shareholder’s activity for the best interest of the overall group, and if it can be established that providing a corporate guarantee does not involve any cost to the guarantor, then such corporate guarantee is outside the ambit of the “international transaction”.

However, in the case of Redington (India) Ltd [TS-656-HC-2020(MAD)-TP], the Hon’ble Madras High Court held that corporate guarantee is an international transaction and upheld the guarantee commission rate of 0.85 per cent to be at arm’s length. The Hon’ble High Court observed that in case of default, the guarantor has to fulfil the liability and therefore there is always an inherent risk to the guarantor in providing such guarantees. Hence, the Hon’ble High Court adjudicated that there is a service provided to the AE in increasing its credit worthiness for obtaining debt from the market. It was further observed that there may not be an immediate impact on the profit and loss account, but an inherent risk to the guarantor cannot be ruled out in providing such guarantees.

Over time, a multitude of assertions by the tax authorities as well as rulings by judicial authorities providing a variety of views as to whether or not such arrangements qualify as “covered transactions” from a TP perspective have added fuel to the above controversy.

Post the barrage of judicial pronouncements, the general consensus among taxpayers was that in case of an explicit guarantee, taxpayers typically reported it as an international transaction and conducted the arm’s length analysis accordingly.

Another controversy was on the issue of “Letters of Comfort” where the support is more implicit. In case of default, there is no financial obligation on the issuer of such a letter. The tax authorities have always alleged that even if there is no direct financial obligation, the mere fact that such letters of comfort benefit the group entity borrowing funds, compensation would be warranted.

The taxpayers have, however, maintained the position that implicit support could never warrant a fee.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Very recently, the Mumbai ITAT issued two specific rulings on whether or not the issuance of a comfort letter can be considered in the same light as a corporate guarantee, thereby constituting an international transaction. While the rulings were fact-specific, they have shed further light on the debate.

In the case of Asian Paints Limited vs. ACIT [2024] 160 Taxmann.com 214 (MUMBAI-TRIB.) & ACIT vs. Asian Paints Limited (I.T.A. No. 5934/Mum/2017), the ITAT adjudicated that a comfort letter meets the criteria of international transaction even though they cannot be squarely compared to a corporate guarantee. Here, the ITAT focused on the fact that the taxpayer had made a specific disclosure in its financial statements showing it as a “contingent liability” in the same manner as corporate guarantee was disclosed in the financial statements. The ITAT held that since the taxpayer itself has classified it as a contingent liability, the letter of comfort has a bearing on the assets. Accordingly, it meets the specific criteria prescribed under Section 92B of the Act whereby, inter alia, a transaction having a bearing on the profits, income, losses, or assets is an international transaction and hence, compensation is warranted.

However, in the case of Lupin Limited vs. DCIT [2024] 160 Taxmann.com 691 (MUMBAI-TRIB.), the ITAT observed that in order to ascertain whether or not the issuance of a comfort letter constitutes an international transaction, it is important to examine whether any additional financial obligation is cast on the taxpayer. The ITAT held that issuance of a comfort letter is not an international transaction as “Rule 10TA of Safe Harbour Rules for International Transactions defines “corporate guarantee” as explicit corporate guarantee extended by a company to its wholly owned subsidiary being a non-resident in respect of any short-term or long-term borrowing and does not include a letter of comfort, implicit corporate guarantee, performance guarantee or any other guarantee of similar nature.”

Further, in relation to the characterization or otherwise of a letter of comfort as an international transaction, in a recent judgement of Shapoorji Pallonji and Company Private Limited [TS-147-ITAT-2024(Mum)-TP], the Mumbai ITAT held that a letter of comfort does not come under the definition of ‘international transaction’ and there is no necessity for determining the ALP of the said transaction.

A controversy has also recently come to light in the case of Goods and Services Tax (GST) law in India as to whether such guarantee transactions need to be valued and are eligible for GST liability.

Vide Circular No. 204/16/2023-GST dated 27th October, 2023, the Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (CBIC) clarified that where the corporate guarantee is provided by a company to a bank / financial institutions for providing credit facilities to its related party the activity is to be treated as a supply of service between related parties. Further, in case where no consideration is charged for the said activity, it still falls within the ambit of ‘supply’ in line with Schedule I to the CGST Act.

For valuation of the aforesaid ‘supply’, a new sub-rule was inserted to Rule 28 of the CGST Rules, 2017 vide Notification No. 52/2023-Central Tax dated 26th October, 2023, whereby the value of supply of such services was prescribed as 1 per cent of the amount of such guarantee offered, or the actual consideration, whichever is higher.

A petition against the above-mentioned amendment has been filed before the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi, wherein the levy of GST on corporate guarantees has been challenged basis of the alleged fact that guarantees are contingent contracts which are not enforceable until the guarantee is invoked and a financial obligation on the guarantor is triggered, thereby giving rise to the issue of a “taxable service”. The matter is presently sub judice, with the hearing scheduled for July 2024.

KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THE ABOVE

In a nutshell, the critical differentiator when ascertaining whether or not a consideration needs to be charged would be whether the support in question is explicit or implicit based on the facts of the case. If the support casts a financial liability on the guarantor, compensation may be required. A mere implicit support ought not to warrant compensation from a TP perspective.

PRICING FROM A TP AND GST STANDPOINT

Once it is established that compensation is required, determining the quantum of such compensation becomes critical from a business / operational viewpoint.

From a TP perspective, it is a matter of benchmarking by adopting various methods for conducting such analysis. Globally, the Interest Savings Method (ISM) and Loss Given Default (LGD) approach are widely accepted.

The ISM applies the principle of interest rates being determined based on credit ratings. Since the credit rating of the guarantor gets super imposed on the borrower, the borrower can obtain the funds at a reduced interest rate. Such reduction is the “interest saving” which needs to be compensated. In such cases, it becomes vital to understand the benefit obtained by the borrower through the support / credit rating provided by the guarantor and to quantify the value of said benefit in terms of savings in interest payout.

Broadly, LGD is the estimated amount of money a guarantor is expected to pay without recovery when a borrower defaults on a loan. The LGD method firstly takes into account the probability of default by the borrower triggering payout for the guarantor and subsequently, the likelihood of non-recovery of the said payout by the guarantor from the borrower. The compensation is computed based on the percentage of such default probability on the guaranteed amount.

Apart from the above, in case the guarantor / borrower has entered into a similar transaction with an unrelated party on identical terms, the guarantee commission percentage in such transaction could also be adopted. This is referred to as the Comparable Uncontrolled Price (CUP) method. The CUP method mandates strict comparability, and for application of the same, the terms & conditions of the arrangement in question must be almost perfectly identical to the terms & conditions of the comparable arrangement being considered.

In case an actual transaction is not entered into, even quotations for identical transactions can be utilized. Judicial precedents are also considered as references in this regard for providing a reference rate of guarantee commission to be charged, should the transaction be characterized as an international transaction requiring TP benchmarking.

Another reference point in the regulations is the Safe Harbour Rules, which prescribe a range of 1.75 per cent – 2.00 per cent for pricing of corporate guarantee transactions vide Rule 10TD of Income-tax Rules, 1962. The exact pricing is to be determined subject to specific conditions as mentioned in the aforesaid Rule.

Even from a GST perspective, the pricing of the transaction is imperative. The stand taken by the authorities has been that the provision of a guarantee is a service liable for taxation as it is undertaken by the parent company to maximize its returns on investment in the subsidiary.

As mentioned above, as per the aforementioned Circular issued by the GST authorities, a corporate guarantee should be valued at 1 per cent or the actual pricing, whichever is higher.

One key question which is presently under discussion is whether the transaction pricing for accounting, corporate governance, and income tax purposes should be based on actual benchmarking or whether the 1 per cent valuation prescribed by the GST authorities will prevail. In this regard, a better view seems to be that the 1 per cent valuation is merely for the purposes of payment of GST. However, the actual transaction should be undertaken based on the appropriate benchmarking methods. Having said this, the TP rules themselves recognize that Government orders in force need to be taken into account while determining the related party pricing. Hence, one may argue that 1 per cent itself is an appropriate transaction pricing. The issue has not reached finality and is still being debated.

CONCLUSION

Given the significant numbers involved in several cases, compensation or otherwise for corporate guarantees / letters of comfort has now become a boardroom topic. Given the recent rulings, Circulars and assertions by tax authorities, the controversy is far from settled. It is crucial to consider the facts and circumstances involved in each individual case, especially the actual conduct and intent of the parties to establish whether or not compensation is warranted. The nomenclature of the instrument or terminology used in the financial statements can be looked into, but should not be the sole factor for concluding on the nature of support. Having said that, wording the instrument accurately could reduce the questions raised.

Further, whether the 1 per cent guidance provided by the GST Circular should be the transaction pricing or whether a specific TP benchmarking should be the basis of the price determination is also a subject matter of debate. Given that the same is sub judice before the Hon’ble Delhi High Court, guidance in this regard is to provide clarity. Having said that, a better view seems to be that scientifically benchmarked pricing should be adopted, duly considering all the facts and particulars of each case in hand. However, tax professionals are still not ruling out the possibility of determining the guarantee transaction pricing at 1 per cent.

All facts and circumstances, including the Government and judicial views, need to be taken into account in adopting the appropriate positions on the issue. A holistic approach would be recommended.

Emigrating Residents and Returning NRIs

1. This article is a part of the series of articles on income-tax and FEMA issues faced by NRIs and deals with issues faced by individuals when they change their residential status. A resident who leaves India and turns non-resident is termed as a “Migrating Resident”; while a non-resident of India, who comes to India and becomes a resident of India is termed as a “Returning NRI” in this article.

2. Both Migrating Residents and Returning NRIs have to consider implications under income-tax and FEMA before taking any decision for change of residence. We have come across several instances where such a person has not taken due care before change of residence leading to unnecessary and avoidable legal issues. After the advent of the Black Money Act1, there are instances where corrective action is quite difficult under law. Further, resolution of violations under FEMA can be difficult or costly to undertake.


1. Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015

3. Key to the above concern is the fact that residential status definitions under the Income-tax Act (ITA) and FEMA are separate and different. While under ITA, the definition is largely based on number of days stay of the individual in India; under FEMA, it is based on the purpose for which the person has come to, or left India, as the case may be. An important objective in advising persons who are migrating from India or returning to India, thus, is to determine the date on which the change in residence has been effected and purpose thereof. Any discrepancy in this can lead to assumption of incorrect residential status which can have adverse implications, some of which are as under:

a. Concealment of foreign income which should have been submitted to tax as well as non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets, which can have severe implications under the Black Money Act;

b. Incorrect claim of benefits under the Double Tax Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs);

c. Holding assets or executing transactions which are in violation of FEMA.

4. The provisions of residential status under the ITA, the DTAA and under FEMA are dealt in detail in th preceding articles of this series — in the December 2023 and January and March 2024 editions, respectively, of The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal (the Journal) — and hence, not repeated here. Readers will benefit by referring to those articles for issues covered therein. This article deals with income-tax and FEMA issues specifically for Migrating Residents and Returning NRIs2 and is divided into three parts as follows:

Sr. No. Topic
Part-I
A. Migrating Residents
A.1 Income-tax issues of Migrating Residents
A.2 FEMA issues of Migrating Residents
A.3 Change in Citizenship
Part-II
B. Returning NRIs
B.1 Income-tax issues of Returning NRIs
B.2 FEMA issues of Returning NRIs
C. Other relevant issues common to change of residential status

2. There is an overlap of several sections under different topics. To prevent repetition and focus on the relevant issues, the sections are not repeated completely. Only the applicable provisions or part thereof, which are relevant to the topic, are referred here.

Issues related to Returning NRIs and other relevant issues common to change of residential status will be covered in Part II of this Article in the upcoming issue of the Journal.

A. Migrating Residents

India has the world’s largest overseas diaspora. In fact, every year, 25 lakh Indians migrate abroad.3 While Indians shift and settle down abroad, it seldom happens that they eliminate their financial ties with India completely. The common reason being that either they continue to own assets or continue their businesses in India, or their relatives stay in India with whom they enter into transactions. Hence, Migrating Residents generally have a continuing link with India even after they have left India. This can create issues under income-tax and FEMA, which are analysed in detail below.


3. https://www.moneycontrol.com/news/immigration/immigration-where-are-indians-moving-why-are-hnis-leaving-india-12011811.html

A.1 Income-tax issues relevant for Migrating Residents:

1. Continuing Residential status under ITA: An issue that Migrating Residents need to keep in mind in particular is their residential status in the year of migration. Clause (a) of Explanation 1 to Section 6(1)(c) of the ITA provides a relief from the basic “60 + 365 days test”4. The relief is available only under two specific circumstances, i.e., a citizen who is leaving India during the relevant previous year for the purposes of employment abroad or as a crew member on an Indian ship. If a person does not fall under either of these circumstances, the “60 + 365 days test” test applies.


4 “60 + 365 days test” means that the individual has stayed in India for 60 days or more during the relevant previous year and for 365 days or more during the four preceding years.

Hence, in such cases, if a person who was normally residing in India, stays in India for 60 days or more during the year of his or her departure, he or she will meet the “60 + 365 days test” and consequently, be a resident for the whole previous year under ITA and will be classified as ROR. In such cases, following implications should be noted:

1.1 As a resident, scope of total income under Section 5 of the ITA includes all incomes accruing or arising within or outside India. Hence, foreign incomes would be prima facie taxable, subject to relief under the relevant DTAA. However, in the year of migration, even treaty benefits may not be available as the Migrating Resident may not be considered as a resident of the other country. Further, the exposure is not just regarding tax, interest and penalty under the Income-tax Act on concealment of income, but also the penal provisions under the Black Money Act for non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets.

1.2 The issue gets compounded for a Migrating Resident who would otherwise not need to file a tax return but is now required to file a tax return as they would generally have a foreign bank account abroad. A common example is of students who are leaving India. Fourth proviso to Section 139(1) provides that those persons who are resident and ordinarily resident of India and hold or are beneficiary of any foreign asset are required to file their tax return in India even if they are not required to file a tax return otherwise. The same issue can come up for senior citizens or spouses who generally are not filing tax returns, but now need to do so in the year they are moving abroad. It should be noted that this requirement has no relief even if such person is termed as a non-resident for the purposes of the treaty under the relevant DTAA. Such an error can lead to harsh penalties under the Black Money Act for non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets.

Hence, persons migrating abroad should be careful about their residential status in the year of migration.

1.3 Deemed Resident: Another instance where a Migrating Resident may still be considered as a resident under the ITA is due to the application of Section 6 (1A) of the ITA. This sub-section provides for an individual to be deemed as a resident of India if such individual, being a citizen of India, has total income other than income from foreign sources exceeding ₹15 lakhs during the previous year and is not liable to tax in any other country or territory by reason of domicile or residence or any other criteria of similar nature. While such deemed residents are considered as Resident but Not Ordinarily Resident as per Section 6(6)(d) of the ITA, their foreign incomes derived from a profession setup in India, or a business controlled from India are covered within the scope of income liable to tax in India. Readers can refer to the December 2023 edition of the Journal for an exposition on this provision.

1.4 Recording the change in status: On a person turning non-resident, his or her status should be correctly selected in the tax returns filed starting from the relevant assessment year of change in residence. It should be noted that the change in status recorded in the tax return does not automatically update the person’s status on the income-tax portal. Hence, such status should be changed on the income-tax portal also. Further, as of now, there seems to be no linking between the status updated in the tax return filed or on the income-tax portal with that recorded as per the local ward in the income-tax department. Hence, one should always ensure that such change is recorded in the local ward and the PAN is shifted to a ward which deals with non-residents. This will ensure that the status has been recorded in all manners with the tax department. This can be quite useful when the department issues notices to such persons.

2. Impact on change of residential status under ITA:

On change of residence, following are the important changes to keep in mind as far as ITA is concerned:

Particulars ROR NOR NR
Scope of Total Income5 Global incomes taxable Indian-sourced incomes are taxable. Foreign-sourced income are taxable only if derived from a business controlled in India or profession set up in India.

Incomes being received for the first time in India are also taxable.

Only Indian-sourced incomes taxable.

Foreign-sourced incomes are not taxable at all.

Incomes being received for the first time in India are also taxable.

Set-off of capital gains, dividend, etc., against unexhausted basic exemption limit Allowed6 Not allowed
Dividend Taxed at the applicable slab rate. Taxed @ 20%7 plus applicable surcharge & cess. (No set-off against unexhausted basic exemption, as stated above. No benefit of lower slab rate since special rate is mentioned.)
LTCG on unlisted securities and shares of 20% with indexation8 10% without the benefit of indexation and forex fluctuation9
a company, not being a company in which public are substantially interested
Withholding tax under ITA where the person is recipient of income Generally, at lower rates Generally, at a higher rate unless treaty relief availed
Access to Indian DTAAs Available as Resident of India under the DTAA Available if he is a resident of such host country as per the DTAA
FCNR Interest10 Taxable Not taxable
NRE Interest11 Exempt if the person is non-resident under FEMA
Benefits provided to senior citizens — higher  basic exemption limit, non-applicability of advance tax in certain situations, higher deduction for medical premium u/s. 80D, deduction u/s. 80TTB, etc. Available Not available

5. Section 5 of ITA. 
6. Proviso to Section 112(1)(a) and 
Proviso to Section 112A (2) of ITA. 
7. Section 115A(1)(A)
8. Section 112(1)(a)(ii)
9. Section 112(1)(c)(iii)
10. Section 10(15)(iv)(fa)
11. Section 10(4)(ii)

3. Transfer Pricing: Transfer Pricing triggers in case of a transaction which can give rise to income (or imputed income) between associated enterprises (parties related to each other as per Section 92 of the Income-tax Act), of which at least one party is a non-resident. All such transactions must be on an arm’s length basis. The implications under Transfer Pricing on the shift of a person from India can lead to unnecessary complications. However, in some cases, such an implication may be unavoidable. Thus, the incomes earned by a Migrating Resident from his related enterprises in India and other International transactions with such enterprises would be subject to Transfer Pricing. There is no threshold on application of Transfer Pricing provisions.

Having considered the issues under the ITA, a Migrating Resident would need to study the impact of the DTAA, too, especially with regard to reliefs available. A detailed study of residential status as per the DTAA has been dealt with in the January 2024 issue of the Journal. Here, we focus on the issues a Migrating Resident needs to be concerned about:

4. Treaty relief:

4.1 A person can access DTAA if he is a resident of at least one of the Contracting States. To consider a person as resident of a Contracting State, DTAAs generally refer to the residential status of the person under domestic tax laws of the respective country. While there are different permutations possible, one important point to note is that while migrating abroad, there can be an overlapping period wherein the person is a resident of India as well as the foreign country during the same period. This leads to dual residency, for which tie-breaker tests are prescribed under Article 4(2) of the DTAA. There could also be a possibility of the concept of split residency under DTAA being applicable. Accordingly, the provisions of the DTAA can be applied. These provisions have been explained in detail in the second article of this series contained in the Journal’s January edition.

4.2 A dual resident status under the treaty can lead to the person being able to claim the status of a non-resident of India as per the relevant treaty even though they are a resident as far as the ITA is concerned. While this would provide them benefits under the treaty as applicable to a non-resident of India, it would not change their status under the ITA. Such persons would still need to file their tax return as a resident of India, and they would be treated as a non-resident only as far as application of the benefits of treaty provisions is concerned.

4.3 It should be noted that the benefit of treaty provisions as a non-resident is not automatic and is subject to conditions on whether such person qualifies as a tax resident of the country of his new residence as per the definition of the respective DTAA. Further, as per Section 90(4), a tax residency certificate should be obtained from the foreign jurisdiction. At the same time, as per Section 90(5), Form 10F needs be submitted online.

4.4 Individuals who claim treaty benefits without proper substance in the country of residence risk exposure to denial of such benefits under the anti-avoidance rules of the treaty like Principal Purpose Test or those of the Act in the form of General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR) where the main purpose of such change of residence was tax avoidance.

A.2 FEMA issues of Migrating Residents:

5. Residential status: The concept of residential status under FEMA has been dealt with in the March 2024 edition of the Journal. FEMA uses the terms “person resident in India”12 and “person resident outside India”13. For simplicity, these terms are referred to as “resident” and “non-resident” in this article.


12 As defined in Section 2(v) of FEMA
13 As defined in Section 2(w) of FEMA

It is pertinent to note from the said article that only a claim that the person has left India — for or on employment, or for carrying on business or vocation, or under circumstances indicating his intention to stay outside India for an uncertain period — is not sufficient to be considered as a non-resident under FEMA. The facts and circumstances surrounding the claim are more important and should be backed up by documentation as well. For instance, leaving India for the purpose of business should be based on a type of visa which allows business activities and to support the purpose. Similarly, a person claiming to be leaving India for employment abroad should be backed up not only by an employment visa but also a valid employment contract; actual monthly salary payments (instead of just accounting entries); salary commensurate to the knowledge and experience of the person; compliance with labour and other applicable employment laws; etc. In essence, the intent and purpose should be backed by facts substantiated by documents which prove the bona fides of such intent.

6. Scope of FEMA: Once a person becomes non-resident under FEMA, such person’s foreign assets and foreign transactions are outside FEMA purview except in a few circumstances. However, such person’s assets and transactions in India would now come under the purview of FEMA. This can create issues in certain cases.

A common example of this is loans and advances between a Migrating Resident and his family members, companies, etc. On turning non-resident, the person generally does not realise that such fresh transactions can now be undertaken only as allowed under FEMA. A simple loan transaction can be a cause of unintended violations under FEMA — resolution for which is
generally not easy.

7. Existing Indian assets of migrating persons:

7.1 For a Migrating Resident, transacting with his or her own Indian assets after turning non-resident results in capital account transactions and, thus, can be undertaken only as permitted under FEMA. Section 6(5) of FEMA comes to the rescue in such a case. It allows a non-resident to continue holding Indian currency, Indian security or any immovable property situated in India if such currency, security or property was acquired, held or owned by such person when he or she was a
resident of India. In essence, Section 6(5) of FEMA allows non-residents to continue holding their Indian
assets which they acquired or owned when they were residents.

7.2 This also includes such assets or investments which cannot be otherwise owned or made by a non-resident. For instance, non-residents are not allowed to invest in an Indian company which is engaged in real estate trading. However, if a resident individual has invested in such a company and he later becomes a non-resident, he can continue holding such shares even after turning non-resident.

7.3 However, it should be noted that Section 6(5) permits only holding the existing assets. Any additional investment or transaction should conform with the FEMA provisions applicable to such non-residents.

Hence, if such an individual wants to make any further investment in the real estate trading company after turning a non-resident, he can do so only in compliance with FEMA. As investment by an NRI in an entity which undertakes real estate trading in India is not permitted under the NDI Rules14, such further investment would not be allowed even if the migrating person owned stake in such an entity before they turned non-resident.


14. Non-debt Instrument Rules, 2019

7.4 Further, incomes earned, or sale proceeds obtained, from such assets can be utilised only for purposes permissible to a non-resident. Thus, incomes earned by a non-resident from assets he held as a resident cannot be utilised, for instance, to invest in a real estate trading company in India. This is in contrast to Section 6(4) of FEMA which applies to Returning NRIs who are permitted to invest and utilise their incomes earned on their foreign assets covered under Section 6(4) or sale proceeds thereof without any approval from RBI even after they turn resident. This concept of Section 6(4) will be explained in detail in the second part of this article dealing with Returning NRIs.

7.5 Other assets: Section 6(5) of FEMA specifies only three assets: Indian currency, Indian security or any immovable property situated in India. A person would generally own several other assets. For instance, the person may have an interest in a partnership firm, LLP, AOPs or may own gold, jewellery, paintings, etc. There is no clarity provided in FEMA or its notifications and rules on continued holding of such other assets. However, as a practice, a person is eligible to continue holding all the Indian assets after turning non-resident which he owned or held as a resident. In fact, even the business of all entities can continue.

7.6 Repatriation of sale proceeds and incomes: On the migrating person turning non-resident, assets in India are considered to be held on a non-repatriable basis. That is, the sale proceeds obtained on transfer of such assets are not freely repatriable outside India. This is because transfer of an asset held in India by a non-resident is a capital account transaction and full remittance of sale proceeds of such assets covered under Section 6(5) is not specifically allowed.

However, separately, on turning non-resident, NRIs (including PIOs and OCI card holders) are allowed to remit up to USD 1 million per financial year from their funds lying in India15. It should be noted that such remittances can be only from one’s own funds. Remittances in excess of this limit would be only under approval route and there are low chances of the RBI providing any relief in such cases. Thus, in essence, a Migrating Resident would have limited repatriability as far as sale proceeds of their assets in India covered under Section 6(5) are concerned.


15. Regulation 4(2) of Foreign Exchange Management (Remittance of Assets) Regulations, 2016

Incomes generated from such investments, say dividend, interest, etc., can be freely repatriated from India without any limit as these are considered as they are current account transactions for which there are no limits on repatriation under FEMA for a non-resident.

7.7 Applicability of Section 6(5) of FEMA:

Section 6(5) of FEMA reads as under:

(5) A person resident outside India may hold, own, transfer or invest in Indian currency, security or any immovable property situated in India if such currency, security or property was acquired, held or owned by such person when he was resident in India or inherited from a person who was resident in India.

The first limb of Section 6(5) of FEMA allows non-residents to hold specified Indian assets which they owned or held as a resident. The second limb of Section 6(5) further allows the non-resident heir of such a migrating person also to inherit and hold such assets in India.

Thus, Section 6(5) allows both the Migrating Resident and his or her non-resident heirs to continue holding the Indian assets. It should be noted this provision covers only one level of inheritance, i.e., from the migrating person who has become non-resident to his non-resident heir. Later, if say the heir of such non-resident heir acquires such assets by way of inheritance, it is not covered under Section 6(5). The relevant notifications, rules, etc., under FEMA corresponding to the concerned assets need to be checked for the same. The permissibility for holding and inheritance under Section 6(5) can be summarised as follows:

An area of interpretation arises on a plain reading of the second limb of Section 6(5) which suggests that it covers inheritance by a non-resident heir only from a resident as the phrase reads as “a person who was resident in India”. However, the intention is to cover inheritance by a non-resident heir from another non-resident who had acquired the Indian assets when he was resident and later turned non-resident. Hence, if a non-resident acquires any asset in India by way of inheritance from a resident, the relevant notifications, rules, etc., under FEMA corresponding to the concerned assets need to be checked if they are permitted. For instance, if a non-resident is going to acquire an immovable property situated in India from a resident, it needs to be checked whether such inheritance is permitted under the NDI Rules16. Under Rule 24(c) of NDI Rules, an individual, who is non-resident, is permitted to acquire an immovable property situated in India by way of inheritance only if such person is an NRI or OCI cardholder. Hence, in this case, if the non-resident is an NRI or OCI cardholder, only then he is permitted to inherit an immovable property situated in India from a resident. This case will not be covered under Section 6(5).


16. Non-debt Instrument Rules, 2019

Apart from the general relief under Section 6(5) of FEMA, there are certain specific assets and transactions which are dealt with separately under the notifications as explained below.

7.8 Bank and Demat Accounts: Bank and demat accounts normally held by persons staying in India are Resident accounts. When a resident individual turns non-resident, he is required17 to designate all his bank and demat accounts to Non-Resident (Ordinary) account – NRO account. One must note that there is no specific procedure under FEMA for a person to claim or to even intimate to the authorities that they have turned non-resident on migrating abroad. Unlike OCI card, there is no NRI card. Further, there is no concept of a certificate under FEMA like a Tax Residency Certificate under ITA. The simplest manner this claim can be put forward is by designating their bank account as a Non-Resident (Ordinary) account (NRO) account. Thus, it is important that a Migrating Resident does not delay in designating their bank account as an NRO account. This becomes the primary account of the person for Indian transactions and investments. It should be noted that banks will ask for related documents which substantiate the change in residential status of the individual for designating the account as NRO. In fact, the redesignation of account as NRO is the most widely accepted recognition of a person as an NRI under FEMA, and therefore, it is important for the Migrating Resident to intimate his banker about the change of residential status.


17. Para 9(a) of Schedule III to FEMA Notification No. 5(R)/2016-RB. FEM (Deposit) Regulations, 2016.

Once the Migrating Resident becomes a non-resident as per FEMA, they are permitted to open different type of accounts like NRE account, FCNR account, etc., which provide permission to hold foreign currency in India, flexibility of making inward and outward remittances without limit or compliances, etc. Once a person becomes non-resident, he can take benefit of opening such accounts. (The provisions pertaining to the same will be dealt with in detail in the upcoming parts of this series of articles.)

7.9 Loans:

i. Loan taken by a Migrating Resident from bank: If a loan is taken by a resident from a bank and he later turns non-resident, the loan can be continued. This is subject to terms and conditions as specified by RBI, which have not been notified. However, in practice, banks are allowing non-residents to continue the loans taken by them when they were residents.

ii. Loan between resident individuals: Where a loan is given by one resident individual to another, FEMA would not apply. If the lender becomes a non-resident later, repayment of the same can be done by the resident borrower to the NRO account of the lender. There is no rule or provision in FEMA for a situation where the borrower becomes a non-resident. However, in such case, the borrower can repay the loan from his Indian or foreign funds. It should not be an issue.

7.10 Immovable properties: NRIs and OCIs are permitted to acquire immovable property in India, except agricultural land, farmhouse or plantation property18. However, what if a person owned such property as a resident and later turned non-resident. Section 6(5) covers any type of immovable property which was acquired or held as a resident. Hence, one can continue holding any immovable property after turning non-resident including agricultural land.


18. Rule 24(a) of FEM (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019

7.11 Insurance: Almost every Migrating Resident would have existing insurance contracts covering both life and medical risks. While there is no specific clarification on continuance of such policies, a Migrating Resident can take recourse to the Master Direction on Insurance19 which provides that for life insurance policies denominated in rupees issued to non-residents, funds held in NRO accounts can also be accepted towards payment of premiums apart from their other accounts. Settlement of claims on such life insurance policies will happen in foreign currency in proportion to the amount of premiums paid in foreign currency in relation to the total amount of premiums paid. Balance would only be in rupees by credit to the NRO account of the beneficiary. This would also apply in cases of death claims being settled in favour of residents outside India who are assignees or nominees on such policies.


19. FED Master Direction No. 9/ 2015-16 - last updated on 7th December, 2021

7.12 PPF account: Non-residents are not permitted to open PPF accounts. However, residents who hold PPF account and turn NRIs (and not OCIs) are permitted to deposit funds in the same and continue the account till its maturity on a non-repatriation basis.20 While extension is not permitted, as a practice, the account is permitted to be held after maturity but additional contributions are not allowed.


20. Notification GSR 585(E) issued by Ministry of Finance dated 25th July 2003.

7.13 Privately held investments: Migrating person who holds investments in entities like unlisted companies, LLPs, partnership firms, etc. should intimate such entities about change in residential status.

8. Remittance facilities for non-residents: The remittance facilities for non-residents are generally higher and more flexible than for residents. These will be dealt with in detail in the upcoming editions of the Journal. However, an important point pertaining to the year of migration is highlighted below.

The bank, broker, etc., should be intimated about the change in residential status. Once the resident accounts are designated as NRO, the remittance facilities available for non-residents can be utilised.

One must note that, conservatively, the remittance facilities are to be considered for a full financial year and hence cannot be utilised as applicable for residents as well as non-residents in the same financial year. For instance, let’s say, a resident individual has utilised the maximum LRS limit of USD 250,000 available to him. In the same year, he migrates abroad and wishes to remit USD 1 million as a non-resident under FEMA. However, since the person had already remitted USD 250,000 during the year, albeit as a resident, he cannot remit another USD 1 million after turning non-resident. He can remit only up to USD 750,000 during that year. From the next financial year, the person can remit up to USD 1 million per year.

9. Foreign assets directly held by Migrating Residents:

9.1 More and more residents today own assets abroad. Generally, a resident individual could be holding overseas investment by way of Overseas Direct Investment (ODI), Overseas Portfolio Investment (OPI) or an Immovable Property (IP) abroad as per the Overseas Investment Rules, 2022. Let us consider that such an individual migrates abroad. Does FEMA apply to these foreign assets after such person becomes a non-resident? There is no express provision in the law or any clarification from RBI regarding applicability of FEMA in such cases.

9.2 The general rule is that FEMA does not apply to the foreign assets and foreign transactions of a non-resident. Hence, prima facie, where an individual turns non-resident, his foreign assets are out of FEMA purview. Thus, foreign investments and foreign immovable property obtained under the LRS route would go out of the purview of FEMA once a person turns non-resident.

9.3 However, there is a grey area for investments made under the ODI route by resident individuals. This is because investments under the LRS-ODI route stand on a footing different from other foreign assets of resident individuals. Many Resident Individuals set up companies abroad under the LRS-ODI route21, establish their overseas business and then migrate abroad. What gets missed out is to determine whether FEMA continues to apply even after they have turned non-resident.


21 Route adopted for overseas direct investment by Resident Individuals as per Rule 13 of Overseas Investment Rules, 2022 or as per erstwhile Reg. 20A of FEM (Transfer or Issue Of Any Foreign Security) Regulations, 2004.

Under LRS-ODI route, the investment and disinvestment need to be done as per pricing guidelines; all incomes earned on the investment and the sale proceeds thereof need to be repatriated to India within 90 days; reporting of every investment or disinvestment is required, etc. It is not clear whether these disinvestment norms and reporting requirements continue to apply after the person turns non-resident.

It is understood that when an intimation is provided that all the residents owning the foreign entity under the LRS-ODI route have turned non-resident, the RBI suspends the associated UIN22 but does not cancel it. This is done so that there is no trigger from the system for filing of Annual Performance Report (APR). In case the Migrating Residents decide to return to India in future and turn resident again, the suspension on the UIN would be removed and compliance requirements would restart.


22. Unique Identification Number provided for each ODI investment.

Apart from the compliance requirements, there are other rules that apply to investments under the LRS-ODI Route like pricing guidelines, repatriation of incomes and disinvestment proceeds, reporting of modifications in the investment, etc. There is no clarity on whether these rules continue to apply to such overseas investments once the Migrating Resident turns non-resident. One view is that in such a case the Resident should follow the applicable ODI rules. This is because the facility provided for making investments abroad under ODI route is with the underlying purpose that incomes and gains earned on such foreign investments would be repatriated back to India as and when due. Another reason seems to be that when the investment is made under LRS-ODI, the individual has used foreign exchange reserves of India and therefore, he or she is required to give the account of use of such funds till the investment is divested and compliances are completed. The alternate view is that FEMA does not apply to a foreign asset held by a non-resident individual. Hence, no compliance with rules under FEMA is required. Both views can be considered valid. However, without any clarification under the law, one should seek clarification from the RBI and then proceed in the alternate case.

10. Overseas Direct Investment (ODI) made by Indian entities of Migrating Residents: One more common structure is where the Indian entities owned by resident individuals make ODI in foreign entities. Later, the individuals migrate abroad. Since they have turned non-residents, FEMA does not apply to such individuals. However, sometimes these non-residents also consider that their overseas entities are also free from FEMA provisions.

Hence, they enter into several transactions like borrowing funds from such foreign entity, directing such entity to undertake portfolio investments, utilise the funds lying in such entity for personal purposes of the shareholders or directors, etc. All such transactions are not permitted under the ODI guidelines. It should be noted that once an investment is made in a foreign entity under ODI route by an Indian entity, the ODI guidelines need to be followed by the foreign entity irrespective of the residential status of its ultimate beneficial owners. Such a foreign entity can only do the specified business for which it has been set up abroad. Thus, if such an entity enters into any transaction outside its business requirements, it would be considered as a violation under FEMA.

A.3. Change of citizenship — FEMA & Income-tax issues: Apart from change of residence, a few Migrating Residents also end up changing their citizenship. Such people obtain citizenship of foreign countries for varied reasons: to avail better opportunities in such countries; to avoid regular visa issues, for ease of entry in other countries, etc. Since India does not allow dual citizenship, such people need to revoke their Indian citizenship. Between 2018 to June 2023, close to 8,40,000 people renounced their Indian citizenship.23 Further, India has allowed such individuals access to a special class of benefits as an Overseas Citizen of India. Several benefits have been conferred to OCI cardholders under FEMA and are treated almost at par with NRIs (who are Indian citizens but non-resident of India). The concepts of PIO and OCI have been explained in detail in the March edition of the Journal. Further, Indian residents and those coming on a visit to India, who have obtained foreign citizenship, also need to keep certain issues in mind. These issues are highlighted below.


23. Answer by Ministry of External Affairs in Rajya Sabha to Question No. 2466 dated 10th August, 2023

11. OCI vs PIO card: It should be noted that the PIO scheme has been replaced with OCI scheme. Under the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019, Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019 and Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing & Lending) Regulations, 2018, only OCIs are recognised and not PIOs. Hence, this creates issues for borrowing and lending, investments in India, etc., if the individual, though of Indian origin, has not obtained an OCI card. An important point that may not miss the attention of PIOs is that inheritance of immovable properties and Indian securities is also permitted under these notifications only to OCI Cardholders and not PIOs. Most PIOs should be eligible for OCI status and hence, they should obtain OCI cards if they have, or will have, financial links with India.

12. Applicability of Section 6(1A) of the ITA: Section 6(1A) of the Income-tax Act which deems persons as Not Ordinarily Residents under certain circumstances applies only to Indian citizens. Hence, it does not apply to those who are not Indian citizens.

13. Leaving for the purpose of employment abroad: The benefit of leaving for employment outside India provided under Expl. 1(a) of Section 6(1)(c) is available only to Indian citizens. Hence, a person who is not an Indian citizen, cannot take this benefit.

14. Donations: Indian charitable trusts are not allowed to accept donations from foreign citizens unless they have obtained approval under the Foreign Contribution Regulation Act (FCRA). This prohibition is irrespective of whether the person is a PIO or an OCI. While it is a violation for the trust to accept the donation, even the donor should keep this in mind to not be a party to any contravention. At the same time, the FCRA prohibition does not apply to a non-resident who is a citizen of India. Hence, NRIs can continue to donate to Indian charitable trusts.

15. Citizenship-based taxation: In certain countries like the USA, the domestic tax laws have citizenship-based taxation whereby its citizens are taxed on their global incomes, irrespective of where they stay during the year. Even green card holders are taxed in a similar manner in the USA. Such persons when they return to India become dual residents on account of their physical stay in India and their foreign citizenship. Hence, such persons will be liable to tax on their global incomes both in India and the foreign country. Several issues of Double Tax and foreign tax credit arise in such cases and hence, proper planning is required.

16. Relief of disclosure of foreign assets: There is a limited and conditional relief from reporting of foreign assets under Schedule FA of the income-tax return forms for foreign citizens who have become tax residents while they are in India on a business, employment or student visa.

The above analysis intends to highlight the various issues that a Migrating Resident should be aware of. They should not be considered as a comprehensive list of issues that apply to a Migrating Resident. Issues relevant to “Returning NRIs” and other relevant but common issues of concern related to change of residence including inheritance tax, anti-avoidance rules under ITA, succession planning, documentation and record-keeping, etc., will be dealt with in the forthcoming issue of the Journal as Part II of this article.

१. || वयं पंचाधिकं शतम् || २. ||अति सर्वत्र वर्जयेत् ||

Both of these are proverbs in the true sense of the term. They are not a part of any shloka or verse. Let us see the meanings of both of them.

१. शास्त्रात् रूढिर्बलीयसी |

Shahstra means science or theory. Roodhi means custom. Actually, the original saying was Yogaat Roodhir Baleeyasee! Custom is stronger than law. Quite often, we use certain words in a particular sense. That is in common parlance. However, the true dictionary meaning, or etymological meaning is a little different. This true meaning is referred to as yoga. Therefore, the original saying was योगात् रूढिर्बलीयसी. Thus, even here, the roodhi (custom) has prevailed! Instead of ‘yogaat’ it has become ‘shastrat’ (शास्त्रात्).

Readers may be aware that one of the important sources of law is ‘custom’; the other sources being legislation, court made law, experts’ opinions, etc. HUF in tax laws is a familiar example for us. Roodhi also means ‘practice’ that is what is actually or practically done. Actual law or rule may be different. In a lighter vein, even ‘backdating’ of signatures is a ‘rule’ of the day! Quite often, law books are entitled as Income Tax Law and Practice.

In practice, we often deviate from what is ‘grammatically’ correct or necessary. Grammar is science or theory, but actual colloquial language is different. The deviation from grammar does not necessarily mean ‘incorrect.’

Sometimes, our sentiments get attached to a custom or tradition. Sometimes, a custom or tradition may have outlived its purpose or may even be proved as harmful. Still, it continues. Once, in a gurukul, a cat used to play around, when the class was going on under a tree. It distracted the attention of students. The Guru asked them to tie the cat to the tree nearby.

Thereafter, even if the cat did not come there, still the students started bringing it and tied it to the tree! In the course of time, the Guru, the disciples and the cat passed away. Still the tradition continued!

Similar is the case with preparing and eating traditional sweets on the occasion of festivals. In today’s times, people afford it every day. Eating those sweets may even be harmful to health. In short, the impact of roodhi is very strong.

However, for the progress of the society, it is advisable to examine or test roodhis / customs from the scientific perspectives. Just as the wrong custom of Sati Pratha was stopped by society, other wrong or unnecessary roodhis / customs should be stopped too. However, it is easier said than done. Roodhis / customs condition the mind. It is difficult to decondition the mind due to social pressure, fear, or habitual conduct, etc. One needs strong determination and courage to break unnecessary roodhis / customs and progress in life.

Readers can think of many such examples.

२. शिष्यादिच्छेत् पराजयम् |

Literally, it means, one should expect a defeat from one’s student or disciple. The full line reads as: –

सर्वत्र जयमन्विच्छेत् पुत्रात् शिष्यात् पराजयम्

One should always desire a victory in all walks of life. One should always wish to surpass others. One should always hope to have an edge over one’s competitors or rivals. The exception is that one should always desire a defeat from one’s son or one’s disciple.

That is a great message from our ancient Indian culture and thinking. This is reflected in गुरु-शिष्य परंपरा, the rich tradition of mentorship. The parent or mentor should put his heart to train the ward or pupil so well that the ward or pupil should surpass the parent or mentor. They should do better than the parent or the mentor.

The examples are in plenty. Arjuna surpassed his Guru Dronacharya. Swami Vivekananda did visibly better than Guru Ramakrishna Paramahamsa, and many sports persons, artists, performed much better than their coaches / Gurus. Such examples can also be found in fields like education, politics, profession, arts, literature, scientific research and so on.

Actually, that is the real success and greatness of the parent or the mentor. It applies to our own profession in respect of our articled trainees. We CAs are expected to guide our trainees in that manner and with that spirit!

Viksit Bharat – Professional Firms

Dear BCAS Family,

Friends, as the month of elections in the largest democracy of the world ends, the results are awaited. The present government advocated vigorously the vision for Viksit Bharat.

At a talk in Mumbai on the role of professionals in Viksit Bharat, our Hon Finance Minister Smt. Nirmala Sitaraman ji, mentioned that Viksit Bharat is not possible without the support of Chartered Accountants in Profession and Industry. India needs 2 big Indian firms of the size of the big fours in the near future. The government is ready to provide all the support needed and needs from all of us a strategy to make it happen. She also mentioned that talks are on with other nations regarding cross acceptance of professional degrees for practicing in other countries.

Revenue of the Big Four accounting/audit firms worldwide in 2023, by function.

  

Revenue of the Big Four accounting/audit firms worldwide in 2023, by geographical region

Number of employees of the Big Four accounting/audit firms worldwide in 2023

One common factor behind successful growth story of all these firms is various mergers and acquisitions of firms worldwide. Other factors which affect the growth and stability of the firms are:

a. Technology – Technology will play a very critical role like workflow management can improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the audits, creating secured client portals wherein client can upload all audit relevant data, data analytics tools, tools those enable continuous monitoring and auditing, cloud based tools for flexibility of working from anywhere, data protection tools and many more. By leveraging technology, CA firms can improve efficiency, enhance client service, ensure compliance, and ultimately drive growth.

b. Competent Employees – Competent employees are essential to a CA firm’s success. They ensure the delivery of high-quality services, enhance client satisfaction, drive innovation, and maintain compliance. By investing in the recruitment, structured training modules, and retention of skilled employees, CA firms can secure a competitive advantage and achieve sustained growth.

c. HR policies – HR policies are vital for the smooth operation and growth of a CA firm. They ensure legal compliance, promote fair treatment, attract and retain talent, and enhance operational efficiency. By fostering a positive work environment, supporting employee development, and managing risks, HR policies contribute significantly to the firm’s overall success and sustainability. Investing in comprehensive and well-structured HR policies is a strategic move that supports the firm’s build a strong, motivated workforce.

d. Continuous Skill Development: Presentation and pitching skills are essential for us to communicate effectively, win new clients, and advance their careers. By investing in developing these skills, we can enhance our professional image, build strong relationships with clients, and differentiate ourselves in a competitive market.

e. Firms audit manual – Audit manuals are vital for CA firms as they provide a structured, standardized approach to conducting audits. They ensure compliance, enhance efficiency, facilitate training, and help manage risks. By maintaining high-quality standards and promoting consistency, audit manuals contribute significantly to the firm’s reputation and success. Investing in comprehensive, up-to-date audit manuals is a strategic move that supports the firm’s long-term growth and stability.

f. Client servicing – Client servicing drives client retention, enhances reputation, fosters revenue growth, and builds trust. By prioritizing client needs, gathering feedback, and providing exceptional service, we can establish long-lasting relationships and a strong competitive advantage.

g. Geographical location – The geographical location of a CA firm plays a critical role in its operational efficiency, client relationships, talent acquisition, and overall growth. By strategically choosing a location that aligns with its business goals, client base, and operational needs, a CA firm can enhance its competitiveness and success. Whether it is proximity to clients, access to talent, or cost considerations, the right location can significantly impact the firm’s performance and reputation.

h. Diverse services offerings – Diverse service offerings are essential for a growth, stability, and competitive advantage. By meeting the varied needs of clients, creating multiple revenue streams, and enhancing client relationships, a firm can secure its position in the market. Investing in a broad range of services not only drives revenue growth but also fosters innovation, attracts top talent, and ensures resilience in a dynamic business environment.

i. Networking – Networking is a strategic tool for CA firms to expand their client base, stay informed about industry trends, and enhance their reputation. By actively participating in networking events around the world we can create opportunities for growth, innovation, and success.

j. Government and ICAI policies and framework: Forward-looking and open government and ICAI policies and frameworks are essential for the sustainable growth and development of the accounting profession. By allowing Indian CA firms to market their services and have investors could lead to positive outcomes if managed effectively. However, it is also essential to balance the benefits with the challenges and implement appropriate safeguards to protect clients, maintain professional standards, and uphold the integrity of the accounting profession.

k. Indian Industry trust: Indian industry trust and support is essential for Indian CA firms to compete effectively against the Big global accounting firms. By leveraging the client base, market presence, and expertise of Indian industries, CA firms can enhance their services, expand their reach, and establish themselves as trusted advisors in the Indian market. Collaboration between Indian industries and CA firms is key to mutual growth and success, driving innovation, competitiveness, and excellence in the accounting profession.

There are various other ways, models, suggestions and recommendations to support Indian firms grow. I would request the members in practice and industry in India and abroad to write back to me on president@bcasonline.org with your valuable inputs and support the drive for a Viksit Bharat professional.

“Coming together is a beginning; keeping together is progress; working together is success.” By Edward Everett Hale

Expectations from the New Government

The Summer heat and the heat of Elections, both are receding now. By the time this Journal is in your hands, one of the biggest and the longest festivals of Democracy in the world ­­— Elections in India — would have been over, and the new Government would have been elected by the people of India.

Climate change and current wars have contributed to the unprecedented heat this year. The solace is in the predictions of normal monsoon in India, which we all are eagerly awaiting. People also await and expect a lot from the newly elected Government at the Centre, especially when India is in its Amrit Kaal. A few of the significant expectations are listed below:

1. EASE OF MANUFACTURING AND DOING BUSINESS IN INDIA

India has travelled a long distance from the “license, permit, quota raj” to a liberalised economy. The country had inherited many archaic laws enacted by Britishers to control and stifle Indian entrepreneurship. Foreign Exchange crisis in 1990 turned into a boon as India perforce had to open up its economy. However, many archaic laws still continued and even today, we are far from the ease of doing business in India.

On 1st April, 2022, while answering a question in the Lok Sabha on identification and repeal of obsolete Provisions / Acts, the then Minister of Law and Justice Shri Kiren Rijiju answered as follows:

“The present Government had constituted a Two-Member Committee to identify the obsolete and redundant laws for repeal in 2014. The said Committee had examined and identified 1824 obsolete Acts (including 229 State Acts) for repeal and submitted the report to the Government. The said 229 State Acts have been forwarded to the respective State Governments for repeal. Thereafter, the Legislative Department took up the matter with the concerned Ministries/Departments of the Government to examine and review the Acts administered by them. So far 1486 obsolete and redundant laws have been repealed by the Government of India since 2014 till date.” (Emphasis supplied)
Out of 229 State Acts, only 75 State Acts have been repealed by the concerned State Governments till April 2022. Many of these Provisions / Acts impact doing business in India.

Acquisition of land is one of the biggest obstacles, besides the requirement of a host of permissions at the local, State and the Central level. Entrepreneurs fear the applicability of criminal laws to civil offences. Concrete action is required to decriminalise business laws to increase the ease of doing business and restore confidence of entrepreneurs. To illustrate, the manner of implementation of Income-tax and GST Acts leaves much to be desired. Businessmen are harassed and penalised for trivial offences or issues. The need of the hour is business-friendly laws and a taxpayer-friendly administration.

2. EASE OF LIVING IN INDIA — CITIZEN-CENTRIC ADMINISTRATION

The new Government should focus more on day-to-day issues concerning common people, especially middle class, to make their living easy and comfortable. One of the most irritating factors is multiple KYCs from multiple agencies. Bankers freeze customer’s accounts for want of KYC and put them in great difficulties, especially senior citizens who have to run from the pillar to post to release their funds. We are living in a country where every single day, one has to prove one’s identity, one’s aliveness and what not!

The second Administrative Reforms Commission was set up by the Government in 2005 under the chairmanship of Shri M. Veerappan Moily. It submitted the 12th Report on the “Citizen Centric Administration” in February 2009. The report1 is of 188 pages and contains wide recommendations in areas of Functions of Government; Citizens’ Charters; Citizens’ Participation in Administration; Decentralisation and Delegation; Grievance Redressal Mechanism; Consumer Protection; Special Institutional Mechanisms and Process Simplification, etc. This report may be revisited in the present context and suitable recommendations should be implemented.


1. https://darpg.gov.in/sites/default/files/ccadmin12.pdf

3. JUDICIAL REFORMS

There is a famous legal maxim that says, “Justice delayed is justice denied.” If this be true, then it is happening in India, day in and day out. Many a time, it takes generations to get a verdict from the Court. One of the impediments to attracting Foreign Investments in India is its slow legal system. Where ordinary citizens wait for years to get a hearing, influential politicians get urgent hearings. Our present judicial system is based on a British model and needs a complete overhaul / change to bring accountability and transparency in the judiciary including the manner of appointment of judges.

4. UNIFORM CIVIL CODE

“One Nation – One Flag – One Law.” India is a diverse country. And, therefore, it is imperative that we have a common thread binding all of us. If each segment of the diverse population is allowed to have its own laws, then there will be chaos. Almost all religions of the world are practised in India. Therefore, laws based on religion are strictly not desirable. If there is no common civil law, then there would be constant conflicts amongst various personal laws, as it is happening in India today. A few sections of the population will get preferential treatment, or favorable laws based on their religions, and that will further divide the population. All states in India should implement UCC in the right intent and spirit.

5. ONE NATION — ONE ELECTION

India has 28 States and 8 Union Territories. At any point of time, some or the other election is in progress. This impacts the normal functioning of the Government besides the huge cost of holding separate elections. Instead, if the Central and the State Government elections are held together then a lot of efforts, time and money can be saved. The Lok Sabha elections can also be advanced to winter instead of being held in the scorching summer. (Readers can refer to the detailed discussion on this topic in the May 2024 Editorial).

6. NEW EDUCATION SYSTEM

Acharya Devvrat, Governor of Gujarat, in February 2023 said that “the British education policy aimed to establish “psychological slavery” in India to sustain the colonial rule. He further added that on the recommendations of Lord Macaulay in 1835, the British ‘destroyed the Gurukul education system’ of India which was ‘deeply rooted in traditions to carve human beings’.” 2 (Emphasis supplied)


2. https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/ahmedabad/gujarat-governor-acharya-devvrat-british-education-system-psychological-slavery-india-8451691/

Unfortunately, the Britishers’ style of education to produce English-speaking officers and clerks continued in India for more than 70 years post-independence. Moreover, this education system contained certain distorted historic facts.

Fortunately, the new National Education Policy 2020 has been implemented with effect from the academic year 2023–24.3 It is claimed that the new National Education Policy is based on the pillars of Access, Equity, Quality, Affordability and Accountability. It aims to make both school and college education more holistic, multidisciplinary and flexible.


3. https://www.learningroutes.in/blog/new-education-policy-2021-things-you-need-to-know

Hopefully, this will put an end to British-era style education system and take India to the path of a developed nation.

7. OTHER EXPECTATIONS

Well, the list of expectations is very long. However, some other important areas that need attention of the new Government are as follows:

Linking of Voter’s ID with Aadhaar to remove bogus voters, Civil Services Reforms, review of Pensions to MPs and MLAs, strict actions against defaulter contractors jeopardising public life, empowering genuine NGOs rendering great social services, revamping Indian Trust Act and simplifying provisions concerning Charitable Trusts under the Income-tax Act, 1961, etc.

The entire world is passing through a turbulent time and therefore, a stable Government at the centre with a strong majority is the need of the hour. Let us hope that Indian voters will elect a strong Government, which will carry out judicial reforms, accelerate the growth engine of India, reduce inequality, provide relief to the large middle class population and ensure social justice.

Wish you a good monsoon post scorching summer!

Underlying tax credit Concept and its significance

 

1. Overview :

 

The taxation of dividends has its origin in the classical
system of taxation, which in fact taxes corporate profit twice: once at the
company level and again at the shareholder level where the company’s profits
after tax are distributed by way of dividend to its shareholders. This is known
as economic double taxation as distinct from juridical double taxation. In
simple words, economic double taxation means double taxation of the same items
of economic income in the hands of different taxpayers.

 

 

From a tax policy perspective, economic double taxation
distorts investment decision making, and therefore the optimally efficient
allocation of resources, by inducing tax payers to invest by means of channel
that provides the best after-tax return, rather than by means of the most
appropriate commercial route to achieve the best pre-tax return.

 

 

2. Meaning of underlying Tax Credit :

 

Underlying tax credit relieves the economic double taxation
on foreign dividend income. The underlying tax credit is given for the pro-rata
share of the corporate tax paid by the foreign dividend distributing company. It
is computed as percentage of the corporate tax paid by the company that the
gross dividend distribution bears to the after-tax profits. The net dividend
received plus the withholding tax, if any, is taken as percentage of the related
after-tax profits of the paying company and multiplied by the corporate tax
paid. Dividend is grossed up by the underlying tax credit to compute the foreign
income subject to tax in home country. The ordinary credit limitation is applied
on the grossed-up dividend.

 

 

The underlying tax (or indirect) credit system on foreign
dividends is found in several countries under their domestic laws or tax
treaties. These countries include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Canada,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malta,
Mauritius, Mexico, Namibia, Nigeria, Singapore, Spain, Poland, the UK and the
US. It typically only applies if :

 

  • The shareholder has a significant shareholding in the dividend distributing
    company (e.g. in the UK, 10% is needed), and

 

  • The shareholder is a company.

 

  

Upon receipt of a dividend by the shareholder, the pre-tax
income of the distributing company is included as a taxable income. The
shareholder jurisdiction’s normal rate of company tax is then applied, but the
resulting tax (mainstream tax) is reduced by the company tax paid by the
dividend distributing company (i.e., reduced by the underlying tax). If
the underlying tax exceeds the amount of mainstream tax then there will be no
further tax to pay by the shareholder, who will, thus, receive tax-free
dividends.

 

 

The result is that the group will always pay the higher of
the two taxes — the dividend distributing company tax or the shareholder country
tax.

 

 

It is referred to as underlying tax credit because credit is
given for the tax paid in the underlying entity. It is also referred to as the
‘Indirect tax credit’ method because shareholder receives credit for tax which
it has only paid indirectly. In the U.S. Internal Revenue Code the same is
referred to a ‘Deemed paid credit’. The concept of ‘Imputation Credit’ is almost
similar to underlying tax credit.

 

 

In addition, most jurisdictions provide for a tax credit to
the parent company for the foreign tax paid by the subsidiary when its
undistributed income is attributed under the Controlled Foreign Corporation
Rules. In this article the focus is on underlying tax credit in respect of
dividend income.

 

 

3. Example of the underlying tax credit :

 

Company X is a resident of the UK and owns 60% share capital
of Company Y, a resident in India. Tax rate in India is assumed to be 34% and
tax rate in the UK is assumed to be 28%. Company X has no other taxable income
in the UK.

Since the dividends may be paid out of both current and past profits, domestic law or practice generally provides the ‘ordering rules’. These rules relate the dividends to the relevant post-tax profit out of which the distribution has been made and the creditable tax is determined by the effective tax rate imposed on those profits. In the US, the dividends are deemed to be distributed from a pool of retained profits and the underlying foreign tax is the average effective tax rate.

The computation is also affected by the exchange rate used to translate the creditable foreign tax. It could be either the rate prevailing at the time of payment of the foreign tax (historical rate), or the rate when the dividend was distributed (current rate). The US law requires that the foreign tax be translated at the historical rate, while the United Kingdom generally applies the current rate.

4. Underlying tax credit in respect of taxes paid by the lower tier companies:

In the context of International business structuring, it is quite common for the Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) to structure their business operations in various countries by way of creating various subsidiaries  of the same parent  company and to have further downward subsidiary companies of its subsidiary companies, to achieve their business objective in most efficient and profitable manner. The subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of the subsidiary companies are commonly referred to as ‘lower tier companies’.

Many countries allow the underlying tax credit computation to include taxes paid by lower tier companies. For example, Australia, Ireland, Mauritius, South Africa, and the UK allow the credit for taxes suffered by all lower tier companies, provided prescribed minimum equity or voting rights are maintained at each tier. Similarly Argentina, Japan and Norway permit the underlying tax credit upto two tiers of subsidiaries, Spain gives the underlying tax credit for taxes paid upto three tiers and the United States grants them upto 6 tiers, of qualifying foreign subsidiaries.

Thus, for example, a UK parent company investing in a Mauritian subsidiary, which in turn invests in its Indian subsidiary, subject to fulfillment of the shareholding percentage and other relevant conditions and compliance with regulations, would be eligible to take credit of underlying corporate taxes paid by the Indian subsidiary, to the extent of dividends paid by Indian Company, which are forming part of the dividends paid by the Mauritian Company, against the tax payable in respect of dividends received by the UK Company in UK.

5. Significance of underlying tax credit :

Foreign tax credit planning plays a major role in structuring investments in a foreign tax jurisdiction, in case of various multi-nationals based in jurisdictions such as the UK, the US and Ireland etc., where the credit system predominates and where the underlying tax credit is given. India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) with ten countries contains the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a company resident of India. Similarly India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore contain the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a Mauritian or Singaporean company.

In respect of planning  for all inbound  investment into India, from the countries  where the respective DTAAs with India/ domestic law contain the underlying tax credit provisions,  it is very important  to keep  in mind  the  exact  operation   of respective -1 underlying  tax credit  provisions  in the DTAAs/ domestic  law, to arrive  at the net tax cost of the MNE/Group  in respect  of dividend  income.  This will facilitate a proper decision-making in respect of investments into India. However, it is important to note that a detailed knowledge of the domestic law provisions of the underlying tax credit in the respective jurisdictions is of utmost importance. Therefore, wherever required, the services of the local consultants/tax experts may be utilised to know the law and practice in respect of exact operations of the underlying tax credit provisions.

In respect of outbound investments also, a proper consideration of the underlying tax credit would be of great help in properly arriving at the actual net tax cost of the enterprise/ group in respect of dividends and thus making the right investment decisions.

6. Underlying tax credit under Indian Scenario:

India does not have any domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit. However, as mentioned above, India’s DTAAs with ten countries contain the provisions relating to underlying tax credit. The relevant provisions relating to underlying tax credit contained in various articles are given below for ready reference:

In most of the above mentioned DTAAs, the definition of the term ‘Indian tax payable’ include provisions relating to tax sparing for the ordinary tax credit. However, in respect of DTAA with Ireland, the provisions relating to tax sparing are includible only in respect of clause relating to underlying tax credit.

It is interesting to note that in case of India’s DTAAs with 9 counties (except Singapore), the relevant provisions of the Articles mention about the under-lying tax credit where a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a company which is a resident of the other state. However, in case of Singapore in Article 25(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA, it is mentioned that a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a resident of Singapore. Thus apparently, in case of Singapore underlying tax credit would be available even if the shares in Indian company are not held by any Singaporean Company but are held by any other resident of Singapore.

7. Domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit in some of the important jurisdictions:

(a) Mauritius:

Provisions relating to underlying foreign tax credit are contained in Regulation 7 of the Income-tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations, 1996. These regulations have been made by the Ministry u/s.77 and u/s.161 of the Income-tax Act, 1995.

(b)  Credit  for underlying taxes

As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

(c) United States:

The provisions relating to underlying tax credit referred to in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as ‘Deemed Paid Credit’ are contained in section 78 and 902 of the Code.

8. OECD Commentary:
Paras 49 to 54 and para 69 of the commentary on Articles 23A & 23B summarise the OECD approach towards tax credit in respect of dividends from substantial holdings by a company. It recognises that recurrent corporate taxation on the profits distributed to parent company: first at the level of subsidiary and again at the level of the parent company, creates very important obstacle to the development of international investments. Many states have recognised this and have inserted in the domestic laws provisions designed to avoid these obstacles. Moreover, provisions to this end are frequently inserted in double taxation conventions. In view of the diverse opinions of the states and the variety of the possible solutions, it preferred to leave the states free to choose their own solution to the problem. For states preferring to solve the problem in their conventions, the solutions would most frequently follow one of the principles i.e. credit for underlying taxes.

Paragraph 52 of OECD Commentary on Article 23A & 23B mentions as under:

“(b) Credit for underlying taxes
As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

9. Dividend Distribution Tax:

It is important to note that the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by the Indian company u/s.115-0 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 may not be the same as “the Indian tax payable by the company in respect of the profits out of which such dividend is paid” as used in relevant articles of the various DTAAs mentioned above containing underlying tax credit provisions. Whether the DDT will be available as ordinary tax credit, is an issue not free from doubt and litigation. We have been given to understand that U.S. allows credit for DDT in USA under the provisions of S. 904 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly, we understand that Mauritian authorities have issued a circular clarifying that DDT credit would be available in Mauritius.

10. Conclusion:
From the above, it is evident that the concept of underlying tax credit is very important in mitigating the economic double taxation of dividends paid to companies. This is equally important in planning both inbound and outbound investments. However, in view of the complexities, one will have to carefully understand the provisions of the domestic laws of the applicable foreign tax jurisdictions and treaties before applying the same.

Bibliography:
1. Basic International Taxation, Second edition, Volume-l : Principles, by Roy Rohatgi, Chapter 4, Para 8.4.3 page 281.

2. International Tax Policy and Double Tax Treaties – An introduction to Principles and Application by Kevin Holmes. Chapter 2, page 37 to 38.

3. Interpretation and Application of Tax Treaties, by Ned Shelton. Chapter 2, Para 2.52, page 101.

 

Underlying tax credit — Concept and its significance

International Taxation

1. Overview :


The taxation of dividends has its origin in the classical
system of taxation, which in fact taxes corporate profit twice: once at the
company level and again at the shareholder level where the company’s profits
after tax are distributed by way of dividend to its shareholders. This is known
as economic double taxation as distinct from juridical double taxation. In
simple words, economic double taxation means double taxation of the same items
of economic income in the hands of different taxpayers.

From a tax policy perspective, economic double taxation
distorts investment decision making, and therefore the optimally efficient
allocation of resources, by inducing tax payers to invest by means of channel
that provides the best after-tax return, rather than by means of the most
appropriate commercial route to achieve the best pre-tax return.

2. Meaning of underlying Tax Credit :


Underlying tax credit relieves the economic double taxation
on foreign dividend income. The underlying tax credit is given for the pro-rata
share of the corporate tax paid by the foreign dividend distributing company. It
is computed as percentage of the corporate tax paid by the company that the
gross dividend distribution bears to the after-tax profits. The net dividend
received plus the withholding tax, if any, is taken as percentage of the related
after-tax profits of the paying company and multiplied by the corporate tax
paid. Dividend is grossed up by the underlying tax credit to compute the foreign
income subject to tax in home country. The ordinary credit limitation is applied
on the grossed-up dividend.

The underlying tax (or indirect) credit system on foreign
dividends is found in several countries under their domestic laws or tax
treaties. These countries include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Canada,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malta,
Mauritius, Mexico, Namibia, Nigeria, Singapore, Spain, Poland, the UK and the
US. It typically only applies if :

  • The shareholder has a significant shareholding in the dividend distributing
    company (e.g. in the UK, 10% is needed), and


  • The shareholder is a company.




Upon receipt of a dividend by the shareholder, the pre-tax
income of the distributing company is included as a taxable income. The
shareholder jurisdiction’s normal rate of company tax is then applied, but the
resulting tax (mainstream tax) is reduced by the company tax paid by the
dividend distributing company (i.e., reduced by the underlying tax). If
the underlying tax exceeds the amount of mainstream tax then there will be no
further tax to pay by the shareholder, who will, thus, receive tax-free
dividends.

The result is that the group will always pay the higher of
the two taxes — the dividend distributing company tax or the shareholder country
tax.

It is referred to as underlying tax credit because credit is
given for the tax paid in the underlying entity. It is also referred to as the
‘Indirect tax credit’ method because shareholder receives credit for tax which
it has only paid indirectly. In the U.S. Internal Revenue Code the same is
referred to a ‘Deemed paid credit’. The concept of ‘Imputation Credit’ is almost
similar to underlying tax credit.

In addition, most jurisdictions provide for a tax credit to
the parent company for the foreign tax paid by the subsidiary when its
undistributed income is attributed under the Controlled Foreign Corporation
Rules. In this article the focus is on underlying tax credit in respect of
dividend income.

3. Example of the underlying tax credit :


Company X is a resident of the UK and owns 60% share capital
of Company Y, a resident in India. Tax rate in India is assumed to be 34% and
tax rate in the UK is assumed to be 28%. Company X has no other taxable income
in the UK.

Since the dividends may be paid out of both current and past profits, domestic law or practice generally provides the ‘ordering rules’. These rules relate the dividends to the relevant post-tax profit out of which the distribution has been made and the creditable tax is determined by the effective tax rate imposed on those profits. In the US, the dividends are deemed to be distributed from a pool of retained profits and the underlying foreign tax is the average effective tax rate.

The computation is also affected by the exchange rate used to translate the creditable foreign tax. It could be either the rate prevailing at the time of payment of the foreign tax (historical rate), or the rate when the dividend was distributed (current rate). The US law requires that the foreign tax be translated at the historical rate, while the United Kingdom generally applies the current rate.

4. Underlying tax credit in respect of taxes paid by the lower tier companies:

In the context of International business structuring, it is quite common for the Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) to structure their business operations in various countries by way of creating various subsidiaries  of the same parent  company and to have further downward subsidiary companies of its subsidiary companies, to achieve their business objective in most efficient and profitable manner. The subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of the subsidiary companies are commonly referred to as ‘lower tier companies’.

Many countries allow the underlying tax credit computation to include taxes paid by lower tier companies. For example, Australia, Ireland, Mauritius, South Africa, and the UK allow the credit for taxes suffered by all lower tier companies, provided prescribed minimum equity or voting rights are maintained at each tier. Similarly Argentina, Japan and Norway permit the underlying tax credit upto two tiers of subsidiaries, Spain gives the underlying tax credit for taxes paid upto three tiers and the United States grants them upto 6 tiers, of qualifying foreign subsidiaries.

Thus, for example, a UK parent company investing in a Mauritian subsidiary, which in turn invests in its Indian subsidiary, subject to fulfillment of the shareholding percentage and other relevant conditions and compliance with regulations, would be eligible to take credit of underlying corporate taxes paid by the Indian subsidiary, to the extent of dividends paid by Indian Company, which are forming part of the dividends paid by the Mauritian Company, against the tax payable in respect of dividends received by the UK Company in UK.

5. Significance of underlying tax credit :

Foreign tax credit planning plays a major role in structuring investments in a foreign tax jurisdiction, in case of various multi-nationals based in jurisdictions such as the UK, the US and Ireland etc., where the credit system predominates and where the underlying tax credit is given. India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) with ten countries contains the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a company resident of India. Similarly India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore contain the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a Mauritian or Singaporean company.

In respect of planning  for all inbound  investment into India, from the countries  where the respective DTAAs with India/ domestic law contain the underlying tax credit provisions,  it is very important  to keep  in mind  the  exact  operation   of respective -1 underlying  tax credit  provisions  in the DTAAs/ domestic  law, to arrive  at the net tax cost of the MNE/Group  in respect  of dividend  income.  This will facilitate a proper decision-making in respect of investments into India. However, it is important to note that a detailed knowledge of the domestic law provisions of the underlying tax credit in the respective jurisdictions is of utmost importance. Therefore, wherever required, the services of the local consultants/tax experts may be utilised to know the law and practice in respect of exact operations of the underlying tax credit provisions.

In respect of outbound investments also, a proper consideration of the underlying tax credit would be of great help in properly arriving at the actual net tax cost of the enterprise/ group in respect of dividends and thus making the right investment decisions.

6. Underlying tax credit under Indian Scenario:

India does not have any domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit. However, as mentioned above, India’s DTAAs with ten countries contain the provisions relating to underlying tax credit. The relevant provisions relating to underlying tax credit contained in various articles are given below for ready reference:

In most of the above mentioned DTAAs, the definition of the term ‘Indian tax payable’ include provisions relating to tax sparing for the ordinary tax credit. However, in respect of DTAA with Ireland, the provisions relating to tax sparing are includible only in respect of clause relating to underlying tax credit.

It is interesting to note that in case of India’s DTAAs with 9 counties (except Singapore), the relevant provisions of the Articles mention about the under-lying tax credit where a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a company which is a resident of the other state. However, in case of Singapore in Article 25(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA, it is mentioned that a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a resident of Singapore. Thus apparently, in case of Singapore underlying tax credit would be available even if the shares in Indian company are not held by any Singaporean Company but are held by any other resident of Singapore.

7. Domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit in some of the important jurisdictions:

(a) Mauritius:

Provisions relating to underlying foreign tax credit are contained in Regulation 7 of the Income-tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations, 1996. These regulations have been made by the Ministry u/s.77 and u/s.161 of the Income-tax Act, 1995.
 

(b)  Credit  for underlying taxes

As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

(c) United States:

The provisions relating to underlying tax credit referred to in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as ‘Deemed Paid Credit’ are contained in section 78 and 902 of the Code.

8. OECD Commentary:
Paras 49 to 54 and para 69 of the commentary on Articles 23A & 23B summarise the OECD approach towards tax credit in respect of dividends from substantial holdings by a company. It recognises that recurrent corporate taxation on the profits distributed to parent company: first at the level of subsidiary and again at the level of the parent company, creates very important obstacle to the development of international investments. Many states have recognised this and have inserted in the domestic laws provisions designed to avoid these obstacles. Moreover, provisions to this end are frequently inserted in double taxation conventions. In view of the diverse opinions of the states and the variety of the possible solutions, it preferred to leave the states free to choose their own solution to the problem. For states preferring to solve the problem in their conventions, the solutions would most frequently follow one of the principles i.e. credit for underlying taxes.

Paragraph 52 of OECD Commentary on Article 23A & 23B mentions as under:

“(b) Credit for underlying taxes
As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

9. Dividend Distribution Tax:

It is important to note that the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by the Indian company u/s.115-0 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 may not be the same as “the Indian tax payable by the company in respect of the profits out of which such dividend is paid” as used in relevant articles of the various DTAAs mentioned above containing underlying tax credit provisions. Whether the DDT will be available as ordinary tax credit, is an issue not free from doubt and litigation. We have been given to understand that U.S. allows credit for DDT in USA under the provisions of S. 904 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly, we understand that Mauritian authorities have issued a circular clarifying that DDT credit would be available in Mauritius.

10. Conclusion:
From the above, it is evident that the concept of underlying tax credit is very important in mitigating the economic double taxation of dividends paid to companies. This is equally important in planning both inbound and outbound investments. However, in view of the complexities, one will have to carefully understand the provisions of the domestic laws of the applicable foreign tax jurisdictions and treaties before applying the same.

Bibliography:
1. Basic International Taxation, Second edition, Volume-l : Principles, by Roy Rohatgi, Chapter 4, Para 8.4.3 page 281.

2. International Tax Policy and Double Tax Treaties – An introduction to Principles and Application by Kevin Holmes. Chapter 2, page 37 to 38.

3. Interpretation and Application of Tax Treaties, by Ned Shelton. Chapter 2, Para 2.52, page 101.

Underlying tax credit — Concept and its significance

International Taxation

1. Overview :


The taxation of dividends has its origin in the classical
system of taxation, which in fact taxes corporate profit twice: once at the
company level and again at the shareholder level where the company’s profits
after tax are distributed by way of dividend to its shareholders. This is known
as economic double taxation as distinct from juridical double taxation. In
simple words, economic double taxation means double taxation of the same items
of economic income in the hands of different taxpayers.

From a tax policy perspective, economic double taxation
distorts investment decision making, and therefore the optimally efficient
allocation of resources, by inducing tax payers to invest by means of channel
that provides the best after-tax return, rather than by means of the most
appropriate commercial route to achieve the best pre-tax return.

2. Meaning of underlying Tax Credit :


Underlying tax credit relieves the economic double taxation
on foreign dividend income. The underlying tax credit is given for the pro-rata
share of the corporate tax paid by the foreign dividend distributing company. It
is computed as percentage of the corporate tax paid by the company that the
gross dividend distribution bears to the after-tax profits. The net dividend
received plus the withholding tax, if any, is taken as percentage of the related
after-tax profits of the paying company and multiplied by the corporate tax
paid. Dividend is grossed up by the underlying tax credit to compute the foreign
income subject to tax in home country. The ordinary credit limitation is applied
on the grossed-up dividend.

The underlying tax (or indirect) credit system on foreign
dividends is found in several countries under their domestic laws or tax
treaties. These countries include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Canada,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malta,
Mauritius, Mexico, Namibia, Nigeria, Singapore, Spain, Poland, the UK and the
US. It typically only applies if :

  • The shareholder has a significant shareholding in the dividend distributing
    company (e.g. in the UK, 10% is needed), and


  • The shareholder is a company.




Upon receipt of a dividend by the shareholder, the pre-tax
income of the distributing company is included as a taxable income. The
shareholder jurisdiction’s normal rate of company tax is then applied, but the
resulting tax (mainstream tax) is reduced by the company tax paid by the
dividend distributing company (i.e., reduced by the underlying tax). If
the underlying tax exceeds the amount of mainstream tax then there will be no
further tax to pay by the shareholder, who will, thus, receive tax-free
dividends.

The result is that the group will always pay the higher of
the two taxes — the dividend distributing company tax or the shareholder country
tax.

It is referred to as underlying tax credit because credit is
given for the tax paid in the underlying entity. It is also referred to as the
‘Indirect tax credit’ method because shareholder receives credit for tax which
it has only paid indirectly. In the U.S. Internal Revenue Code the same is
referred to a ‘Deemed paid credit’. The concept of ‘Imputation Credit’ is almost
similar to underlying tax credit.

In addition, most jurisdictions provide for a tax credit to
the parent company for the foreign tax paid by the subsidiary when its
undistributed income is attributed under the Controlled Foreign Corporation
Rules. In this article the focus is on underlying tax credit in respect of
dividend income.

3. Example of the underlying tax credit :


Company X is a resident of the UK and owns 60% share capital
of Company Y, a resident in India. Tax rate in India is assumed to be 34% and
tax rate in the UK is assumed to be 28%. Company X has no other taxable income
in the UK.

Since the dividends may be paid out of both current and past profits, domestic law or practice generally provides the ‘ordering rules’. These rules relate the dividends to the relevant post-tax profit out of which the distribution has been made and the creditable tax is determined by the effective tax rate imposed on those profits. In the US, the dividends are deemed to be distributed from a pool of retained profits and the underlying foreign tax is the average effective tax rate.

The computation is also affected by the exchange rate used to translate the creditable foreign tax. It could be either the rate prevailing at the time of payment of the foreign tax (historical rate), or the rate when the dividend was distributed (current rate). The US law requires that the foreign tax be translated at the historical rate, while the United Kingdom generally applies the current rate.

4. Underlying tax credit in respect of taxes paid by the lower tier companies:

In the context of International business structuring, it is quite common for the Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) to structure their business operations in various countries by way of creating various subsidiaries  of the same parent  company and to have further downward subsidiary companies of its subsidiary companies, to achieve their business objective in most efficient and profitable manner. The subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of the subsidiary companies are commonly referred to as ‘lower tier companies’.

Many countries allow the underlying tax credit computation to include taxes paid by lower tier companies. For example, Australia, Ireland, Mauritius, South Africa, and the UK allow the credit for taxes suffered by all lower tier companies, provided prescribed minimum equity or voting rights are maintained at each tier. Similarly Argentina, Japan and Norway permit the underlying tax credit upto two tiers of subsidiaries, Spain gives the underlying tax credit for taxes paid upto three tiers and the United States grants them upto 6 tiers, of qualifying foreign subsidiaries.

Thus, for example, a UK parent company investing in a Mauritian subsidiary, which in turn invests in its Indian subsidiary, subject to fulfillment of the shareholding percentage and other relevant conditions and compliance with regulations, would be eligible to take credit of underlying corporate taxes paid by the Indian subsidiary, to the extent of dividends paid by Indian Company, which are forming part of the dividends paid by the Mauritian Company, against the tax payable in respect of dividends received by the UK Company in UK.

5. Significance of underlying tax credit :

Foreign tax credit planning plays a major role in structuring investments in a foreign tax jurisdiction, in case of various multi-nationals based in jurisdictions such as the UK, the US and Ireland etc., where the credit system predominates and where the underlying tax credit is given. India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) with ten countries contains the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a company resident of India. Similarly India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore contain the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a Mauritian or Singaporean company.

In respect of planning  for all inbound  investment into India, from the countries  where the respective DTAAs with India/ domestic law contain the underlying tax credit provisions,  it is very important  to keep  in mind  the  exact  operation   of respective -1 underlying  tax credit  provisions  in the DTAAs/ domestic  law, to arrive  at the net tax cost of the MNE/Group  in respect  of dividend  income.  This will facilitate a proper decision-making in respect of investments into India. However, it is important to note that a detailed knowledge of the domestic law provisions of the underlying tax credit in the respective jurisdictions is of utmost importance. Therefore, wherever required, the services of the local consultants/tax experts may be utilised to know the law and practice in respect of exact operations of the underlying tax credit provisions.

In respect of outbound investments also, a proper consideration of the underlying tax credit would be of great help in properly arriving at the actual net tax cost of the enterprise/ group in respect of dividends and thus making the right investment decisions.

6. Underlying tax credit under Indian Scenario:

India does not have any domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit. However, as mentioned above, India’s DTAAs with ten countries contain the provisions relating to underlying tax credit. The relevant provisions relating to underlying tax credit contained in various articles are given below for ready reference:

In most of the above mentioned DTAAs, the definition of the term ‘Indian tax payable’ include provisions relating to tax sparing for the ordinary tax credit. However, in respect of DTAA with Ireland, the provisions relating to tax sparing are includible only in respect of clause relating to underlying tax credit.

It is interesting to note that in case of India’s DTAAs with 9 counties (except Singapore), the relevant provisions of the Articles mention about the under-lying tax credit where a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a company which is a resident of the other state. However, in case of Singapore in Article 25(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA, it is mentioned that a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a resident of Singapore. Thus apparently, in case of Singapore underlying tax credit would be available even if the shares in Indian company are not held by any Singaporean Company but are held by any other resident of Singapore.

7. Domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit in some of the important jurisdictions:

(a) Mauritius:

Provisions relating to underlying foreign tax credit are contained in Regulation 7 of the Income-tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations, 1996. These regulations have been made by the Ministry u/s.77 and u/s.161 of the Income-tax Act, 1995.
 

(b)  Credit  for underlying taxes

As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

(c) United States:

The provisions relating to underlying tax credit referred to in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as ‘Deemed Paid Credit’ are contained in section 78 and 902 of the Code.

8. OECD Commentary:
Paras 49 to 54 and para 69 of the commentary on Articles 23A & 23B summarise the OECD approach towards tax credit in respect of dividends from substantial holdings by a company. It recognises that recurrent corporate taxation on the profits distributed to parent company: first at the level of subsidiary and again at the level of the parent company, creates very important obstacle to the development of international investments. Many states have recognised this and have inserted in the domestic laws provisions designed to avoid these obstacles. Moreover, provisions to this end are frequently inserted in double taxation conventions. In view of the diverse opinions of the states and the variety of the possible solutions, it preferred to leave the states free to choose their own solution to the problem. For states preferring to solve the problem in their conventions, the solutions would most frequently follow one of the principles i.e. credit for underlying taxes.

Paragraph 52 of OECD Commentary on Article 23A & 23B mentions as under:

“(b) Credit for underlying taxes
As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

9. Dividend Distribution Tax:

It is important to note that the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by the Indian company u/s.115-0 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 may not be the same as “the Indian tax payable by the company in respect of the profits out of which such dividend is paid” as used in relevant articles of the various DTAAs mentioned above containing underlying tax credit provisions. Whether the DDT will be available as ordinary tax credit, is an issue not free from doubt and litigation. We have been given to understand that U.S. allows credit for DDT in USA under the provisions of S. 904 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly, we understand that Mauritian authorities have issued a circular clarifying that DDT credit would be available in Mauritius.

10. Conclusion:
From the above, it is evident that the concept of underlying tax credit is very important in mitigating the economic double taxation of dividends paid to companies. This is equally important in planning both inbound and outbound investments. However, in view of the complexities, one will have to carefully understand the provisions of the domestic laws of the applicable foreign tax jurisdictions and treaties before applying the same.

Bibliography:
1. Basic International Taxation, Second edition, Volume-l : Principles, by Roy Rohatgi, Chapter 4, Para 8.4.3 page 281.

2. International Tax Policy and Double Tax Treaties – An introduction to Principles and Application by Kevin Holmes. Chapter 2, page 37 to 38.

3. Interpretation and Application of Tax Treaties, by Ned Shelton. Chapter 2, Para 2.52, page 101.

Society News

fiogf49gjkf0d
Sixth Intensive Study Course on Transfer Pricing held from 6th February to 2nd April 2016 (All Saturdays), at IMC Churchgate Mumbai

The Sixth Intensive Study Course on Transfer Pricing was successfully conducted by International Taxation Committee, from 6th February, 2016 to 2nd April, 2016 (on Saturdays). A total of 32 sessions were held on the subject of Transfer Pricing addressing the key updates, issues and challenges, Dispute Redressal Mechanism, Base Erosion Profit Shifting etc. Each session was followed by Question and Answer session for the benefit of the attendees.

The following key issues were discussed in the study course:-
1) More and More Complex Regulation
2) Business Restructuring & Exit Charges
3) Dissatisfaction with profit based methods
4) More audits, disputes and litigation
5) Increased onus on Taxpayers
6) Scope of Regulation Expanding
7) Aggressive practices by Tax Authorities
8) Location specific advantages related to Transfer Pricing

In all 49 participants attended the course. As per the feedback received from participants, the course was highly appreciated and well received by them.

3rd Youth RRC (Residential Refresher Course) held from 17th April to 19th April 2016 at Igatpuri

The 3rd Youth RRC was organized by BCAS under the Membership and Public Relations (MPR) Committee jointly with The Chamber of Tax Consultants at Igatpuri, a quaint town near Mumbai, mostly known for trekking, hiking and also for the soulful Vipassana Centre.

The inspiration of this year’s YRRC was the growing Start-Up culture in India and also the Start Up India initiatives taken by the Indian Government. The theme of the YRRC was set to “Start Up India – What’s in it for me? The programme attracted established and budding entrepreneurs along with industry-based and practicing chartered accountants. Participants from various parts of the country gathered together for the YRRC

The three day Youth Residential Refresher Course was a perfect balance between technical sessions and entertainment. Sessions were interactive & participative including group discussions, personality workshop, networking and team building.

The YRRC provided a platform for the participants to have a one-on-one interaction with the elite group of speakers and to be able to learn and gain from their experiences. The technical sessions held at the 3rd YRRC are summarized as follows:

Day 1: Sunday 17th April 2016

Inauguration Session by Chairman of the MPR Committee – CA Naushad Panjwani

The Chairman inaugurated the YRRC by extending a warm welcome to all the participants. Keeping up with the theme of the YRRC, a short video of our Prime Minister, Mr. Narendra Modi’s action plan for Startup India was screened. This inspiring speech of the PM set the tone and momentum for the rest of the event.

SESSION 1: Beginners’ Guide to Startups for Entrepreneurs and Professionals

Speaker : CA Nitin Shingala
CA Ketan Raiyani

Mr. Ketan Raiyani

Mr. Raiyani began the session by explaining the concept and characteristics of startup as an innovative and scalable model. He also shared his experience in the foundation of a startup, the funding and scaling, and finally selling the same. Mr. Shingala, continued the session by giving insights on how to work with startups and how to make startups work and imparted learnings such as 6D rule, 90- 10-90 rule. He also shared his experience and expertise from the professional perspective on working with startups


Mr. Nitin Shingala

SESSION 2 : Conducting Audit in Today’s Scenario.

Speaker: CA Himanshu Kishnadwala


Mr. Himanshu Kishnadwala

Mr. Kishnadwala took us through the past-present-future of the world of auditing: a journey from Standards of Auditing to ICDS, IFCR and Ind-AS. He gave examples of transactions and situations and detailed out its reporting in the audit reports under the changing statute.

SESSION 3 : Personality Enhancement.

Speaker : CA Jagdish Shenoy


Mr. Jagdish Shenoy

The “16PF” test was taken by all the participants; this test measures 16 Personality Factors of an individual. Mr. Shenoy explained these factors with the competencies required by an individual carrying out either the role of an auditor, a consultant, a tax practitioner or any other roles played by a Chartered Accountant.

Day 2: 18th April 2016

SESSION 1: GROUP DISCUSSION

TOPIC : E-COMMERCE: BUSINESS MODEL AND TAXATION

Paper Writer: CA Sunil Gabhawalla


Mr. Sunil Gabhawalla

Mr. Gabhawalla’s paper on the complexity of e-commerce transaction involving multiple countries, multiple tax laws and treaties was discussed by all participants within their groups and good efforts were made to solve every case study. He also gave a background on key attributes of ecommerce transactions. The group discussion was followed by questions & answers raised by group leaders.
The Q & A was interactive and well addressed by the speaker.

SESSIONS 2: FORENSIC AUDIT

Speaker: CA Chetan Dalal


Mr. Chetan Dalal

Mr. Dalal, gave a hands on experience of being a forensic auditor to the participants. He asked them to find out the difference between a real and fake video used as evidence, discrepancies in falsified documents and Microsoft excel reports.

DAY 3: 19th April 2016

SESSSION 1: CASE STUDIES ON INTERNATIONAL TAXATION:

Speaker: CA . T. P. Ostwal


Mr. T. P. Ostwal

Mr. Ostwal, circulated an intensive case study which covered all the international transactions entered into by startup companies and explained in a highly inter-active session the nitty-gritty of the taxation on the transactions by cross referencing them to the statutory provisions and respective tax treaties. The session resolved many of the questions the participants had in mind and also helped the participants understand the stages of taxation in these international transactions.

SESSIONS 2: PANEL DISCUSSION:

PRACTICE vs. INDUSTRY vs. ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Panelists:
CA . Arun Giri
CA . Naushad Panjwani
CA . Parimal Parikh
CA . T. P. Ostwal

Practice vs. Industry vs. Entrepreneurship?? : A question for every Chartered Accountant at every stage of his career.


Mr. Arun Giri

The group discussion was moderated by the Chairman, Mr. Panjwani. The Panelists shared their stories of the struggles faced by them in building their career, while the participants shared their questions, thoughts and insecurities for venturing into these 3 zones. The Panelists helped resolve all their worries and problems. They ended the session with a note saying that “if you want something that you are really passionate about, then no other worries or insecurities will come in the way of you achieving your goal and success”. On this positive note, the YRRC ended leaving the participants recharged with knowledge, a good network of likeminded people and friends and a go-getter attitude to achieve their goals.

                
 
Full day Seminar on “Practical issues in TDS” held on 22nd April. 2016

The Full day seminar on Practical issues in TDS was held by the Taxation Committee on 22nd April, 2016 at Navinbhai Thakkar Auditorium, Vile Parle (East), Mumbai. The Seminar was attendance by over 200 participants. President CA Raman Jokhakar gave the opening remarks followed by introductory words from the Chairman of the Taxation Committee, CA Sanjeev Pandit.

Various topics were taken up at the Seminar as follows:


Mr. Avinash Rawani

Ms. Vinita Krishnan and Mr. Avinash Rawani spoke on the BCAS platform for the very first time.

Sections 194C (Payments to Contractors) and Section 194J (Fees for professional or technical services):-

CA Gautam Nayak enlightened the audience on the changes made in these sections pursuant to Finance Bill, 2016 followed by circulars and clarifications issued by the CBDT, their applicability in the current scenario and recent case laws on these topics. The speaker elaborated on the provisions of 194C and 194J and covered some industry specific issues as well as the interplay of these sections with other sections of the Act.

Sections 192 (Salary including salary paid to expats) and 194H (TDS on Commission or Brokerage):-

CA Sudhir Nayak started his talk by highlighting the changes carried out by Finance Bill, 2016. He gave a good insight on provisions of section 192, taxation of perquisites, taxation of ESOPs and the manner in which these could be used for salary structuring. The speaker had a detailed discussion on issues arising in expatriate taxation and this was followed by in-depth analysis of issues governing section 194H.

Sections 194A (Interest other than “Interest on securities), 194I (Rent) and 194IA (Payment on transfer of certain immovable property other than agricultural land):-


Ms. Vinita Krishnan threw light on topics of sections 194A, 194I and 194IA by presenting the same in an easy to understand FA Q format. This was followed by discussion on recent cases on these topics as well as analysis of issues which lack judicial precedents.

Section 195 (Other Sums):-


CA Anil Doshi gave a detailed presentation on various aspects governing section 195 which included an overview of the relevant provisions which govern the applicability and manner of applying section 195. CA Anil Doshi also elaborated on the relevance of Tax Residency Certificate, implications of section 206AA, the scope of income of a non-resident, various aspects governing Form 15CA and Form 15CB and TDS related issues pertaining to certain cross border payments such as business income of a non-resident, royalties, fees for technical services and reimbursement of expenses. The speaker touched upon a wide number of judgments during the course of his presentation.

Issues in e-filing of TDS statements: CA Avinash Rawani highlighted the practical issues that arise in e-filing of various TDS statements such as returns, correction statements, challan corrections, replies to be filed to online communication from the TDS CPC amongst others. In addition to highlighting the issues, the speaker shared a lot of practical do’s and don’ts in relation to the filing of these statements. The sessions in the Seminar were very interactive and the Speakers answered a lot of queries that were received from the participants. The participants benefited immensely with the interactive sessions and detailed discussions.

Felicitation of ICAI President & Vice President on 23rd April, 2016 at BCAS Office

On 23rd April, 2016, it was the Society’s honour and privilege to welcome and felicitate the ICAI President, Mr. Devraja Reddy and the ICAI Vice-President, Mr. Nilesh Vikamsey who is also a core group member at BCAS. Both the dignitaries during their talk addressed BCAS as the younger brother of ICAI.

The discussion was an informal and an interactive one. It focused on the various initiatives taken up by ICAI, some of which can be outlined as follows:

  • The ICAI is reenergizing the twenty-seven foreign chapters of the Institute by allocating them to the newly elected fifteen Central Council Members.
  • With the help of our fraternity colleague, the Railways have agreed to the Institute’s suggestions of converting its book keeping from single entry to double entry. (The Institute is liaising with the Chief Secretaries of all States for adopting double entry as the appropriate method of accounting).
  • The ICAI is also looking at the option of each branch having its ownership building. For this, the President sought help of our CA brothers in the IAS fraternity and involve them in our noble profession of Nation building.
  • They called for suggestions on the proposed new syllabus to make it more practical and useful for the students rather than examination oriented.
  • The President appreciated and praised the BCA Journal and requested the Editorial Board of BCAS to give their valuable inputs in improving the ICAI Journal.
  • The Vice President discussed that the ICAI is also taking up timely discussions on changes in laws with the Government. This involvement will make the laws much simple and practical when implemented. The Past Presidents of BCAS and other members present welcomed all the suggestions and extended the helping hand to its elder brother The ICAI. Such incredible co-operation was well appreciated by them, which will go a long way in strengthening the pillars of the profession.

Meeting of the International Economic Study Group held on 3rd May 2016

The topic of the meeting was: “What is true wealth and how can we be more engaged with it?”

Mr. Siddharth Sthalekar provided an opportunity to explore the subject at a talk he delivered at The International Economic Study Group at The Indian Merchants’ Chamber on 3rd May, 2016. Mr. Siddharth Sthalekar shared his journey with wealth which has seen several twists and turns. As a young graduate of IIM Ahmedabad, his relationship with Indian capital markets began in the bull years of 2005. Mr. Sthalekar was fortunate to be in the right place at the right time and soon he was heading one of the largest trading desks in the country.

However, the 2008 crisis led him to experience the effects of hyper-efficient global market. A problem of poor loans in the US had ripple effects across the world – bankruptcies in Europe, derailment of economies in Asia and more. Yes, money could move across the world in a matter of seconds.

The Latin root of the word ‘Wealth’ came from ‘Wellbeing’. So technically, when he asked himself being ‘Wealthy’, it was synonymous with asking how ‘Well we were!’ Somehow.

Faced with more questions than answers, Mr. Siddharth Sthalekar decided to spend some time looking for solutions in his own way. In 2011, he took a divergent step and headed to the Sabarmati Ashram in Ahmedabad founded by our Father of Nation Late Shri M. K. Gandhi. It seemed irrational at that time, but the Ashram allowed him a space to step back from his comfort zone and understand different systems functioning right here in our country. As part of their work with urban, rural and tribal communities, Mr. Sthalekar had the opportunity to learn from diverse sets of people. During the evenings, he ran a space known as Seva Cafe for one and a half years – a Gift economy restaurant run entirely by volunteers. Through experiments with wealth – like attempting to live more simply and spending time ‘off’ mainstream money, he began learning about wealth with a slightly different perspective.

As reflected in his comment, Mr. Sthalekar could see how the process of money management had led us to ‘handover’ the wealth into the hands of others. Rather than question what we should be doing with it ourselves, we had gotten used to earning returns passively. It is through this passive behavior that had given rise to corruption in existing systems and allowed institutions to become ‘too big to fail’.

Slowly, sitting out of the Gandhi Ashram Mr. Sthalekar began to re-connect with finance with a single question in mind – ‘how can we help individuals engage with their wealth in authentic ways’.

1. The Role of the Fiduciary: While no one has really been speaking about this, regulators have been making some serious changes in this industry in the last 3 years. Existing banks, brokers and money managers were entities that provided financial access to individuals around the world, but they did not provide ‘sound advice’. As a result, Regulators carved out the role of the ‘fiduciary – or someone who works with your best interests in mind’. However, until 2013, this role of a fiduciary did not exist in finance! Since then, if any one chooses to offer financial advice, they must be licensed with the regulators. In other words, they must be Registered Investment Advisers (RIAs).

2. The Power of Technology: Mr Stalekar was of the opinion that technology has created a level playing field in the present day world. Through an office in one corner of the world, it is allowing us aggregate information, maintain data in simple, low-cost and safe manner and enabling us to advise clients in all parts of the world. That’s just the tip of the iceberg – Wikipedia style networks of information are the new ways of accessing research as opposed to static resources like PDFs and excel sheets. Innovations like Block Chain technology are truly unlocking the paradigm of decentralized wealth. All of this is a game changer. Change can sometimes be slow but we have seen similar parallels in industries like music and media in the last 15 years. We no longer need to access assets only through money managers. With the right fiduciary on one’s side, individuals can question and engage with assets across the world.

Paradigms are shifting at an increasingly rapid pace. Rather than handing over money passively to a fund, individuals can be authentically connected to the organizations they place capital in. Initiatives like the Catalyst Program and The Local Chapter are newer ways at looking at investment and research. Technology and Regulators are all increasingly supporting such changes. It is through active participation that we can bring reform and authenticity into our financial systems. It is through deeper engagement that one can become truly ‘wealthy’. It is the understanding of true wealth that brings us all a deeper sense of abundance!

Human Development Study Circle Meeting on “Success in Life” on 10th May, 2016.

The HDSC held its meeting on Success in Life on 10th May, 2016 at BCAS, Jolly Bhavan 2, New Marine Lines, Mumbai, addressed by Dr. B. K. Mukherjee.

Dr. B. K. Mukherjee commenced his discussion by unfolding the meaning and true measure of success.

What is success? Do you measure success in terms of the money you earn?

Or do you measure success by career growth and social standing?

Are you one of those who look beyond the obvious and tries to be TRULY successful in life? It is worth noting:

Success means different things to different people.

For a majority, success would mean – Having everything in balance i.e. recognition in Society, time for yourself, freedom to do what you want to do, money, fame amongst other comforts in life.

To be successful – Work at something you enjoy that is worthy of your time and talent. Most fortunate people convert their hobby into a profession. Passion is something you enjoy doing. Give people more than they expect and do it cheerfully. Professor’s job is to make people think. Be cheerful, it brightens people around you. Jack Welch – His winning strategy is Energy, Enthusiasm, execution.

Among other things success is a result of persistence, commitment, dedication, etc. Success is also the relationships with people you love and respect. Have a feeling of gratitude and loyalty.

Over 21 specific points that indicate the barometer of success were highlighted.

The participants thoroughly enjoyed and requested for a full day session to uncover the learning in greater detail.

Protocol to India-Mauritius Tax Treaty, 2016 – An Analysis

fiogf49gjkf0d
On 10 May, 2016, the Governments of India and Mauritius signed a
Protocol for amending the treaty dated 24 August, 1982, between India
and Mauritius. The key features of the Protocol are the introduction of
source-based taxation for capital gains on the transfer of Indian
companies’ shares acquired on or after 1 April, 2017, and the
sourcebased taxation of interest income of Mauritian banks, and of fees
for technical services. The treaty between India and Mauritius was
signed in 1982 and was in force from 1 April, 1983. As per the treaty,
India does not have the right to tax capital gains arising to a
Mauritius tax resident on sale of shares of Indian companies. This, made
Mauritius a favourable jurisdiction for investing into India. A number
of tax disputes have arisen on the issue of availability of treaty
benefits relating to capital gains as the Indian tax authorities have
sought to deny the benefits on the grounds of ‘treaty shopping’.
However, the Courts have mostly not accepted the contentions of the tax
authorities.

The Indian Government has been negotiating a
revision of the treaty with the Mauritius government for a long time.
The Protocol is a result of the negotiations.

1. Background:

The
Mauritius Treaty has been in existence since 1983 and, over a period of
time, played a critical role in attracting investments into India.
Right from the inception, the focus of the Mauritian government has been
to develop a robust offshore financial centre regime that attracted
reputed financial investors to use Mauritius as a platform for
investment into India. The Indian government was also instrumental in
promoting the Mauritius route and vehemently defended the Mauritius
route before the Supreme Court in the Azadi Bachao Andolan case, besides
issuing circulars to ensure that treaty benefits on capital gains were
provided to Mauritian companies.

It must be recalled that during
the 1990s, when the treaty first began to be extensively used, the
capital gains tax rates in India were significantly higher than they are
today. Investors, especially those from the US, were concerned about
direct investment into India due to a credit mismatch issue that arose
due to differences in the source rules in India and US. The concern for
US investors was that the taxes paid in India on capital gains were not
available as a credit in the US. With time and the lowering of the
Indian tax rates, this has become less of an issue for investors

With
passage of time, the stance of the government in respect of the
Mauritius treaty has undergone a change and everyone has been expecting
an amendment to the treaty for quite some time. Therefore, the amendment
to the India-Mauritius Tax Treaty has not come as an absolute bolt out
of the blue.

The longest running saga in the Indian tax history
may well be at an end. After years of re-negotiations, the over
three-decade-old tax treaty between India and Mauritius has finally been
amended to remove the capital gains exemption, albeit in a phased
manner. In the last two decades, the world has changed considerably.
Then treaty shopping was the established norm, so much so that its
validity was upheld even by the Supreme Court in the Azadi Bachao
Andolan case. Global sentiment has decidedly changed, with the OECD
coming out strongly against treaty abuse in its Base Erosion and Profit
Shifting (BEPS) project. There is an increasing recognition that tax
treaties are intended to avoid double taxation, and that they should not
be used as a basis for double non-taxation (where income ends up not
being taxed in either the Source State or the State of Residence). The
modification of the India-Mauritius treaty seems to be in sync with the
global trends.

Further, despite the Supreme Court upholding the
availability of treaty benefits under the India-Mauritius treaty,
investors continued to face significant challenges in obtaining treaty
benefits at the grass root level. Litigation too, continued to fester on
this issue, which led to the provisions of the treaty being undermined
in practice. This led to significant uncertainty.

Significantly,
the 2016 Protocol has included a number of provisions for enhancing
source country taxation rights, such as inclusion of a Service Permanent
Establishment (Service PE) provision, fees for technical services
(FTS), source country taxation rights on capital gains from shares,
interest income of banks and other income. At the same time, a
limitation on source country taxation rights in respect of interest
income has been provided at the rate of 7.5%.

Importantly, the
2016 Protocol also provides for carving out of shares acquired on or
before 31 March 2017 from source country taxation rights. Transitory
provisions for reduced taxation by the source country on capital gains
from alienation of shares (taxation at 50% of domestic tax rates) has
also been provided for a limited period from 1 April 2017 to 31 March
2019. However, a limitation of benefits (LOB) provision has also been
included for availing transitory provisions. A carve-out (i.e. an
exclusion) has also been included for interest earned by banks from debt
claims existing on or before 31 March 2017. Provisions relating to
exchange of information (EOI) have been revamped in order to bring them
in line with existing international standards. Additionally, an Article
on “Assistance in collection of taxes” has been introduced. Let us now
discuss the Contents of the Protocol in some greater detail in the
following paragraphs:

2. Contents of the Protocol

2.1 Amendment of Article 5 – Insertion of Service PE Clause

Article
1 of the Protocol amends Article 5 (Permanent Establishment) of the
Treaty by inserting in paragraph 2 the following new sub-paragraph:

“(j)
the furnishing of services, including consultancy services, by an
enterprise through employees or other personnel engaged by the
enterprise for such purpose, but only where activities of that nature
continue (for the same or connected project) for a period or periods
aggregating more than 90 days within any 12-month period.”

Impact of the Amendment:

The
service PE clause, while not included in the OECD Model Tax Convention
and expressly promoted by the UN Model Tax Convention, has been included
in a number of tax treaties concluded by India including tax treaties
with USA, UK and Singapore. While some of India’s tax treaties (for
instance with USA, UK, Singapore etc) specifically carve out an
exception for technical / included services from the service PE clause,
no such concession has been provided under the Protocol to the Mauritius
Tax Treaty. To this extent, the proposed clause is similar to the
Service PE clause provided in tax treaties with Iceland, Georgia, Mexico
and Nepal.

With increasing mobility of employees in
multinational organizations, this clause has been a matter of dispute in
a number of cases where employees are sent on secondment or deputation.

It is important to note that the words ‘within a contracting
State’ are missing from the service PE clause. The implication of this
could be that the source state could assert a service PE even if
services are rendered entirely from outside that state but cross the
period threshold. In 2008, OECD added paragraph 42.11 to 42.48 to the
Commentary on its Model Tax convention, dealing with taxation of
services.

Simultaneously, India expressed its position that it
reserves a right to treat an enterprise as having a Service PE without
specifically including the words ‘within a contracting state’. Hence,
this omission seems to be in line with the position taken by India on
the OECD commentary and could even expose taxpayers without any physical
presence to net income taxation in the source state and the resultant
challenges. However, depending upon the facts and circumstances of each
case, such a position would raise many issues regarding calculation of
no. of such days and hence, ensue litigation.

As a result of
inclusion of clause 5(2)(j), the term “PE” will include furnishing of
services, including consultancy services, by an enterprise of one State
through its employees or other personnel engaged by the enterprise for
such purposes, where such activities continue for the same or a
connected project for a period or periods aggregating more than 90 days
within any 12 month period. The United Nations Model Convention (UN MC)
includes this requirement in its Service PE provision contained in
Article 5(3)(b) of the UN MC. Additionally, the threshold is much lower
in the 2016 Protocol at 90 days, whereas it is 183 days in the UN MC.

2.2 Amendment of Article 11 – Taxability of Interest Income

Article 2 of the Protocol amends Article 11 (Interest) of the Treaty as under:

(i)
replacing paragraph 2 with the following: “However, subject to
provisions of paragraphs 3, 3A and 4 of this Article, such interest may
also be taxed in the Contracting State in which it arises, and according
to the laws of that State, but if the beneficial owner of the interest
is a resident of the other Contracting State, the tax so charged shall
not exceed 7.5 per cent of the gross amount of the interest,”;

(ii) deleting the paragraph 3(c); and

(iii)
inserting a new paragraph 3A as follows: “Interest arising in a
Contracting State shall be exempt from tax in that State provided it is
derived and beneficially owned by any bank resident of the other
Contracting State carrying on bona fide banking business. However, this
exemption shall apply only if such interest arises from debt- claims
existing on or before 31st March, 2017.”

Impact of the Amendment:

The
existing DTAA exempted interest income beneficially owned by taxpayers
engaged in a bona fide banking business of one State sourced from the
other State. The 2016 Protocol removes this generic exemption. However, a
carve-out has been included to continue to provide exemption from
taxation in the Source State on interest income arising from debt claims
existing on or before 31 March 2017.

Further, the existing DTAA
provided for unlimited taxation rights for source country on
non-exempted interest income. The 2016 Protocol restricts the source
country taxation rights on interest (including interest earned by banks)
to a maximum of 7.5% on the gross amount of interest. This is the
lowest tax rate cap agreed to by India on interest income for source
country taxation rights amongst all its DTAA s.

A tabular representation of the relevant changes is given below:

Ceiling
of tax rate on interest arising in the source state, coupled with the
additional requirement of such interest being ‘beneficially owned’ by
the resident state owner is in line with OECD and UN model tax
conventions. Further, most tax treaties entered into by India are on
similar lines. Indian tax treaties typically provide for a ceiling of
tax rate in the source state higher than 7.5 %. Currently, interest
income on instruments like compulsorily convertible debentures,
non-convertible debentures, or loans granted by a Mauritius entity to a
person resident in India was subject to tax at the full rate of 40% in
case of INR denominated debt or beneficial rate of 20% / 5% in specified
cases. Therefore, this is certainly a welcome development, and gives
the Mauritius treaty an edge above other treaties which India has signed
with other countries including Singapore, Cyprus and USA, where the
ceiling on rate of tax on interest income is in the range of 10% to 15%.

Earlier Mauritius was not a preferred jurisdiction for making
loans or debt investments as compared to other countries, except to the
extent of loans from a Mauritius resident bank. Thus, the change in the
tax rate to 7.5% on interest income should provide Mauritius a
competitive edge over other countries.

2.3 Insertion of New Article 12A – Taxability of Fees for Technical Services:

Article
3 of the Protocol inserts a New Article 12A concerning Taxation of Fees
for Technical Services as under:

“Article 12A
Fees for Technical Services

1.
Fees for technical services arising in a Contracting State and paid to a
resident of the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other
State.

2. However, such fees for technical services may also be
taxed in the Contracting State in which they arise, and according to the
laws of that State, but if the beneficial owner of the fees for
technical services is a resident of the other Contracting State the tax
so charged shall not exceed 10 per cent of the gross amount of the fees
for technical services.

3. The term “fees for technical
services” as used in the Article means payments of any kind, other than
those mentioned in Articles 14 and 15 of this Convention as
consideration for managerial or technical or consultancy services,
including the provision of services of technical or other personnel.

4.
The provisions of paragraph 1 and 2 shall not apply if the beneficial
owner of the fees for technical services being a resident of a
Contracting State, carries on business in the other Contracting State in
which the fees for technical services arise, through a permanent
establishment situated therein, or performs in that other State
independent personal services from a fixed base situated therein, and
the right or property in respect of which the fees for technical
services are paid is effectively connected with such permanent
establishment or fixed base. In such case the provisions of Article 7 or
Article 14, as the case may be, shall apply.

5. Fees for
technical services shall be deemed to arise in a Contracting State when
the payer is that State itself, a political sub-division, a local
authority, or a resident of that State. Where, however, the person
paying the fees for technical services, whether he is a resident of a
Contracting State or not, has in a Contracting State a permanent
establishment or a fixed base in connection with which the liability to
pay the fees for technical services was incurred, and such fees for
technical services are borne by such permanent establishment or fixed
base, then such fees for technical services shall be deemed to arise in
the Contracting State in which the permanent establishment or fixed base
is situated.

6. Where, by reason of a special relationship
between the payer and the beneficial owner or between both of them and
some other person, the amount of the fees for technical services exceeds
the amount which would have been agreed upon by the payer and the
beneficial owner in the absence of such relationship, the provisions of
this Article shall apply only to the lastmentioned amount. In such case,
the excess part of the payments shall remain taxable according to the
laws of each Contracting State, due regard being had to the other
provisions of this Convention.”

Impact of the Insertion of Article 12A:

As
per this new Article, both the Resident State as well as the Source
State will have the right to tax FTS. However, the Source State taxation
will be limited to 10% of the gross amount of FTS, where the FTS income
is beneficially owned by a resident of the other State. The rate of tax
is specified in the amended Treaty is at par with the tax rate
specified in Section 115A(1)(b)(B) of the Income-tax, 1961 For the
purposes of this Article, FTS has been defined in a wide manner as any
payment made as a consideration of “managerial or technical or
consultancy services”. It also includes payments made for the provision
of services of technical or other personnel. The definition of FTS is
broadly at par with the definition of the term FTS given in Section
9(1)(vii) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The OECD MC does not have an FTS
Article.

Thus, the provisions of Article 12A are similar to the
provisions of other Indian tax treaties specifically including income by
way of FTS. It is pertinent to note that neither the OECD nor the UN
Model Tax Convention postulates taxability of FTS under a separate
Article. In the absence of a separate Article dealing with FTS, such
income would typically not be taxed in the source state, unless the
recipient of the income had a permanent establishment in that state.
With this change, any income paid by an Indian resident, to a resident
of Mauritius as FTS would now be taxable in India.

It is
pertinent to note that the new article does not incorporate the ‘make
available’ criteria for characterization as FTS, unlike tax treaties
with the USA, UK, Singapore etc. resulting in widening the scope of
taxable FTS income to be at par with the provision of Income-tax Act,
1961.

Reading the new Article 12A along with the new service PE
clause, it seems that in the event services in the nature of managerial,
technical or consultancy are rendered by a Mauritius entity for a
period less than 90 days, income arising from such services would be
taxed as per the provisions of Article 12A. In other cases, income
arising from rendering of all types of services for a period exceeding
90 days would be taxable under Article 7 of the Mauritius Tax Treaty,
provided the services are for the same or connected projects. The
interpretation and implementation of these provisions may lead to
litigation.

2.4 Amendment of Article 13 and Introduction of LO B Clause – Rationalization of Capital Gains Tax Exemption

Article 4 of the Protocol amends Article 13 of the Treaty w.e.f. 01.04.2017 by inserting new paragraphs 3A and 3B as under:

“3A.
Gains from the alienation of shares acquired on or after 1st April 2017
in a company which is resident of a Contracting State may be taxed in
that State.

3B. However, the tax rate on the gains referred to
in paragraph 3A of this Article and arising during the period beginning
on 1st April, 2017 and ending on 31st March, 2019 shall not exceed 50%
of the tax rate applicable on such gains in the State of residence of
the company whose shares are being alienated”; and

Further, the Protocol replaces the existing paragraph 4 as follows:

“4.
Gains from the alienation of any property other than that referred to
in paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 3A shall be taxable only in the Contracting
State of which the alienator is a resident.”

Impact of the Amendment

Capital
gains arising from the transfer of shares, until now, were subject only
to residence based taxation under the existing Treaty. The Protocol now
proposes to restrict this exemption for investments in shares acquired
up to 31 March 2017. The exemption will apply irrespective of the date
of subsequent transfer of such shares. Accordingly, taxation rights are
now also provided to the State of residence of the company whose shares
are alienated (Source State) on gains from alienation of shares acquired
on or after 1 April 2017. The Protocol also provides for a transitory
provision for gains arising during a window period of 1 April 2017 to 31
March 2019 in respect of shares acquired on or after 1 April 2017. Such
gains arising during the transitory period will be subjected to tax at
50% of the domestic tax rates as applicable in the Source State.

After
the amendment of the India-Mauritius DTAA by the 2016 Protocol, the
position of taxability of Capital Gains on Transfer of Shares may be
summarized as under:

However,
the new LOB Article 27A (inserted by the Article 8 of the Protocol)
applies only for transitory period benefit on capital gains income.

The LOB Article denies the transitory provision benefit in respect of
capital gains arising between 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2019, where the
LOB conditions are not fulfilled. The following tests are provided in
the LOB clause for a taxpayer to be eligible to claim the transitory
period benefits:

  • Primary purpose/Motive test – Under
    this test, transitory period benefit is not available where the affairs
    of the taxpayer are arranged with the primary purpose of taking
    advantage of the transitory period benefit accorded by the 2016
    Protocol. It has also been clarified that legal entities not having bona
    fide business activities will be considered as having its affairs
    arranged with the primary purpose of availing the transitory period
    benefit.
  • Activity test – This test requires that the
    transitory period benefit will not be available to a shell or conduit
    company. For this purpose, a shell or conduit company means a company
    which is a resident of a Contracting State, but which has almost
    negligible or nil business operations or no real and continuous business
    activities in such Resident State.
  • Expenditure test
    – This test provides the circumstances in which a taxpayer would be
    deemed to be a shell or conduit company in its Resident State. As per
    the expenditure test, the taxpayer would be considered as a
    shell/conduit company if its expenditure on operations in the Resident
    State is less than Mauritian Rs. 1,500,000 or INR 2,700,000, as the case
    may be, in the 12 months immediately preceding the date on which the
    capital gain arises.

However, where the taxpayer is listed
on a recognized stock exchange of the Resident State or where its
expenditure on operations in the Resident State exceeds the above
threshold in the 12 months immediately preceding the date on which
capital gain arises, then such taxpayer will not be treated as a shell
or conduit company.

Impact of the amendment on other types of Capital Gains:

The
finance ministry has clarified that under the revised India-Mauritius
tax treaty, capital gains tax (or tax on profit made) would apply only
in the case of share transactions in India, leaving out derivatives and
non-share securities such as debentures from its purview.

Mr.
Shaktikanta Das, Economic Affairs Secretary, also clarified that the
Derivatives and other forms of securities, such as compulsory
convertible debentures (CCDs) and optionally convertible debentures
(OCDs), will continue to be governed by the existing provision of being
taxed in Mauritius. He added that India had gained a source-based
taxation right only for shares (equity) under the treaty.
Residence-based taxation will continue for derivatives under the
Mauritius pact. Meaning, non-equity securities would be taxed in
Mauritius if routed through there. Since Mauritius does not have a
short-term capital gains tax, it would mean that investors using these
instruments would continue to escape paying taxes in both countries.
(Source: Business Standard dated 14.05.2016)

In addition, there
are also questions as to the potential interplay of General Anti
Avoidance Rules (“GAAR”) with the tax treaties, as well as issues around
grandfathering of treaty benefits in respect of shares acquired after
April 1, 2017 on account of conversion of convertible instruments like
convertibles preference shares and debentures. These issues need to be
clarified by the Finance Ministry to provide clarity and certainty, and
to avoid litigation on this score. There were also concerns on whether
Protocol could be used to bring transfer of Participatory Notes
(“P-Notes”) under tax net. In order to allay concerns regarding
taxability of P-Notes due to Mauritius Tax Treaty amendment, Revenue
Secretary Hasmukh Adhia, in an interview to Press Trust of India,
clarified that, ‘there is no linkage of Mauritius treaty with P-Notes.
P-Notes are issued by foreign companies and not Indian companies’.

Impact on India-Singapore DTAA

Article
6 of the protocol to the India-Singapore DTAA states that the benefits
in respect of capital gains arising to Singapore residents from sale of
shares of an Indian Company shall only remain in force so long as the
analogous provisions under the India-Mauritius DTAA continue to provide
the benefit. Now that these provisions under the India-Mauritius DTAA
have been amended, a concern that arises is that while the Protocol in
the Mauritius DTAA contains a grandfathering provision which protects
investments made before April 01, 2017, it may not be possible to extend
such protection to investments made under the India-Singapore DTAA .
Consequently, alienation of shares of an Indian Company (that were
acquired before April 01, 2017) by a Singapore Resident after April 01,
2017, may not necessarily be able to obtain the benefits of the existing
provision on capital gains as the beneficial provisions under the
India-Mauritius DTAA would have terminated on such date.

In this
respect, a senior official of the Government of India has stated that
the Indian government intends to renegotiate the treaty with Singapore
to bring it on par with the India-Mauritius treaty.

2.5 Amendment of Article 22 – Introduction of Source Rule for Taxation of “Other Income”

Article
5 of the Protocol amends Article 22 by inserting a new paragraph 3 as
under: “3. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2, items
of income of a resident of a Contracting State not dealt with in the
foregoing Articles of this Convention and arising in the other
Contracting State may also be taxed in that other State.”

Impact of the Amendment:

Income
from sources which is not expressly dealt with any of the Articles in
the existing DTAA is presently subjected only to taxation in the
resident country, except in cases where such income is effectively
connected with the PE/ fixed base of the recipient in the other State.
The Protocol expands the source country taxation rights by providing
that such income can also be taxed in the Source State if it arises in
the Source State.

2.6 Replacement of Article 26 – On Exchange of Information

Article
6 of the Protocol replaces existing Article 26 with a new Article 26.
The same is not reproduced here for the sake of brevity.

Salient features of the new Article 26 vis-à-vis the existing provisions are given below:

  • In
    addition to the taxes covered under tax treaty, scope for EOI has been
    enhanced to ‘taxes of every kind and description’, insofar as such taxes
    are not contrary to the provisions of the tax treaty ?
  • The
    information may not anymore be ‘necessary’ but it would be sufficient
    if it is ‘foreseeably relevant’ for the purpose of the tax treaty
  • Information
    / documents received under the tax treaty, can also be shared with
    authorities or persons having an ‘oversight’ over the assessment,
    collection and enforcement of taxes or prosecution in respect of such
    taxes or appeals in relation thereto. Information so disclosed can also
    be used for ‘other’ purposes if permitted by laws of both states and
    authorized by the supplying state. The provision enabling disclosure of
    information to the person to whom it relates has been deleted.
  • The
    requested state cannot deny collection or supply of information on the
    ground that it does not need such information for its own tax purposes.
    Further, a requested state cannot decline to supply information solely
    because the information is held by a bank, other financial institution,
    nominee or person acting in an agency or a fiduciary capacity or because
    it relates to ownership interests in a person.

Suffice it
to say that the scope of the EOI Article in the existing DTAA has been
enhanced to fall in line with international standards on transparency.
The EOI Article is largely in line with the 2014 OECD MC and extends to
information relating to taxes of every kind and description imposed by a
State or its political subdivisions or local authorities, to the extent
that the same is not contrary to the taxation as per the existing DTAA .
EOI would also be possible in respect of persons who are not residents
of the Contracting State, as long as the information requested is in
possession of the concerned State. Specifically, information held by
banks or financial institutions can be exchanged under the EOI Article.

2.7 Insertion of new Article 26A on “Assistance in Collection of Taxes”

Article
7 of the Protocol inserts a New Article 26A on “Assistance in
Collection of Taxes”. The same is not reproduced here for the sake of
brevity. Some salient features are as under:

  • Both countries shall lend assistance to each other in the collection of ‘revenue claims’ arising out of any taxes.
  • ‘Revenue
    claims’ means amount owed in respect of taxes of every kind and
    description (including interest, administrative penalties and costs of
    collection or conservancy related to such taxes), insofar such taxation
    is not contrary to the provisions of the tax treaty or any other
    instrument signed by both.
  • Both countries will be obliged
    to accept and collect revenue claims of the other and take measures for
    conservancy, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions.
  • Revenue
    claims accepted by a country shall not be subject to time limits or
    accorded any priority applicable to a revenue claim under the laws of
    such country or accorded any priority applicable in the other country.
    No proceedings with respect to the existence, validity or the amount of a
    revenue claim can be brought before courts etc in the country accepting
    the revenue claim.

This new Article is largely in line
with the one provided in the 2014 OECD MC. Broadly, this Article enables
the revenue claims of one State to be collected through the assistance
of the other Contracting State, subject to fulfilment of certain
conditions and requirements. Revenue claims for this purpose means the
amount payable in respect of taxes of every kind and description and
which is not contrary to the existing DTAA or any other instrument to
which the States are a party. Assistance would also involve undertaking
measures of conservancy by freezing assets located in the requested
State, subject to the laws therein.

In an era of globalization,
traditional attitudes towards assistance in the collection of taxes have
changed. This change was to some extent influenced by the development
of electronic commerce and the concerns about the ability to collect VAT
on such activities. The 1998 OECD report, Harmful Tax Competition: an
Emerging Global Issue, also highlighted concerns about increased tax
evasion if one country will not enforce the revenue claims of another
country. The Report thus recommended that ‘countries be encouraged to
review the current rules applying to the enforcement of tax claims of
other countries and that the Committee on Fiscal Affairs pursue its work
in this area with a view to drafting provisions that could be included
in tax conventions for that purpose’.

As a result of such
concerns, the OECD Council approved the inclusion of a new Article 27 on
assistance in tax collection in the 2003 update of the OECD model tax
Convention. The new Article 26A is in pari materia with Article 27 of
the OECD model tax convention and can help the Indian Government to
recover tax dues from willful defaulters. India has also inserted a
similar provision for assistance in collection of taxes in recent tax
treaties with Sri Lanka, Fiji, Bhutan, Albania, Croatia, Latvia, Malta,
Romania and Indonesia. Further, tax treaties with UK and Poland have
been amended to insert such an Article.

Both India and Mauritius
have also signed the ‘Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in
Tax Matters’. Moreover, similar to the proposed Article 26 on EOI,
assistance in collection of taxes is not restricted by Article 1 and 2
of the tax treaty.

2.8 Effective Date

Article 9 of the Protocol provides as under:

1.
“Each of the Contracting States shall notify to the other the
completion of the procedures required by its law for the bringing into
force of this Protocol. This Protocol shall enter into force on the date
of the later of these notifications.

2. The provisions of Article 1, 2, 3, 5 and 8 of the Protocol shall have effect:

a)
in the case of India, in respect of income derived in any fiscal year
beginning or after 1 April next following the date on which the Protocol
enters into force;

b) in the case of Mauritius, in respect of
income derived in any fiscal year beginning on or after 1 July next
following the date on which the Protocol enters into force;

3.
The provisions of Article 4 of this Protocol shall have effect in both
Contracting States for assessment year 2018-19 and subsequent assessment
years.

4. The provisions of Article 6 and 7 of this Protocol
shall have effect from the date of entry into force of the Protocol,
without regard to the date on which the taxes are levied or the taxable
years to which the taxes relate.”

 Thus, the Protocol will be
effective in India and Mauritius only after completion of the procedures
in both the countries for bringing it into force.

Once the procedures are completed, the various clauses of the 2016 Protocol would apply in India as follows:

  • Changes to the Capital Gains Article for assessment year 2018-19 and onwards.
  • Article on EOI and inclusion of assistance in collection of taxes, from the date of entry into force of the 2016 Protocol.
  • Other
    provisions for fiscal year beginning on or after the first day of the
    fiscal year (i.e., 1 April for India) following the year in which the
    2016 Protocol enters into force.

3. Concluding Remarks

This
is a landmark move by the Indian Government which finally claims
victory over the long drawn negotiations of the Mauritius Tax Treaty,
over last several years. Taking a myopic view, as a result of the
proposed amendment, Mauritius may lose its sheen as a preferred
jurisdiction for investments into India with additional tax cost for
Mauritius investors. However, in the larger scheme of things and in the
long run, the foreign investors would welcome the certainty of tax
regime and to that extent, grandfathering of capital gains under
India-Mauritius protocol sends out a positive signal that India is not
going to introduce any retroactive taxing provisions.

Both the
governments need to be complimented for ensuring that there is an
orderly phasing out of the capital gains tax exemption over a period of
three years without unduly burdening the investors who invested in India
relying on the treaty. This has ensured that there is no knee-jerk
reaction, unlike in the past, due to the revisions in the treaty.

Thus,
the manner in which the capital gains exemption has been withdrawn/
rationalized is indeed commendable. Instead of an abrupt shift in tax
policy, the Protocol proposes to grandfather all existing investments.
This means that only investments made after April 1, 2017 will be
subject to capital gains tax (that too after a two year transition
period during which a concessional rate at 50% of the prevailing
domestic tax rate will apply subject to satisfying Limitation on
Benefits (LoB) criteria contained in Article 8 of the Protocol). This
provides significant reassurance to existing investors and provides a
clear roadmap for the taxation of future investments. One area where
further clarity is needed is with regard to the position under the
India-Singapore treaty. This treaty provides for a capital gains
exemption, which is co-terminus with the capital gains exemption under
the India-Mauritius treaty. Given the proposed grandfathering of
pre-2017 investments from Mauritius and the twoyear transition period,
there is an urgent need to clarify whether these will apply to
investments from Singapore as well. The government seems to be cognizant
of this and hopefully, one can expect clarity on this soon. Another
area which the government would do well to clarify is that the
provisions of the General Anti Avoidance Rule (GAAR) will not apply if
the LoB conditions are satisfied.

The changes to the treaty
will, of course, lead to some short-term impact on investments in India.
There are unresolved tax issues that especially arise in the context of
P-Notes issued by FPIs/FIIs. Further, today, unfortunately, there is an
artificial characterisation of business income of the FPI/FIIs being
treated as capital gains. This leads to a situation where even portfolio
trading investors who would have otherwise not been taxable in India
are being subject to tax here. Hopefully, the government will revisit
this issue and align the position with other countries so that mere
trading in Indian securities should not give rise to tax implications in
the country, absent a permanent establishment in India. This
artificiality is unfair and also gives rise to possible non-availability
of tax credits in the home country. While the government has
renegotiated the treaty with Mauritius, it is also hoped that they
continue on the path of tax reforms to ensure that investors are not put
off by constant adverse changes to tax policy.

Society News

fiogf49gjkf0d
13th Leadership Camp on 17th to 19th April 2015


The 13th Residential Leadership Camp (Spiritual Retreat) for BCAS members and their spouses was held at Moksh, amidst the scenic environment of the resort at Lonavala, between 17th April and 19th April 2015.

The topic was “Body-Mind Balance”. The faculty were Dr. Harish Joshi and Mrs. Kokila Joshi, reverently addressed as Guruji and Guruma by the 35 participants who attended the camp.

2-Day Orientation Workshop designed for Articled Students on 24th & 25th April 2015

A 2-day orientation workshop was organised by the Human Resources Committee of BCAS. The objective of the workshop was to give an introductory insight on a variety of topics which will assist students and fresh Chartered Accountants in their articled period and would also help them expand their knowledge base and sharpen their skills to discharge their duties more effectively

The first session started with the introduction of the concept of Body, Mind and Soul. The Faculty elaborated on layers of human existence emphasising that three things viz. Sankalp (Determination), Knowledge and Energy can accomplish any task howsoever challenging it may appear. What is required to be understood is that though apparently appearing to be different, the reality is only one and that is, each person is “Complete” in himself, capable to achieve anything through understanding the connection between the Body and Mind which can be easily perceived once an individual has perceived the layers of human existence. Session 2 elaborated on “Dharma of birth in human form” enlightening the participants on the supremacy of human form in the chain of evolution and how one should spread fragrance of good deeds, thoughts and love to progress on the path which can answer the question of “Who Am I?” leading to supreme enlightenment.

Session 3 and 4 made the participants realise some fundamental truths that can lead them to the right path prodding them to introspect to identify EGO, tendency of being JUDGEMENTA L and ATTA CHMENT which are big obstacles for realising the true purpose of existence. Participants were told that there are three forces, Brahma (Creation), Vishnu (Maintenance) and Shiva (Destruction) that constantly operate in the universe and are also present in each human to more or less extent. One needs to learn to identify these forces to appropriately adept oneself to truly realise one’s potential. The best technique for such identification is Meditation and Pranayama. It then got the participants to think about fundamental questions such as “Why are we here on earth?”, Is unconditional love the form of Godliness? etc. answering them with illustrations. The session ended with explanation of 3 different types of emotions viz. Sat (Love), Chita (Peace) and Bliss (Anand), and how they are governed. In the evening there were interactive games with ides of making participants think in terms of their behavior and interactions with their family members.

Session 5 and 6, on the second day, covered the significance of divinity of relationship with others as well as one’s own self. It explained how being connected to the almighty constantly helps you connect with yourself and others better and help you live your life harmoniously. Simple things like gestures of respect, such as touching feet, could increase humility and respect, and ultimately bring peace. The participants were also explained the concept of Guru, Satguru and follower and disciple, difference between forms of existence/personalities such as Manushya (Human), Deva (God) and Pashu (Animals). Different techniques of meditation were taught giving participants some very exhilarating experiences.

Session 7 guided participants to know their biological cycle to take emotional state to higher level which can free one from state of ” Vikalpas” (Alternatives) to “Sankalpa” (Determination) from being “Doubtful” to” Doubtless” and from being “Fearful” to “Fearless”. Session 8 started with meditation and addressed various subjects such as how to recognise one’s Ego, how to convert stress energy in to creative energy etc.

On the third and concluding day, Guruji and Guruma answered the participants’ questions collectively and individually. The camp concluded with gratitude to the faculty and blessings from them.

Workshop on ‘Present the Presenter Within’ on 25th April 2015

Human Resources Committee of BCAS organised this workshop (spread over four Saturdays), under the auspices of Amita Memorial Trust, where the Trainer Mr. Shyam Lata dealt with various aspects of enhancing public speaking, communication and interpersonal skills. These four sessions helped the participants to get rid of shackles of selfconsciousness and developed in them a compelling desire not only to express their ideas but to do so with forcefulness and conviction.

Felicitation of President & Vice President of ICAI on 28th April 2015

The Society invited CA Manoj Fadnis, President, ICAI, and CA Devaraja Reddy, Vice-President, ICAI, on 28th April, 2015 at the BCAS Office for an interactive meeting and felicitated them. The meeting was also attended by Mr.Sunil Patodia, Chairman – WIRC, Mr.Dilip Apte, Vice-Chairman, Central Council Member Mr. Nihar Jambusaria, and Regional Council Members Mr. Mangesh Kinare, Mr. Shradul Shah, Mr. Shushrut Chitale, Ms. Preeti Savla, Mr. Pankaj Raval, Mr.Neel Majithia and Mr. Mahesh Madkholkar, several Past Presidents of BCAS and other members.

During the interactive session, Mr. Arvind Dalal, Mr. Harish Motiwala, Mr. Kishore Karia, Mr. Govind Goyal, Mr. Gautam Nayak and Mr. Mayur Nayak put forward various issues concerning the profession, the members and the students. The President of ICAI, Mr.Manoj Fadnis, dealt with each of the issues raised elaborately and explained various steps being taken by the ICAI.

The Vice President of ICAI, Mr. Devaraja Reddy, explained the proposed revision in the CA Curriculum and the process followed.

Mr. Manoj Fadnis, ICAI President and Mr. Devaraja Reddy, ICAI Vice President, appreciated the work done by the BCAS and invited the BCAS representatives in supporting the ICAI in various technical areas. They also assured that such interactive meetings and dialogues will continue in the future.

levitra

Society News

fiogf49gjkf0d
Lecture Meeting on Companies Act 2013 – Implications on Auditors on 7th May, 2014


L to R : Mr. Natrajh Ramakrishna (Speaker), Mr. Chetan Shah, Mr. Kanu Chokshi, Mr. Manish Sampat

Speaker Mr. Natrajh Ramakrishna, Chartered Accountant, dealt with provisions regarding Auditor, including opportunities, and challenges under the Companies Act, 2013. More than 350 participants attended this lecture meeting. The detailed analysis and presentation was well received. The presentation and video recording of the lecture is available on the website of the society. Interested members may visit www.bcasonline.org & www.bcasonline.tv.


Lecture Meeting on ‘Wellness through a holistic approach of healing the soul, mind and body through optimum Nutrition’ on 19th April, 2014


L to R : Mrs. Trupti Shingala, Mr. Yogesh Mathuria (Speaker), Mr. Naushad Panjawani (President) , Mrs. Afsheen Panjwani.

Speaker Mr. Yogesh Mathuria, Life & Wellness Coach, enlightened the participants on the approach of holistic wellness through one’s soul, mind and body. He placed importance on one’s eating habits and conveyed tthe concept of ‘You are What You Eat.’ The audience found it very enriching and educative. Members may visit www. bcasonline.org & www.bcasonline.tv for the presentation and video recording.

2-Day Orientation Workshop designed for Students and Chartered Accountants on 18th & 19th April 2014


L to R : Mr. Chetan Shah, Mr. Jagdish Punjabi(Speaker), Mr. Mayur Nayak, Ms. Smita Acharya.

The following topics were discussed:

This 2-day orientation workshop was organised by the Human Resources Committee of the BCAS. The objective of the workshop was to give an introductory insight on a variety of topics which may guide students and newly qualified Chartered Accountants. 93 participants attended and benefited from the Workshop.

Workshop on ‘Present the Presenter Within’ on 26th April, 2014

The Human Resources Committee of BCAS organised a workshop (spread over four Saturdays), under the auspices of Amita Memorial Trust, where the Trainer, Mr. Shyam Lata dealt with various aspects of enhancing public speaking, communication and interpersonal skills. These four sessions helped the participants overcome limiting inhibitions. He guided them to develop a compelling desire, not only to express one’s ideas but to do so with conviction and assertion. 27 participants attended the workshop. They immensely benefited from the training.

levitra

Society News

FEMA Study Circle Meeting held on 17th April 2017
at BCAS Hall

On April 17th, a FEMA Study Circle Meeting was
held on the topic of Compounding Issues under FEMA. The group was led by
learned speaker CA. Rajesh P. Shah.

Mr Shah not only took participants through important FEMA
provisions applicable to compounding procedures and guidelines, but also
discussed practical issues relating to the subject matter and RBI views on the
same.

The speaker also resolved the queries of the participants.

CRASH COURSE ON ISCA FOR CA FINAL held on 21st
April 2017 at BCAS Hall

A Crash Course on Information Systems Control & Audit
(ISCA) for CA Final Group-II aspirants appearing in May 2017 Exams was
conducted on Friday, 21st April 2017 at BCAS Conference Hall. The
Speaker CA. Kartik Iyer shared his knowledge and experience in the most
practical manner on various topics like amendments for May 2017 exams, how to
Revise ISCA? etc. Memory Techniques for Easy Last Minute Revision,
Overview of all the Chapters, Exam Day Schedule and many more critical areas
were covered and explained to the attendees. The speaker gave practical
examples to understand the complexities of the subject. The session was very
interactive and participants benefitted from the course.

ITF Study Circle Meeting on “GAAR – It’s Concepts &
Examples” (Part II) held on 24th April 2017 at BCAS Hall

Acknowledging the importance and depth of the topic “GAAR –
It’s Concepts & Examples” and in continuance of the ITF Study Circle
Meeting held on 6th April 2017, the society organised another
enthusiastic meeting of the ITF Study Circle on the topic “GAAR – It’s Concepts
& Examples” – Part II on 24th April, 2017 at BCAS Conference
Hall, led ably by Group Leader CA. Siddharth Banwat.

Mr. Banwat commenced the meeting by revisiting the provisions
of sections 95 to 102 of the Income-tax Act. This meeting focused the
discussion on the examples on various issues pertaining to GAAR. He went on to
cover examples like GAAR v. POEM, Reverse Merger, Capital Gain avoidance in
LLP, Dividend v. Buyback, Off-market sale v. On-market sale, Salary Structuring,
Conversion of company into LLP, Shell/conduit company, Bank Financing, Treaty
Benefit, Taxation on payment basis in treaty, Capital Reduction v. Dividend,
Issuing OCPS to residents, Issuing CCD to Residents, Business Restructuring etc.

The members of the Study Circle discussed their experiences
on the above issues and the participants immensely benefitted from the
discussion on the subject.

Half Day Workshop on Fraud Prevention held on 28th April
2017 at BCAS Hall

HDTI Committee of BCAS
organised the workshop on Fraud Prevention on 28th April, 2017,
where defying the GST wave, a group of over 30 young as well as experienced CAs
met to get a deeper perspective on how organisations can improve their
immunity, and prevent frauds.

Vice-President CA. Narayan Pasari set the right tone in his
keynote opening remarks as he put before the participants the distinction
between Fraud Prevention and Fraud investigations; the former being proactive
effort while the latter a post-Mortem exercise. CA. Nikunj Shah highlighted and
discussed in detail the two major frameworks that are world-class bench marks
in fraud prevention. His discussion based approach and MCQs at the end of the
session ensured that the participants remain engaged throughout the session.

The 2nd half witnessed CA. Ashish Athalye
stimulating the minds of the participants in implementing the right tools,
techniques and controls to prevent frauds by making them work on various case
studies. At the end, Question-answer session addressed by both the faculties
ensured that participants left satisfied and their doubts cleared.

Full day Seminar on “Finance Act, 2017” held on 29th April,
2017 at BCAS Hall

A Full day Seminar on the Finance Act, 2017 was held by the
Taxation Committee of the BCAS at BCAS Hall, Churchgate on 29th
April, 2017. President CA. Chetan Shah gave the opening remarks followed by
introductory remarks by the Chairman of the Taxation Committee, CA. Ameet
Patel.

Various provisions of the Finance Act, 2017 were explained
ably by the following Speakers:

 

CA. Namrata Dedhia

CA. Namrata Dedhia 
spoke on the amendments carried out on provisions of the Income-tax Act
in respect of Income from other sources, TDS (except section 194-IB), Returns
and assessments, Authority for Advance Rulings, Fees for default in furnishing
return of income and Income on refund to deductor. The session was chaired by
CA. Kishor Karia who expressed his views on certain provisions.The Speaker and
the Chairman answered all the queries raised on the subject.

CA. Gautam Nayak

CA. Gautam Nayak threw light and explained the
intricacies of the amendments in respect of Taxation of Non-residents, Transfer
pricing, Chapter VI-A deductions, Special income, MAT and related sections. The
session was chaired by CA. Dilip Thakkar who expressed his views on
implications of the amendments from FEMA perspective. 


CA. Devendra Jain

CA. Devendra Jain
dealt with the provisions relating to Maintenance and audit of books, Promoting
digital economy, Taxation of house property, Section 194-IB, Penalties, Carry
forward and set off for start-up companies, Miscellaneous amendments in
business income and Exemptions. This session was chaired by CA. Ameet Patel who
suggested that the profession should support the Government’s intention to
promote digitisation and a hyper technical interpretation of the provisions
enacted to promote digitisation should be avoided.

CA. Anil Sathe

CA. Anil Sathe
discussed the provisions dealing with capital gains and related sections,
Search, seizure and survey related provisions and taxation of charitable
institutions. This session was also chaired by CA. Ameet Patel.

Two young speakers CA. Namrata Dedhia and CA. Devendra Jain
deliberated the topics on the BCAS platform for the very first time. The
sessions in the Seminar were very informative and analytical and the speakers
answered the queries raised by the participants. The participants immensely
benefitted from the seminar.

Direct Tax Study Circle Meeting on ‘Income Computation
Disclosure Standards; ICDS – 1 Accounting Policies, ICDS – 2 Valuation of
Inventories  and ICDS – 8 Securities’
held on 4th May 2017 at BCAS Hall

The Chairman of the session, CA. Sanjeev Pandit gave his
introductory remarks regarding the manner in which ICDS had been previously
notified by the CBDT and also on revised ICDS and FAQ’s issued by the CBDT
recently.

The group leader, CA. Nimesh Jain briefly explained the
conditions for applicability of ICDS and the clarification issued by CBDT in
relation to applicability of ICDS, to persons covered by presumptive scheme of
taxation. (eg. section 44AD, 44AE, 44ADA, 44B, 44BB, 44BBA). Thereafter, the
FAQ’s released by CBDT in relation to Applicability to companies which adopted
Ind-AS, applicability to computation under MAT and AMT, Applicability to Banks,
Non-banking financial institutions, Insurance companies, Power sector etc.,
Applicability of ICDS III and IV to real estate developers and Build-Operate-Transfer operators and applicability of ICDS to leases, were
discussed by the group.

Mr. Jain also explained in brief the provisions of ICDS I –
Accounting policies, disclosure requirements contained in ICDS I and the
transitional provisions. He highlighted a few issues such as non-recognition of
the concepts of prudence and materiality, conflict between the provisions of
ICDS and SC rulings and allowance of MTM loss on interest rate swaps.
Subsequently, the provisions of ICDS II Valuation of Inventories were discussed
and issue of their applicability to service providers was deliberated upon.

He further opined that ICDS II may get entirely overruled by
section 145A which contains a non-obstante clause. Then he discussed the
revisions made in ICDS VIII Securities, the standard which has been divided
into 2 parts – Part A and B. Part A applies to Securities held as stock in
trade and Part B applies to Securities held by Scheduled Banks and public
financial institutions. He described the treatment to be given in case of
pre-acquisition interest and bucket approach by way of illustrations.

The participants benefitted enormously from the meeting.

Human Development Study Circle Meeting on “Chanakya’s
Business Sutras” held on 9th May, 2017 at BCAS Hall

The meeting was conducted by HDTI Committee for the key
purpose to assess the progress of the participants of the Leadership Camp held
on 24th and 25th February, 2017. This meeting helped the
participants to understand the effectiveness of the implementation of
Chanakya’s Business Sutras in their Profession/Business to enable business
growth.

The session also helped those who had missed out the
Leadership Camp and gave them an insight into the learning at the leadership
camp, as the presenter recapitulated and summarised the learnings of the
Business Sutras of Chanakya.

The participants got mesmeried with the insights from the
meeting. 

BEPS Study Circle Meeting held on 13th May 2017
at BCAS Hall

International Taxation Committee of BCAS organised a meeting
to discuss the BEPS Action Plan 6 read with Plan 15: Preventing the granting of
treaty benefits in inappropriate circumstances & Multi-lateral Instrument
(‘MLI’). The panel of discussion comprised of CA. D S Sharma, CA. Rutvik
Sanghvi  & CA. Monika Wadhani. They
made their respective presentations on the captioned BEPS Action Plan 6 read with
Plan 15 and explained the provisions of some minimum standards like Principle
Purpose Test, Limitation of Benefits provisions etc. which all countries
have to agree.  They also discussed the
MLI and the explanatory statement and explained that the remaining provisions
(e.g. Hybrid instrument provisions, PE provisions) are not mandatory.

Each country has an option to adopt the provision, or can
choose various options given for the respective provision. It is possible that
some countries will opt for one option and the others will opt for another
option. Hence one will have to consider the DTA, the MLI, the option adopted by
the countries and then take a legal view. It will be a complicated exercise.
The background, overview, functionality, structure and possible implications of
the MLI including the way forward were discussed and deliberated in detail.

It was also informed that negotiation concluded on MLI
between more than 100 countries including India has been released by the
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) on 24th November
2016. It is expected to be ratified by various countries by June 2017. Once the
MLI is ratified, it would become effective from 1st January of the
calendar year following the date of ratification. Thus, it is expected to be
effective from FY 2018-19 as far as India is concerned. The MLI provides for
anti-avoidance provisions agreed to by the countries under the BEPS programme
of the G20 /OECD. After ratification, each country will deposit the ratified document
with OECD. The MLI will not replace the DTA, it will supplement it. It will
also override the DTA on those aspects which are mandatory, and those which the
countries adopt.

The conclusion was that given the number of bilateral
decisions that are involved in designing a detailed LOB rule (including
decisions related to the content of the CIV subparagraph of the definition of
“qualified person”), the multilateral instrument was not an appropriate
instrument for the implementation of the detailed LOB rule. This removed the
pressure to design a multilateral solution to the issue of the treatment of
non-CIV funds in the detailed LOB provision.

The participants benefitted immensely from the concept and
overview of the BEPS explained by the learned speakers.

BCAS Foundation update

BCAS Foundation decided to
support– “Needy Child Project (Cancer Afflicted)” as reported last month. The
Foundation is donating Rs.25000 per month since October 2016 for the cancer
treatment of children at Tata Memorial Hospital (TMH) from its fund. The donation
is given through ImpaCCT (Improving Paediatric Cancer Care and Treatment), a
unit of TMH to monitor donations to paediatric patients.

Further, an appeal was
made to the BCAS members who donated generously for the project. Members also
managed to collect further funds for the project from the trusts they are
associated with. The Foundation arranged visits to the TMH of BCAS members in
batches to get a firsthand experience of the situation and what their generous
donation can achieve.

BCAS Foundation also
committed to sponsor diagnostic equipment of about Rs 5.25 lakh for the same
hospital. This equipment is designed to handle multiple diagnostic analysis and
reduces substantially the time taken for diagnosis. The equipment would
increase the speed, quality and efficiency of diagnosis thereby increasing
patients’ recovery rate. An appeal was circulated to BCAS Core Group members
for the equipment who have generously donated to meet that target. BCAS Core
Group are the set of volunteers who serve on the 9 committees of BCAS.

The total collection for
Tata Hospital has crossed Rs. 20 lacs. BCAS Foundation has disbursed Rs.13.88
lakh to ImpaCCT and balance will soon be disbursed to them for the medical
equipment.

BCAS Foundation will
support the “Needy Child Project (Cancer Afflicted)” on an ongoing basis. We
are grateful to the members for their generous response to the call of donating
towards alleviating one of the worst forms of human suffering.

Society News

FEMA Study Circle

 

Study Circle Meeting on
“Bitcoins – Tax and Regulatory Implications” held on 19th April,
2018 at BCAS Conference Hall

 

International Taxation
Committee organized the meeting at BCAS Conference Hall which was led by Group
Leader CA. Isha Sekhri.

 

The Group Leader explained the concept and modalities of crypto currency
and also discussed tax implications on dealing in Bitcoins. She also discussed
the risks, including the financial, operational, legal, customer protection and
security related risks that the users, holders and traders of Virtual
Currencies (VCs) are exposed to. The members also deliberated upon the
acceptability of crypto currency in India and about its status around the
globe.



The Speaker further shared
her knowledge and experience on various related issues which was a valuable
takeaway for the participants.

 

Suburban Study Circle

 

Study Circle Meeting on
“Practice Management for Small and Mid-size CA Firms” held on 21st April, 2018

 

Suburban Study Circle
organized a meeting on Practice Management for Small and Mid-size CA Firms on
21st April, 2018 at Bathia & Associates LLP, Andheri which was
addressed by CA. Atul Bheda.

 

The speaker made detailed
presentation on the issues faced by small and mid-size Chartered Accountancy
firms such as: a) Billing, b) Recovery of Fees, c) Staff recruitment and
training, d) Time management, e) Delegation of work to staff, f) Practice
development and g) Infrastructure and organisation. The speaker also emphasised
the importance of creative thinking, work life balance, physical fitness and
health etc. and shared lot of anecdotes and personal experiences and struggles
in his career as a practicing chartered accountant.

 

The participants benefited
from the presentation and practical examples given by the speaker.

 

Release of BCA Referencer
2018-19 on 30th April, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall


CA. Uday Karve


Membership & Public
Relations Committee organised the BCA Referencer Release Function at BCAS
Conference Hall. The Referencer was released by the hands of CA. Uday Karve,
Chairman of DNS Bank Ltd., Chief Guest on the occasion. Since the central theme
of BCAS Referencer is Collective Enterprise –
India’s Co-operatives
, Mr. Karve while addressing the gathering, spoke
about his experience in the Co-operative sector.

 

He also spoke highly about
the BCAS Referencer which is considered as an outstanding publication by tax and
accounting professionals both in practice and industry and pressed upon that
every practicing CA must read. 

 

About cooperative
movement, he mentioned that it is approximately 115 years since the
Co-operative Movement  formally started
in the country. In Indian culture, we believe in collectivism over recognition
of an individual and that is the Central theme of Cooperative movement.

 

In today’s world, CAs are
leading Cooperative movements. It brings inclusiveness whereas private
organisations do not. Voting Power in Co-operative Societies do not depend on
amount of capital held by Shareholders. In fact it is, “One person, one
vote.”


 

Referencer Release: L to R : CA. Sunil Gabhawalla, CA. Chetan Shah, CA. Uday
Karve (Speaker), CA. Narayan Pasari (President), and CA. Pranay Marfatia

He further explained that
majority of the Cooperative Banks in Gujarat and Maharashtra are non-scheduled
banks catering to the services of the common man. Of total of approximately
1,500 Co-operative banks taken together, Gross NPAs of Co-operative banks are
less than 7% of their lending, which is lower than the bench mark of 7% set by
Reserve Bank of India. Further, capital adequacy ratio of most of the
co-operative banks is more than 12%, which is considered as a healthy sign.

 

He also made an appeal to
all the CAs to get associated with banking & co-operative movement and
suggested BCAS to start a Co-operative Clinic to educate its members.

 

Meeting concluded with a
formal release of Referencer for the year 2018-19 followed by entertainment
programme and dinner.

 

DIRECT TAX LAWS STUDY
CIRCLE

 

Direct Tax Laws Study
Circle Meeting on ‘Presumptive Taxation’ held on 7th May, 2018 at
BCAS Conference Hall

 

Direct Taxation Committee
organised the Study Circle Meeting on 7th May, 2018 at BCAS
Conference Hall, which was chaired by CA. Devendra Jain who gave the opening
remarks followed by the Group leader, CA. Chirag Wadhwa who administered an
overview of the presumptive taxation scheme as per the Income-Tax Act, 1961
(Act). The group leader also briefly explained the constitutional validity of
the presumptive taxation scheme. Various examples and case laws were discussed
and questions were taken from the group with respect to the budget amendments
in the relevant sections.

 

CA . Chirag Wadhwa further
touched upon the determination of ‘gross receipts’ and the ICAI guidance note.
All the relevant sections relating to presumptive tax and the analysis on what
could be considered as ‘profession’ and ‘business’ were taken up and views from
the group were considered. The group leader also briefly explained the
applicability of section 68 and section 69 of the Act in such cases. The interplay
between presumptive provisions and tax audit was discussed with illustrations.
The session was concluded by discussing aspects to be considered while filing
the ITR under the presumptive scheme.

 

The meeting was
interactive and the participants were enriched with the knowledge of
presumptive taxation.

 

HRD Study Circle

 

Study Circle Meeting on
“Discover Your Burning Desire – The Why of Your Life” held on 8th
May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall

 

HDTI Committee organized a
meeting on “Discover Your Burning Desire – The Why of Your Life” on 8th
May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall which was addressed by CA Siddharth Shah. The
discussion was based on the Book by Napolean Hill titled “Think and Grow Rich”.
The Speaker mentioned that the title suggests various different things for
different individuals and that just reading this book is not enough and one
really needs to introspect and contemplate to practice it to achieve.

 

The best-selling book
teaches how to get guidance to plan road map of one’s life without Trial and
Error. Whatever the mind can conceive and believe, it can achieve.

 

The discussion revolved
around how to convert ordinary desire to burning desire which drives a person
to be successful in achieving all round growth and prosperity.

 

The participants found the
session very interesting as it imparted the invaluable insights about attaining
success and achievements in life.

 

ITF Study Circle

 

ITF Study Circle Meeting
on “Case Laws related to Fees for Technical Services” held on 10th
May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall

 

International Taxation
Committee conducted a meeting on ‘Case Laws related to Fees for Technical
Services’ on 10th May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall. The meeting was
led by Group Leader CA. Divya Jokhakar who explained that the taxability of
Fees for Technical Services (FTS) has been a subject matter of huge litigation
and a significant number of judicial decisions, advance rulings and judgements
have been pronounced and continues to be delivered in this regard. 

 

The Group Leader commenced
the meeting by discussing the facts of case laws along with the provisions of sections 9(1)(vii) of the Income Tax Act and various treaty provisions relating
to FTS. During the course of the meeting, the Speaker deliberated on the case
laws and went on to cover inclusions, exclusions and exemptions from the scope
of the definition of FTS, meaning of managerial, technical and consultancy,
disallowance due to non-deduction of taxes at source under section
40(a)(i)/(ia), source rule, exploring the impact of performance guarantee fee,
distinguishing business with India and business in India, ascertainment of debt
claim, determining taxability on basis of utilisation, rendering and payment
for services, assessing divisibility of contract, ascertaining satisfaction of
benefit test and enduring benefit.    

     

The participants also
shared their practical experiences on above issues and benefitted enormously
from the discussion and valuable insights provided by the learned Speaker.

 

International Economic
Study Group

 

Meeting on “Current
global economic issues-Trade & Currency War, North Korea Resolution, Oil
price flare up” held on 17th May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall

 

International Economics
Study Group under the patronage of International Taxation Committee organized a
meeting on 17th May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall, to discuss
“Current global economic issues-Trade & Currency War, North Korea
Resolution, Oil flare up.” where the members participated in person as well as
through Skype i.e. from Nasik, Jamnagar & USA etc.

 

CA. Rashmin Sanghvi led
the discussion and set the tone of the meeting bringing out past Trade &
Currency Wars and philosophy behind that. Members discussed Trade war initiated
by US President Trump against China by announcing steep duty hike on imports of
steel, aluminium & other goods  and
threatening China to stop forcing American companies to hand over their prized
intellectual property in lieu of doing business in China. The Group also
discussed implications of this move and counter move by China on their
respective economy as well as Global and Indian economy and impending Currency
War spilling out from the Trade War. The Group also deliberated upon the impact
of launch of China’s Gold Backed Petro-Yuan which appears to challenge US
Dollar Hegemony with China aiming to develop a currency that could be worthy of
a global superpower. Members also discussed recent turmoil in Forex market
where in Indian rupee has depreciated from Rs. 64 to Rs.68. This could turn in
to an Economic War which would have serious implications for global and Indian
economy. This was followed by a discussion on North Korea Standoff, Oil Price
flare up, Demand Supply mismatch, Geopolitical tensions in Middle East, Iran
& Venezuela sanctions and USA turning in to net exporter besides Hedge
Funds thus playing active role in oil price flare up.

 

The meeting was very
participative and members got enormously enlightened with a fruitful
interaction on the subject.

 

Indirect Tax Study Circle

 

Study Circle Meeting on “Interplay of GST with Account
Finalisation & ITR” held on 19th May, 2018

 

The above meeting,
addressed by CA. Gaurav Save, was held on 19th May, 2018 at Bathiya
& Associates LLP, Andheri.

 

The Speaker made a
detailed presentation on the following issues concerning the Accounts
Finalization and ITR Forms under GST regime a) Basis of Maintaining Books of
Accounts, b) Accounts & Records under GST, c) Turnover v/s. Aggregate
Turnover, d) Accounting Entries for GST, e) Reporting in ITR, f) Compliance
with Sec. 145A of IT Act and g) Reconciliation of accounts with GST returns.


CA. Gaurav Save also deliberated on conflicts that might arise between the
accounting principles to be followed under Accounting Standards and GST and
shared practical case studies on the subject.

 

The session was quite
interactive and the participants benefited a lot from the presentation shared
by the speaker.

BCAJ June 1969

BCAJ June 1970

BCAJ June 1971

BCAJ June 1972

BCAJ June 1973

BCAJ June 1974

BCAJ June 1975

BCAJ June 1976

BCAJ June 1977

BCAJ June 1978

BCAJ June 1979

BCAJ June 1980

BCAJ June 1981

BCAJ June 1984

BCAJ June 1985

BCAJ June 1986

BCAJ June 1987

BCAJ June 1988

BCAJ June 1991

BCAJ June 1992

BCAJ June 1993

BCAJ June 1994

BCAJ June 1995

BCAJ June 1996

BCAJ June 1997

BCAJ June 1999

BCAJ June 2000

BCAJ June 2001

BCAJ June 2002

BCAJ June 2003

BCAJ June 2004

BCAJ June 2005

BCAJ June 2006

BCAJ June 2007

Vikram Aur Vetal

Cancerous Corruption

Vikram was fond of moving around in the graveyard in the
horrifying night to catch Vetal after daylong practice as chartered accountant.
For Vikram friendship with Vetal was real education. Vetal being the spirit of
an intelligent human being frustrated in its lifetime was still on the earth
posthumously to find answers to innumerable questions lingering in his mind
during his stint as human being. He developed friendship with Vikram. After
playing hide and seek game Vikram used to catch Vetal in the wee hours of
morning. Then he would put Vetal on his shoulder and tread through woods of the
graveyard. Vetal would laugh weirdly in the silence of the graveyard and
thunder :

“So Vikrambhai you succeeded to catch me once again, keep
walking don’t look back, if you speak a word I will vanish. Well I would tell
you a story involving your professional colleague which happened in a metro. To
keep the flow of the story I would name my characters one by one as the story
moves on. Your professional colleague, let’s say Gopal, was a fresh chartered
accountant. He started his practice as soon as he passed his final exam. He had
no ‘Godfather’ in the profession and was on his own. He was very enthusiastic
and honest. He was well-versed with the code of conduct of the ICAI. He was
approached by an old man called Purshottam aged about 60 years.

Purshottam retired as chief engineer from a manufacturing
company. Purshottam had four daughters. Only one daughter got married during his
service tenure. Other three were still pursuing their studies. Obviously
Purshottam was financially not that strong to spend on his daughters’ higher
education and their marriages after retirement down the line. During the fag end
of his service he came into contact with Duryodhan, a high-profile government
officer in charge of ‘safety audits’ prescribed under the Factories Act.
Duryodhan was aware that Purshottam was ‘a chartered engineer’ by qualification.
Vikrambhai you know in our country under Factories Act you are required to
observe number of safety measures. For this purpose the factory owner has to get
the report from a ‘chartered engineer’ as to the implementation of safety
measures by the factory satisfactorily.

You may be aware of Bhopal Gas tragedy of Union Carbide. For
the factory owner it is a big threat to its very existence, a small
non-compliance would lead to suspension of manufacturing activity,
investigations and litigation besides huge business loss, so on and so forth.

So this Duryodhan, a hard core corrupt government officer,
made an offer to Purshottam in connivance with the factory owners, to undertake
‘safety audits’. Purshottom was aware that audit fee for a single ‘safety audit’
runs in lacs. However the offer was not without price. Purhottam would pay out
60% of audit fees to Duryodhan that too in cash. Against the 40% share of
Purshottam there was hardly any expenditure, just windfall profit for Purshottam.
So Purshottam having thought over his future financial requirement, accepted the
lucrative offer made by Duryodhan.

Against this backdrop, Purshottam being an honest and law
abiding person, approached Gopal. Purshottam narrated him the modus operandi of
sharing of audit fees with Duryodhan and asked him whether he would be required
to pay any income tax. The moment Purshottam told him that his professional
receipts were likely to cross Rs. ten lacs, Gopal explained him about
maintenance of books of accounts, record and getting them audited by a chartered
accountant u/s.44AB apart from tax liability.

For a week or so Purshottam was musing over the ‘wake up’
call given by Gopal. He checked his audit fees received as per his bank account;
the amount was staggering well above Rs.10 lacs, near about 27 lacs.

So he met Gopal again. He told him his actual professional
receipts would be around Rs.27 lacs whereas his actual expenses would be just
one lac. It was a challenge to Gopal’s conscience and the ethical values he
cherished. Gopal was in dilemma over whether to advise or not to advise
Purshottam about ‘manufacturing’ fake record of expenses like staff salary in
the absence of staff, office rent in the absence of rented office, driver’s
salary in the absence of driver, travelling expenses, etc. to arrive at some
reasonable taxable income. If he did not advise, probably Purshottam would
approach other chartered accountant. He would lose his first ever ‘Tax Audit’ of
his career. On the other hand if he advises Purshottam to ‘manufacture’ fake
record of expenses which would be audited by him, it was a blatant violation of
law and code of conduct of the ICAI of which he was a proud member. Gopal’s
professional career was at stake. Eventually, evil-mind prevailed over his
conscience. He advised Purshottam to create fake record of expenses for the
purpose of ‘tax audit’. Gopal convinced Purshottam that there was no option but
to create fake record of expenses of a huge amount. Purshottam was repenting on
his decision to accept the offer of Duryodhan just for greed of money. Gopal
also confessed to Purshottam that whatever he was asking him to do was not
ethically correct.

Purshottam arranged record for all those expenses as
suggested by Gopal. Gopal conducted tax audit and submitted tax audit report
with the return of income of Purshottam. Nothing went wrong from income tax
point of view, I mean Purshottam’s case was not selected for scrutiny, since
nothing was illegal prima-facie.

Now Vikrambhai my questions to you : who is being protected
by the act of Gopal and Purshottam ? How do you define the conduct of Gopal and
Purshottam ? And how do you differentiate between Gopal, Purshottam and
Duryodhan character-wise ?

“Vetalbhai, first, Gopal and Purshottam were protecting Duryodhan, the corrupt government officer. Secondly, on the part of Gopal and Purshottam, it was breach of conscience but within the framework of law. That is what happens the world over. Thirdly, I would differentiate Gopal, Purshottam and Duryodhan as “the bad, the worse and the ugly” respectively. Gopal and Purshottam were in need of money whereas Duryodhan was in greed of money”

“Vikrambhai you broke the silence, I am vanishing”. Again Vetal’s laugh was echoing in the grave-yard.

The beginning of the end of US GAAP

Accountant Abroad

There is an increasing indicative trend that US accounting
standards — which were once considered sacrosanct for accountants the world over
— have begun to decline in terms of importance. Instead, the International
Finance Regulatory Standard (IFRS) are emerging as the most popular accounting
standard internationally.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Financial
Accounting Foundation of USA plan to host a public forum in June 2008 to discuss
a new national blueprint for moving the United States to International Financial
Reporting Standards.

The forum will include participation by the American
Institute for Certified Public Accountants, the Internal Revenue Service, the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board, business representatives, educators, and lawyers, who will discuss the
stumbling blocks on the way to setting up international accounting standards.

FASB Chairman noted that the board continues to work with the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) on their convergence project to
create “something better than either U.S. GAAP or IFRS alone.”

Developing an ‘improved version of IFRS will be a complex
process,’ and that ‘a smooth transition will not occur by accident.’ As a
result, the blueprint looks to ‘identify the most orderly, least disruptive, and
least costly approach’ to move U.S. public companies to IFRS.

Those changes include getting rid of ‘carve-outs,’ local rule
exceptions adopted by some countries that deviate from the version of IFRS that
is sanctioned by the IASB. Another adjustment supported by FASB Chairman would
be to strengthen IASB’s position as an independent standard setter by
establishing a sustainable source of funding. (It currently is supported by
private-sector donations.)

One idea is to require countries that adopt IFRS to fund the
organisation. In 2002, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act boosted FASB’s independence by
requiring government funding for the board and its parent, the FAF. Before that,
funding came from the private sector.

The call for a single set of global accounting standards will
mostly likely require a single standard setter, and that organisation may
probably not be FASB. Indeed, last week FASB member Thomas Linsmeier said the
“least important question [regarding the switch to IFRS] is what happens to FASB.”
Linsmeier, speaking at an industry conference sponsored by Pace University’s
Lubin School of Business, said that from a broad perspective, FASB’s survival
should not be what motivates the decision about moving to IFRS.

Before a transition to IFRS becomes a reality, however, other
issues will have to be addressed, including how to change the CPA exam to
coincide with IFRS, and how to rework accountant training, education, and
auditing standards to put the American system in sync with international rules.
What’s more, the industry will have to evaluate how adoption of IFRS may change
SEC policy and legal arrangements that are based on U.S. GAAP.

Next month’s blueprint meeting will also be a good
opportunity to work out which road companies eventually will take to become
compliant with IFRS. The most pressing question is whether to operate dual
accounting systems and have companies choose their adoption date within a
specified window of time, or have FASB set a specific deadline for all companies
to make the jump to IFRS.

Whichever path is taken, a few big accounting-practice issues
will have to be settled between FASB and IASB before U.S. companies adopt the
global standards. They include defining liabilities and equity, reworking
financial statement presentations, and revamping lease accounting and
revenue-recognition rules.

In the meantime, FASB will continue to work on wringing
complexity out of GAAP. For example, by the end of June, FASB’s staff is due to
release proposals on hedge accounting to resolve practice issues and make
disclosures easier to understand. Further, the staff expects to issue proposals
to eliminate qualified special-purpose entities from the accounting literature
by revising FAS 140, and improve FIN 46R, the rule on consolidating
variable-interest entities.

The SEC is also committed to moving U.S. companies to IFRS.
The commission’s chief accountant said that ‘theme’ at the SEC continues to be
to move toward international accounting standards. To quote the chief accountant
“I think to compete in the future, we will have to move to IFRS.”

(Source : CFO.Com/US)

levitra

Miscellaneous

From Published Accounts

1 Change in Accounting Policy for Toolings Pursuant to
Opinion of EAC of ICAI


Vesuvius India Limited — (31-12-2009)

From Significant Accounting Policies :

Fixed Assets :

(a) Cost :

Fixed assets are stated at cost of acquisition (net of CENVAT)
less accumulated depreciation/amortisation. Cost of acquisition includes taxes,
duties, freight and other costs that are directly attributable to bringing
assets to their working condition for their intended use. Spares that can be
used only with particular items of plant and machinery and such usage is
expected to be irregular are capitalised.

During the year, the Company has changed its accounting
policy for toolings to comply with the opinion of the Expert Advisory Committee
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India in this regard. Consequent to
such change, toolings used for the production of finished goods have been
recognised as fixed assets. Depreciation for the year on such toolings have been
provided for based on their estimated useful lives of 3 years. Hitherto, such
toolings were considered as inventories and were being amortised over their
estimated useful lives of 3 years. Consequently, during the year :

— Cost of acquisition aggregating Rs.140,561 (previous year
Rs.106,886) of toolings that had not been fully amortised till the previous
year-end has been added to gross block of fixed assets as at the beginning of
the year.

— Amortised Cost aggregating Rs.92,644 (previous year
Rs.65,751) of toolings that had not been fully amortised till the previous
year-end has been added to accumulated depreciation at the beginning of the
year.

— Cost of acquisition of toolings purchased during the year
aggregating Rs.18,005 (previous year Rs.33,675) has been recognised as addition
to fixed assets

— Depreciation for the year on toolings Rs.27,904 (previous
year Rs.26,893) has been provided for based on their aforesaid useful lives.

Had the Company continued to recognise toolings as inventory
:

— inventory of toolings at the year-end would have been
higher by Rs.38,018 (previous year Rs.47,917) and net block of fixed assets at
the year-end and at the previous year-end would have been lower by corresponding
amounts.

— toolings consumed during the year would have been higher by
Rs. 27,904 [previous year Rs.26,893] and depreciation charge for the year and
the previous year would have been lower by corresponding amounts.

The above reclassification had no impact on profit after tax
for the year.

2 Approval pending for transactions covered u/s.297 of
Companies Act, 1956

Castrol India Limited — (31-12-2009)

From Notes to Accounts
:

The Company has
entered into transactions for rendering of services and secondment of personnel
with two private limited companies incorporated in India, which are a part of
the BP group of companies worldwide. The said agreements attracted the
provisions of Section 297 of the Companies Act, 1956 as there were common
Directors between the Company and the two private limited companies. The Company
is applications to the Regional Director (Ministry of Corporate Affairs) for
necessary approvals. The Regional Director (Ministry of Corporate Affairs) has
sought clarifications and requested the Company to make fresh applications with
additional information. The Company has made fresh applications in relation to
both the private limited companies to the Regional Director (Ministry of
Corporate Affairs) and is currently awaiting approval.


Non-provision of impairment loss

Ciba India Limited — (31-3-2009)

From Notes to Accounts :

13. The Company has fixed assets on the leased
premises at Goa. The carrying value of the fixed assets at the said leased
premises Rs.120,633 including the assets which cannot be moved is Rs.70,177 as
at the year-end. The lease of the premises expired on August 31, 2008 and
pending the final outcome of the Company’s negotiations in respect of the same,
no impairment is assessed on the fixed assets at the leased premises and
depreciation on these assets is provided as per the Company‘s policy. The
company has relied on independent valuation report of January, 2008 and as the
value of assets is more than the carrying value, no impairment is deemed
necessary.

From Auditors’ Report

5. As more fully described in Note 13 to the
financial statements, pending the final outcome of the Company’s negotiations in
respect of premises leased to it, the Company has not assessed the fixed assets
at the said premises for impairment, if any. The carrying value of fixed assets
at the said leased premises is Rs.120,633 thousands including immovable assets
of Rs.70,117 thousands as identified by the Company. We are unable to comment
the effect of adjustments, if any, had such assessment for impairment been
carried out.

6. Further to our comments in the Annexure referred
to in para 3 above, and except for matter referred to in para 4 above, we report
that :

(vi) In our opinion and to the best of our
information and according to the explanations given to us except for matter
referred to in para 4 above, the said accounts give the information required by
the Companies Act 1956, in the manner so required and give a true and fair view
in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in India

levitra

ICAI And Its Members

ICAI & Its Members

1. Disciplinary cases :


In the case of Shri A. R. Chitlangi v. Shri P. L. Tapdiya,
the Articled Clerk (A.R. Chitlangi) had filed a complaint against the member
Shri P. L. Tapdiya alleging that the member did not pay stipend to him during
the period of his articles. The defence of the member was that the articled
clerk used to remain absent from his duties frequently without informing the
office, he was undisciplined and had irregular behaviour. The matter was
referred to the disciplinary committee. In the meantime, the member paid the
stipend due to the articled clerk and also issued Form 20, certifying the period
during which the articled clerk served his articles with him. In this Form there
was no mention about the irregularity or indiscipline of the articled clerk. The
only remark which the member had made was that the performance of articled clerk
was not satisfactory.

The Disciplinary Committee held the member guilty on the
ground that the member did not pay the stipend to the articled clerk and this
contravened Regulation 32 B of C.A. Regulations, 1964. The Council accepted this
finding and recommended to the High Court to award punishment of reprimand to
the member.

The Bombay High Court has not accepted the defence of the
member and held that in the facts of this case, the member was guilty of
contravention of Regulation 32 B for non-payment of stipend to the articled
clerk. The High Court has accepted the recommendation of the Council and
reprimanded the member.

(For details please refer P. 1890 of C.A. Journal for May,
2008).

2. Working hours of Articled Assistants :


Some doubts were raised about the working hours of Articled
Assistants. The Council believes that article training is an important part of
the C.A. curriculum and the same needs to be carried out in accordance with the
scheme framed by ICAI. Therefore, the following clarifications are issued by
ICAI :

(i) The working hours for the articled assistants shall be
35 hours in a week excluding the lunch break.

(ii) The office hours of the Principal for providing
article training to the articled assistants shall not be generally before 9.00
a.m. or after 7.00 p.m.

(iii) The normal working hours for the articled assistants
shall not start after 11.00 a.m. or end before 5.00 p.m.

(iv) The working hours for the articled assistants should
not exceed 35 hours in a week excluding the lunch break and normally an
articled assistant should be required to work during the normal working hours
fixed for articled assistants.

(v) In case of the exigencies of work with the Principal,
an articled assistant may be required to work beyond his/her normal working
hours. However, under such circumstances, the aggregate number of working
hours shall not exceed 45 hours per week. The requirement to work beyond 35
hours in a week should not be a practice, but be applicable only in
exceptional circumstances. Further, where the articled assistant is required
to work beyond normal working hours, and aggregate of such hours exceeds 35
hours per week, he/she shall be entitled to compensatory leave calculated with
reference to number of completed working hours, over and above, 35 hours per
week.

(vi) The facility of allowing flexible office hours stands
withdrawn.

(vii) To ensure that the working hours do not clash with
the graduation or any other course, if any pursued by the article assistant,
each articled assistant registered on or after 1st April 2008 shall now be
required to obtain specific permission from the ICAI for pursuing graduation
or other course as permitted under the Chartered Accountants Regulation by
submitting Form No.112, within one month from the date of joining the college
or course to the ICAI.

(viii) The articled assistant presently registered and
undergoing graduation or any other course and who has not obtained specific
permission shall be required to obtain the specific permission from the ICAI
by submitting Form No. 112 within six months of issue of these guidelines
i.e.,
by 30th September 2008.


(ix) The Certificate in Form No.112 indicating college
timings, etc. shall be countersigned by the concerned Principal of the college
with the seal and stamp of the College and also indicating the telephone
number/s and full address of the College.

(x) In case a student does not comply with the above
requirements or violates any of the above guidelines, his/her articleship
period shall not be recognised.


(For details
refer to p. 1940 – 1941 of C.A. Journal for May, 2008)


3. Accounting technicians :


ICAI on 3rd April, 2008, announced to launch a course for
Accounting Technicians from 22nd April for undergraduate students. This is a new
course which ICAI wants to introduce in our country. Brief details about the
need for Accounting Technicians in our country are stated in the President’s
Message at Page 1806 of C.A. Journal for May, 2008 as under :


“The multi-faceted growth of Indian economy has resulted in huge demand for second-tier accounting personnel for large as well as small and medium enterprises. For long, a need was being felt for persons with accounting and related skills commensurate with the requirements at the operational level. Responding to this ever-increasing demand in industry as well as in the services sector, the Council has decided to launch ‘Accounting Technicians Course’. These accounting technicians will not only fill gaps at the operational level as accountants but will also ensure that the value chain in the accounting process does not suffer. With closer integration of agriculture and informal sectors with the mainstream economy, the demand for such professionals is expected to go up every year. I believe that this step will provide a much needed service and further boost our image as a premier accounting Institute in the country. As per the proposal, a step-up approach is being adopted whereby a student having qualified the Accounting Technicians Course will be eligible to enrol for the CA Course. At the same time, a student who has enrolled for a CA course but who for one reason or the other is not able to complete the CA Course will have the option to become an accounting technician. Further, all those students who have passed Intermediate or FE-II Examination of the Institute at any time in the past and have completed articled training shall also be eligible for Accounting Technician Certificate.”

4. ICAI News:
(Note: Page Nos. given below are from CA. Journal for May, 2008)

i) Auditing  Standard:

Exposure draft on Revised Standard on Auditing (SA) 260 on ‘Communication with those charged with Governance’ is published for comments by members by 15-6-2008. Similarly, Explanatory Memorandum to this Exposure draft is also published (Pages 1959-1975).

ii) Clause 49 of Listing  Agreement:

SEBI has issued a Circular on 8-4-2008 making some modifications in clause 49 of the Listing Agreements. This Circular clarifies that 50% of the Directors on the Board of Directors of a listed company should be independent directors if the non-executive chairman of the Board is a promotor or related to the promotors or persons occupying management positions. At present, if the chairman is a non executive director, the requirement is that only 1/3rd of the Board should consist of independent directors. SEBI has also stated that the minimum age of an independent director should be 21 years (Page 1952).

iii) Perspective  Planning  Committee:

ICAI has appointed the above committee which will identify the areas of concern by flagging issues which affect the profession. The committee hag invited the views of the members. (Page 1948).

iv) New Branches  of ICAI :

Following new Branches have been established w.e.f 27-3-2008 :

a) Amravati  Branch  of WIRC
b) Pimpri Chinchwad Brach of WIRC (Refer page 1946)

v) Delivery  of Journal at Residential  Address:

Presently the monthly journal of the Institute is delivered only at the professional address registered with the Institute. However, with a view to ensuring timely delivery of the journal to members and to enable them to read it at their convenience, ICAI has decided to give an option to the members to get their copy of journal at the residential address, if they so desire. All those members who are desirous of getting the journal at the residential address may send  a request  in writing  (page  1807).

From The President

From The President

Dear BCAJ Lovers,

I begin writing this month’s message while sitting in a hotel
room in another country after a very hectic day full of meetings. I felt that if
I begin the message in a completely new environment, maybe, I will get some
fresh ideas to write about.

At the outset, let me begin by congratulating the
Vice-President of the BCAS CA Mayur Nayak on his unopposed election as the next
President of the BCAS. He is joined by CA Pradip Thanawala who has been elected
as the next Vice-President. The new managing committee too has been elected. The
new team will take charge at the conclusion of the next AGM on 6th July. I must
confess that the thought of having only a few weeks left in office as your
President is a sad thought and I am already wondering how life would be after I
lay down office. But more about that next month.

I am continuing to write this message after returning to
India and flying off straight for a holiday with my family and a few friends.
Sitting in a tranquil place surrounded by mountains, valleys, forests and clouds
floating around, I feel I am in a different world altogether, compared to the
hustle bustle of daily grind in Mumbai. This much-needed break has given me time
to pause and think of the importance of relaxing and taking life easy. The
stress of routine work and constant fight against deadline-driven professional
life does tend to take its toll on one’s physical health. We all need to learn
to take compulsory holidays with our family members. We owe that to our own
selves and to our family members.

At the BCAS, though the year is drawing to an end, there is a
flurry of activities planned for the next few weeks. Responding to the
suggestions received from a few members in pursuance of my request for feedback,
our Indirect Taxes and Allied Laws Committee has planned the 4th Residential
Study Course on Service Tax in the first week of July. I hope that members will
take advantage of this unique course. The HR Committee too has gone ahead with
its annual programme for CA students. Members are requested to motivate and
encourage their students to participate in this very lively event. The
Information Technology Committee has, for the first time, arranged a half-day
seminar on Social and Professional Networking. Personally, I am an avid fan of
networking sites and I strongly believe that going forward, these sites will
become the centre point of communication amongst people. The various networks
created by the BCAS on different sites have met with very heartening response
and we have a reasonably large following on these networks. Therefore, this
seminar could not have come at a more opportune time. I invite readers to
participate in all our activities.

In my last communication, I had touched upon the concept of
networking and mergers amongst practising CAs. I have received responses from a
few members seeking advice on how to go forward with that idea. I intend to work
on this concept with our HR Committee and come up with a useful seminar very
soon.

During my visit to Mauritius recently, I met the Deputy Prime
Minister of that country and also a director of the Investment Board. The
difference in their approach and attitude towards investors and industry as
compared to our country’s red tapism and the bureaucratic approach of our Babus
was so obvious. The Deputy Prime Minister is a Chartered Accountant and was in
practice before he joined politics. The passion with which he spoke about how
their country was going out of the way to create an investor-friendly
environment conducive to the economic growth of the country was something which
I will not forget. I wish we had such people in our Government and public sector
bodies. Citizens would feel much more comfortable and confident of doing
business here. The ever-changing laws of our country make it difficult to plan
ahead. Retrospective amendments to the law seeking to overrule judicial
decisions send a very negative signal to investors and foreigners wanting to do
business in India. One hopes that our economist Prime Minister is able to bring
about much-needed change in India. Also, drawing inspiration from the Deputy PM
of Mauritius, I feel that more and more professionals and educated people ought
to join the mainstream politics so as to help cleanse the corrupt system. It is
not enough for all of us to merely sit back and complain all the time about the
ills of our society. We must do something about it.

Finally, the President-elect of the BCAS Mayur Nayak has
requested me to chair the Information Technology Committee of the BCAS next
year. I am looking forward to this exciting opportunity and hope to be able to
make a meaningful contribution to the BCAS and its members through increased use
of sophisticated technology in the months to come. I can assure you that you
will see much more of the BCAS on the Internet than ever before.

Yours sincerely,

Ameet
N. Patel




President, BCAS

levitra

From The President

Dear Professional Colleagues,


    When I wrote my communication for the May issue, we were in the middle of an election. All pollsters predicted a fractured mandate, with all its adverse consequences. Many of us were reconciled to an unstable government and many compromises that government formation would have required. Fortunately the Indian voter turned out to be far wiser than what the experts expected him to be. We have a stable government in place. Though it is still a coalition government the baggage of allies has become far lighter. This may mark a turning point in our national history. There are huge expectations from this government which is headed by a Prime Minister with a clean image.

    There is hope that the economy will be back on track. Our profession will have a significant role to play in the upsurge of economic activity. The question that we need to ask ourselves is how far are we equipped to meet the demands society will make on us ? In this communication I have attempted to discuss a few of the challenges that we face.

    Our role as book-keepers has diminished considerably. The routine, repetitive work is now taken care of by technology. Armies of accountants have now been replaced by computers driven by intelligent software. However, verification of huge databases is still our responsibility. It is in this area that we face our first major challenge. The new entrants to the profession are techno-savvy but most of the seniors are not. We must harness technology to validate databases. Data security is a subject we must learn. We realise our inadequate knowledge when we have to deal with subjects like information security and system audits. Undoubtedly, a few of us may have acquired the requisite knowledge but many of us have not. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) already has a subject of this nature in the curriculum and is making efforts to equip existing members. However, far more needs to be done. During the course of our audit we do rely on the work of experts in this area, but our level of comfort will increase only when our members equip themselves with knowledge in these areas.

    The second challenge is the area of accounting standards. The ICAI is the standard setter. One certainly understands that with globalisation, the stake-holders in business are spread over different geographical locations and belong to different countries. In order to ensure that we do better business with each other it is necessary that we speak in the same accounting language. In this context convergence to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) is welcome. However, our leaders must appreciate that while large business houses have significant impact on the economy, in absolute terms their numbers are small. The majority of small/medium businesses have a different perspective, culture and the professionals who service them play a different role from those who service large business houses. Consequently the accounting, audit and documentation standards that apply to these entities must be significantly different from the standards that apply to global business. I am conscious that basic accounting standards and principles must be adhered to. The debate is over ‘what is basic ?’. We have seen that advisors, regulators were responsive to the needs of business in the context of the problems large corporates faced given the unforeseen foreign exchange fluctuations that occurred in recent months. The same degree of sympathy and response must be shown to problems of small/medium businesses and their service providers in adhering to accounting and audit standards. If this does not happen, the standards will be observed more in breach and compliance will be in letter and not in spirit.

    The third challenge is to change the mindset of professionals that their survival depends on statute-based work. We have seen a debate about the methodology of allotment of audits of banks and public sector undertakings, etc. While one entirely supports transparency in appointment of auditors where public interest is involved, the profession must introspect and see as to how it can add value to the services that it delivers. If regulators begin to feel that the services that we provide are only ‘ticking the boxes’, then the statutory mandate will be done away with. I understand that in the UK, audit of small private limited companies is optional. It is only when auditees perceive a value in our services that they receive, that they would be willing to remunerate us handsomely. Today, statute-based compliance cost is considered as a tax by the payer, it must translate into a fee.

    The fourth challenge is adherence to ethical standards. Regulators and other authorities treat our authentication with trust. They expect that we take due degree of care. We must ensure that blatant offenders amongst us are brought to book and action is taken quickly. I entirely appreciate that in some cases our authentication is to be read with certain qualifications due to the inherent limitations of the verification process. The need is to communicate such limitations clearly so that misunderstanding is minimised. We must perform with diligence once we accept assignments. Limiting our effort to make it commensurate to the fee should never enter our minds. Our members must understand the distinction between a profession and a business and the line that divides the two.

    The last challenge is to remain relevant to the society at large. It is a fact that despite all the ills that affect it, the medical profession is respected because it touches the lives of all, of the richest person in a mansion and of the man on the street. Our profession must also consider how it can make available its skill sets to society at large. We must look at environmental audits, energy audits and may be even social responsibility audits. It is only then that the trust and confidence that the public places in the letters ‘CA’ of the English alphabet will be reinforced.

From The President

From The President

Dear professional colleagues,

India’s growing economy, infrastructure growth, booming
market and rising international trade have induced companies to draw up robust
business plans to seize the available opportunities. At the same time, the
companies look for various avenues to raise finance from the public. From the
various available options, Initial Public Offers (IPOs) remain the obvious
choice for garnering resources.

IPOs offer various benefits to companies, like access to
expansion capital, unlocking the value, debt swap, transparency of operations,
etc. India’s booming stock market, at least until early this year, witnessed
many IPOs being oversubscribed. In 2007, 100 companies raised Rs.34,179 crores
from the primary market, while in the first four months of 2008, 18 companies
have raised about Rs.14,908 crores. This shows the rise in the volume of the
IPOs.

Presently, the entire share application money is withdrawn
from the investor’s bank account on his making an application for shares through
IPOs. On completion of the allotment, the company has to ensure that the shares
are credited to the investor’s demat account and excess application money is
refunded through electronic banking channels within 15 days from the close of
the issue. In this process, investor’s money gets locked up without interest
payment for almost a month once he applies in the IPO, while the banks
incidentally use this float during this period.

Recently, SEBI has given ‘in principle’ approval to the new
payment mechanism for IPOs, with the objective to eliminate protracted refund
process. It is an investor-friendly proposition.

Under the proposed system, application money will remain in
the investor’s bank account until the completion of allotment process and his
account will be debited only if and to the extent shares allotted to him. This
concept is based on the ‘lien marking’ process. Under this, once a person
applies for shares, the share application amount is blocked by the bank and a
confirmation is sent to the company about availability of funds. The amount is
transferred from the investor’s account to the concerned company’s bank account
on completion of the allotment process. This system will eliminate the process
of refunding investor’s money as the funds will remain in his account and also
will relieve primary market investors from the anxiety of getting refunds on
non-allotment of shares in public issues.

It is hoped that SEBI will soon work out the modalities in
this regard in consultation with banks. It should also be seen that a large
number of banks get involved and gear up to implement this payment mechanism in
case of IPOs. It is expected that all the drawbacks attached to the earlier
Stock Invest Scheme will be taken care of.

Presently, Qualified Institutional Buyers are permitted to
pay only 10% of the bid application money in IPOs. But, other investors have to
put 100% of the bid amount. This needs correction. With the introduction of the
new payment mechanism, it is hoped that this disparity too would be eliminated.

On this subject, another important issue is with regard to
the share premium at which a company issues its shares. Under the present
regulations, the issue price is evaluated by the merchant banker. The SEBI
Guidelines require the company to file the prospectus that gives all the
relevant information of the company to an investor with regard to management,
business plans, liabilities, risk factors and so on, but in view of the
investors’ level of education in understanding the key parameters of the
business and financial position, it is difficult for a large number of investors
to analyse this information critically and take an informed decision. Recently,
SEBI has made it mandatory to get IPOs graded from a credit rating agency.
However, investors will always have to be watchful in view of the subjectivity
involved in IPO grading.

In spite of the stringent regulations, grey market operations
are in existence. At times, the grey market operations have adverse
repercussions on the listing price of the shares.

A company has to list its shares within 21 days from the
closing of its allotment process. It is felt that a reduction in this period of
21 days will make the primary market more efficient, transparent and may
eliminate or reduce grey market operations in the long run.

The basic philosophy of book building is based on the fact
that the price of any scrip mainly depends upon the perception of the investors
about the issuer company. The process of price determination starts on filing of
red-herring prospectus indicating the price band and inviting offers from
institutional buyers and intermediaries eligible to act as underwriters.
Simultaneously, the issuer company also collects bids from the general public.
After the bidding process is over, issue price is determined based on the bids
received. On determination of the price, the underwriter enters into an
underwriting agreement with the issuer. At this moment, effectively the issuer
company and the underwriter are aware about the total bids received and the
application money/margin collected by the company. Effectively, this undermines
the utility of the underwriting process. We expect that SEBI will consider these
issues in days to come.

At the Society, the transition process has begun for the
ensuing Diamond Jubilee Year. Anil Sathe and Ameet Patel have been elected as
the President and the Vice-President respectively for the year 2008-09. My
hearty congratulations to both of them and I wish them a successful tenure
ahead.

With regards,
Rajesh Kothari

levitra

ICAI And Its Members

ICAI and Its Members

1. ICAI News :

(Note : Page Nos. given below are from C.A. Journal
for May, 2010)

(i) Multipurpose Empanelment Application Form (MEF) for the
year 2010-11 for empanelment for audit assignments has been hosted on
www.meficai.org on 1-5-2010. Last date for submission of MEF is 15-6-2010. Hard
copy of the declaration is to be sent to ICAI, New Delhi before 30-6-2010. Out
of the total applications up to 10% applicants will be called upon to submit (a)
Financial Statements of the Firm, (b) Partnership Deed effective on 1-1-2010,
and (c) copies of acknowledgement of latest Income-tax Returns, computation of
income and the latest assessment orders of the Firm and Partners. (Page 1736).

(ii) SEBI has issued a Circular on 5-4-2010 whereby the
listing agreements of all listed companies are amended. Some of the new
requirements, concerning auditors, as per the Circular are as under :

(a) Auditors of the company will have to give certificate
for accounting treatment under schemes of arrangement on account of
amalgamation/merger/reconstruction, etc. of listed companies to be submitted
to the concerned stock exchange. The auditors will be required to issue a
certificate to the effect that the accounting treatment contained in such
schemes is in compliance with all the applicable accounting standards.

(b) In relation to the requirement of a valid peer review
certificate for statutory auditors, in respect of all listed entities, limited
review/statutory audit reports submitted to the concerned stock exchanges
shall be given only by those auditors who have subjected themselves to the
peer review process of the ICAI and who hold a valid certificate issued by the
‘Peer Review Board’ of the ICAI.

(c) Limited review report and statutory auditor’s reports
are modified to make it clear that disclosures pertaining to details of public
shareholding and promoters’ shareholding, including details of
pledged/encumbered shares of promoters/promoter group, contained in the format
have been traced from disclosures made by the management; and

(d) In order to ensure that the CFO has adequate accounting
and financial management expertise to review and rectify the financial
statements as required under Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement, the
appointment of the CFO is approved by the Audit Committee before finalisation
of the same by the management and the Audit Committee, while approving the
appointment, shall assess the qualifications, experience and background, etc.
of the candidate. (Pages 1753-54)





(iv) Special Placement Programme for experienced CAs :


Special Placement Programme for experienced and fresh
Chartered Accountants has been organised by ICAI in the month of June, 2010 as
under :

Centre Dates
(a) Mumbai and New Delhi
25-26 June, 2010
(b) Bangalore, Chennai,
Kolkata and Hyderabad
23-24 June, 2010
(c) Jaipur and Pune 22 June, 2010

CAs who have qualified before 10-5-2010 as well as those who
have experience of more than one year can participate in this programme. (Page
1862)

(v) Campus Placement Programme :


In the last issue of BCA Journal (Page 124) results of the
First Phase of the campus placement programme organised by ICAI in Feb-Mar, 2010
were given. Now results of the Second Phase of this programme are published. The
highlights of this phase are as under :

(a) Brief summary for both phases of the programme :


No. of candidates registered — 2931

No. of interview teams — 99

No. of organisations — 94

No. of jobs offered — 1411

% of jobs offered — 48.11%

(b) Phase II — Important Centres :


Centres
Candidates registered No. of interview teams No. of jobs offered

Ahmedabad
158  8 29

Chandigarh
337 5 24

Hyderabad
201 19 106

Jaipur
370 9 51


Note?: Annual salary offered — Highest (international) $ 1.5 lacs (about Rs.70 lacs), Highest (Indian) Rs.10.82 lacs, Minimum Rs.3.24 lacs and Average Rs.6.58 lacs. (Page 1870)

    2. Non-compliance with reporting obligations:

Financial Reporting Review Board (FRRB) has observed some discrepancies in compliance with Accounting Standards in published Financial Statements of some of the companies. In brief some of the important observations of the committee are as under. Members may note these observations.

    i) AS 1 — Disclosure of Accounting Policies:

    a) Certain enterprises merely state in their accounting policy relating to revenue recognition that the revenue has been recognised on the basis as stipulated under AS-9, Revenue Recognition. Such disclosure cannot be considered as adequate disclosure under AS-1. The accounting policy as adopted by the enterprise with respect to timing of recognition of revenue arising from sales revenue, interest income, royalty income and dividend income should be considered as one of the most important accounting policies for any organisation and it should be disclosed separately.

    b) Paragraph 24 of the AS-1 requires that all significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation and presentation of financial statements should be disclosed. The financial statements of the enterprises provide a detailed note on accounting policies as adopted by them. However, they often omit to disclose accounting policies with regard to the borrowing costs, valuation of inventories, accounting for investments, impairment of assets, provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets. It was felt that enterprises normally, borrow funds, hold inventories as well as investments and also possess certain assets which may be subject to impairment. Further, there is always a need to carry certain provision to meet their future liabilities. Accordingly, subject to circumstances, enterprises are expected to also disclose the accounting policies as adopted by them with regard to borrowing costs, valuation of inventories, accounting for investments, impairment of assets and provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets.

    ii) AS-2 — Valuation of inventories:
Some enterprises recognise the customs duty on inventory as and when the goods are cleared from customs warehouse. As such, no provision for customs duty is made on the goods lying in the warehouse. It is contrary to the requirement of the AS-2. It may be noted that as per paragraph 6 of the AS-2, the cost of inventories should comprise all costs of purchases, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in brining the inventories to their present location and condition. Since the customs duty is a cost incurred in bringing the goods to its present location and condition, therefore, the liability to pay such duty should be recognised as and when the goods enter the territorial waters of the country. (Page 1871)

    3. Deferred tax assets — What is virtual certainty?

Expert Advisory Committee (EAC) has given the following opinion on this subject on Pages 1755-1757.

    i) Facts:

A public sector company is engaged in construction of ships and ship repair activities. The company has an accumulated loss of Rs.847.42 crore as on 1-4-2008 and a deferred tax asset of Rs.102.36 crore. As per the Income-tax Returns filed by the company and income-tax assessments, the amount of unabsorbed depreciation and carried forward losses of the company is Rs.255.51 crore. The company has also realised deferred tax asset to the extent of Rs.6.66 crore in the financial year 2007-08.

The Auditors have taken the view that there is no virtual certainty supported by convincing evidence that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which deferred tax assets (DTA) can be realised. The company has given several reasons to support its stand that sufficient income will be available in future years against which a DTA can be adjusted.

    ii) Query:

The company referred the following query to EAC for its opinion.

The querist has sought the opinion of the Expert Advisory Committee as to whether the accounting for deferred tax assets by the company is in compliance with AS-22, based on the inputs as stated above in respect of virtual certainty of future taxable income.

(iii) Opinion:
The EAC has considered the above facts, views of the Auditors and the submissions of the company. It has also considered para 17 and 18 of AS-22 dealing with ‘Accounting for Taxes on Income’. In particular, reference is made to Explanation below para 17 of AS-22 (ASI-9) and stated in para 11 of the opinion as under.

On the basis of the above, the Committee is of the view that the orders secured by the company, as mentioned by the querist in paragraph 3(a) to (c) above, may be considered while creating deferred tax asset provided these are binding on the other party and it can be demonstrated that they will result in future taxable income. However, mere projections made by the company indicating the earning of profits from future orders contemplated in paragraphs 3(a) and above, or financial restructuring proposal under consideration of the Government of India or the fact that the books of account of the company are prepared on ‘going concern’ basis as mentioned by the querist in paragraphs 3(d) and (e), respectively, may not be considered as convincing evidence of virtual certainty as contemplated in the ‘Explanation’ to paragraph 17 of AS-22 reproduced above. Further, the mere fact that the items covered u/s.43B of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the provision for liquidated damages, doubtful advances, guarantee repairs and other contingencies, and unabsorbed depreciation can be carried forward for unlimited number of years, can also not be a ground for recognizing a deferred tax asset, as mentioned by the querist in paragraphs 3(f), (g) and (h), respectively, since paragraph 17 of AS-22 read with its ‘Explanation’, requires virtual certainty supported by convincing evidence at the date of the balance sheet. The Committee also wishes to point out that a deferred tax asset can be created to the extent that future taxable income will be available from future reversal of any deferred tax liability recognised at the balance sheet date. To that extent, it would not be necessary to consider the level of virtual certainty supported by convincing evidence.

On the above reasoning the opinion of the Committee is that accounting of DTA by the company is in compliance with AS-22 to the extent stated in para 11 of its opinion.

    4. Accounting Standards:

Accounting Standards Board (ASB) has issued further exposure drafts revising the following Accounting Standards and also issued two exposure drafts of New Accounting Standards after convergence with the International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) and International Accounting Standards (IAS) for public comments.

    A. Revised Standards:

    i) AS-9 (Corresponding to IAS-18) — Revenue
    ii) AS-15 (Corresponding to IAS-19) — Employees Benefits.
    iii) AS-17 (Corresponding to IFRS-8) — Operating Segments.
    iv) AS-18 (Corresponding to IAS-24) — Related Party Disclosures.
    v) AS-20 (Corresponding to IAS-33) — Earnings per share.
    vi) AS-26 (Corresponding to IAS-38) — Intangible Assets.
    vii) AS-29 (Corresponding to IAS-37) — Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.

    B. New Standards:

    viii) AS-38 (Corresponding to IAS-41) — Agriculture.
    ix) AS-39 (Corresponding to IFRS-4) — Insurance Contracts.

    5. Standards on Review Engagements:

The following Standards on Review Engagements (SRE) have been published at pages stated below. These apply to Financial Statements for periods beginning on or after 1st April, 2010?:

    i) Standard on Review of Engagements (SRE) 2400 (Revised) — Engagements to Review Financial Statements. (Pages 1879-1884)

    ii) Standard on Review of Engagements (SRE) 2410 — Review of Interim Financial Information performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity. (Pages 1885-1897)

ICAI And Its Members

1. Disciplinary Case

    In the case of ICAI vs. Y.M. Mansuri, the Commissioner of Income tax filed a complaint alleging that, in his statement u/s. 131, the member admitted that the audit u/s. 44 AB of the Income- tax Act in his clients’ case was conducted in January/February but the audit report in Form 3CB was backdated i.e., 30th October to avoid penalty in his clients’ case u/s. 271 B. It was noticed that there were no markings in the books of accounts of the assessee and it was found that the books and other records were not verified and that audit report u/s. 44 AB was given without conducting the audit.

    The Disciplinary Committee as well as the Council of ICAI found the member guilty of professional misconduct and recommended that the name of the member be removed from the Register of Members for a period of six months.

    The Gujarat High Court has accepted the above findings of the Disciplinary Committee and the Council of ICAI. The defence of the member was that there was no loss of Government revenue. The High Court has observed, “Though, in financial terms, the member may be correct in stating that there is no loss of revenue, but the said contention is bereft of any substance when the underlying idea of obtaining tax audit report is considered”. The High Court has also observed, “Once statutory obligation is cast on a person and such statutory obligation provides for a period of limitation within which a particular document is required to be submitted, failure to do so within prescribed period of limitation is, by itself, liable to be visited with penalty, unless explained by a reasonable cause.” In conclusion the High Court has accepted the recommendation of the Council of ICAI to remove the name of the member from the Register of Members for six months (C.A. Journal, May 2009, page 1879).

2. Accounting for expenditure on development of corporate portal

    The Expert Advisory Committee (EAC) of ICAI has given the following opinion in the case of a Government company at Pages 1882-83 of C.A. Journal for May, 2009.

(i) Facts

(a) During the year 2005-06, the company had awarded a contract for design and development of corporate portal of the company to M/s. XYZ Ltd. at Rs.32.20 lacs. The corporate portal is leveraging the web/Internet technologies/tools for dissemination of information and allows a familiar, easy to use web. The portal is being accessed through Internet and/or Intranet. The portal is facilitating the users throughout the enterprise to access a wide variety of information, e.g., company’s announcements, tender calendar, etc. Also employees of the company can view human resource details. Portal is also helping in the speedy and efficient dissemination of information.

(b) The company has stated that an amount of Rs.32.20 lacs was incurred on development of the web portal. As per the accounting policy adopted by the company, the amount incurred on development of the web portal was capitalised along with the computer/server. A disclosure in this regard was given in the notes to the accounts.

(c) During the course of audit, the C & AG suggested that Rs.32.20 lacs should be separately shown as an Intangible Asset as required under AS -26 dealing with ‘Intangible Assets’. According to the company it was clarified that in its case AS-10 dealing with ‘Accounting for Fixed Assets’ was applicable.

(ii) Issue before EAC

The company sought opinion of EAC on the question as to whether AS-10 or AS-26 applied in such a case.

(iii) Opinion of EAC

    EAC has observed in para 11 of its opinion as under :

    “11. The Committee notes from the facts of the case that the company has capitalised the application software internally developed by the company along with the web application server and data-based server for which the reason is stated to be that the application software is an integral part of the web application server and data-based server and that the said computer machines were not supposed to be operated as stand-alone machines. In this regard, the Committee notes that application software is a software program running on the top of the operating system that has been created to perform a specific task for a user. The said computer machines can still be run through the operating system without the application software, though not for the desired tasks. Thus, the Committee is of the view that the application software cannot be treated as an integral part of the related machines and cannot be capitalised along with the said computer machines. Accordingly, in the view of the Committee, the computer software under consideration should be treated as separate internally developed intangible asset, provided it meets the requirements of AS-26.”

3. Peer review of audit firms of listed companies

    An important announcement of ICAI on this issue is at page 1991 of C.A. Journal for May, 2009. This reads as under :

“The Council of ICAI accepted the recommendation of SEBI that for appointment as an auditor of listed companies for accounting periods commencing on or after April 1, 2009 the auditor firms/practice units must have a certificate from the Peer Review Board of the Institute. Further, the Council also accepted the recommendation of SEBI that the financial statement of an unlisted company coming out with an initial public offer (IPO) should also be certified by the audit firms/practice units who have been issued a certificate from the Peer Review Board. The firms who have already been selected for peer review and their review is in progress at different stages may gear up their peer review process and ensure that their final report is submitted by the reviewer to the Board at the earliest. In order to complete the peer review exercise timely and smoothly, all the practice units and reviewers are hereby requested to expedite their peer review process. Firms who are interested in getting themselves peer reviewed may contact the Peer Review Board by emailing their request at peerreviewboard@icai.org. The mail should also indicate whether the firm is undertaking audit of listed companies as of now. For any further queries you may contact CA. K. Raghu, Chairman, Peer Review Board at kraghu9999@gmail.com.”

4. Internal auditor cannot be tax auditor– Clarification by ICAI

The Council in its 281st meeting held from 3rd to 5th October, 2008 decided that an internal auditor of an assessee, whether working with the organisation or an independently practising Chartered Accountant being an individual chartered accountant or a firm of chartered accountants, cannot be appointed as its tax auditor.

The said decision came into force from December 12, 2008. As per the decision an internal auditor cannot carry out tax audit on or after December 12, 2008. Subsequently, representations have been made pointing out the hardship being caused by the above said decision in respect of those internal auditors who have been appointed as tax auditors for the financial year 2008-09 on or before December 12, 2008. The Council considering this hardship has decided that the decision taken by the Council at its meeting between 3rd to 5th October, 2008 shall be applicable to all appointments as tax auditor made on or after December 12, 2008 and accordingly those internal auditors whose appointments have been made as tax auditors before December 12, 2008, can carry out the tax audit of the financial year ending on March 31, 2009, i.e., Assessment Year 2009 – 10 only.

5. ICAI move to check dummy articleship


ICAI has prepared action plan to check the system of dummy articles hip which appears to be prevalent in the profession. The following Notification dated 27.3.2009 is published on page 1983 of CA. Journal for May, 2009.

a) The coaching classes shall not continue after 9.30 a.m./or start before 5.30 p.m. so as to enable the articled/ audit assistants to concentrate wholly on practical training.

b) Members of the Institute who are engaged in coaching be advised not to undertake coaching  between 9.30 a.m. and 5.30 p.m.

c) An articled assistant should undergo practical training in accordance with the guidelines of the Institute between 10.30 a.m. and 5.30 p.m. During the period an articled assistant shall not be permitted to attend colleges / other institutions for graduation or any other course.

d) Every articled/ audit assistant shall submit once in a year a specific declaration duly countersigned by the principal to the effect that he is regularly attending training and his college hours do not clash with his articles timings and that no coaching is undertaken by him between 9.30 a.m. and 5.30 p.m. on any working day. In the event of breach of these guidelines and not taking permission as required, the articles already undergone shall be derecognised for such period as the Institute may decide.

e) Every articled/audit assistant shall be required to maintain mandatorily the Work Diary in the form to be prescribed by the Board of Studies.

f) The Institute to call for at random training report along with attendance record and stipend details and also Work Diary maintained by articled / audi t assistant from any member / firm in respect of any articled assistant at any point of time during the period of practical training for verification.

g) In case an articled  assistant  is found  not undergoing articles in the manner prescribed, he shall be debarred from appearing in the exam up to 3 consecutive exams besides cancellation of such period of articles. The concerned member who allowed such an articled assistant be subject to punitive action besides withdrawing either partly or fully his eligibility to train articled assistant. In Peer review, the reviewer be required to verify whether training is imparted to the articled assistant in the manner prescribed.

h) No request for termination of articles is entertained from any articled assistant in general and more particularly during the first six months and also during the last twelve months of articles except as provided in the Regulations. In the event of termination, his articles shall not be registered in the same city.

i) No request of an articled assistant for termination (transfer) of articleship shall be considered unless his/her working parent(s) is/are transferred from the city / place where the articled assistant is receiving training to another city and a copy of transfer order/proof is submitted to the principal in proof thereof. On such
termination the articled assistant concerned shall join articles training in and around the place of posting of his/her parent (s) and shall not re-register articles in the same city or within 50 kms radius of the city where he/she has undergone articles prior to such termination.

j) If the articled assistant is not able to serve the articleship for specified genuine medical reasons, thereby opting to discontinue the CA course for a period of at least three months, the termination of articles be permitted, provided that the medical grounds are such that warrant termination of articleship.

k) In the event of misconduct  involving moral turpitude, gross negligence or unsatisfactory performance of the articled assistant, his articles shall be liable to be terminated by his principal besides being cancelled or extended for such period as may be decided by the Institute. Board of Studies to decide and enumerate the acts constituting misconduct.

l) Termination of articles be permitted on such other justified circumstances as my be deemed genuine by the Council.

m) While forwarding the Form No.109 the principal shall state specifically the clause (the relevant clause mentioned above) under which the articles have been terminated.

6. ICAI News

(Note:    Page Nos. given below  are from C. A. Journal  for May, 2009).

i) Working hours of articled assistants

In May, 2009, issue of BCA Journal some details on the above issue were given from a communication of the secretary dated 3.4.2009. Now detailed guidelines on the subject are published on page 1989.
 
ii) Amendment   of Form  3 CD u/s. 44 AB

In Form 3 CD after item No.17, item No.17 A as under is added-

“17A. Amount of interest inadmissible under Section 23 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006”. (Refer page 1876).

iii) Panel  of arbitrators

ICAI is maintaining a panel of arbitrators. The names of the members who have undergone the Certificate Course successfully as stated on page 1932 is included in the panel.

iv) Guidelines   for network

The guidelines for network amongst the firms of Chartered Accountants have been revised. The revised guidelines are published at pages 1964-1969.

v) Perspective  Planning  Committee

The Perspective Planning Committee of ICAI has submitted its Survey Report in February 2009. Detailed findings of this survey can be obtained from ICAI website’ Announcements’ page dated 6.2.2009. Synopsis of this report is published at pages 1974-1977.

vi) Membership   fees  for 2009-10

The membership fees for 2009-10 are due on 1.4.2009. Announcement for this purpose is at page 1988.

(vii) Formation of CPE Study Circles for members in industry

ICAI has developed the norms for formation of CPE study circles which will cater the needs of members in industry – Details of these norms are published on pages 1992-1995.

(viii)Advisory for Multipurpose Empanelment Form for 2009-10

The last date for submitting of applications for Empanelment Form in 15.6.2009. This Form has been simplified and the same has been published on pages 1996-2000.

ix) Accounting Standard (AS-11)

In May 2009 issue of BCAS Journal the issue relating to amendment of AS-ll dealing with ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ has been discussed. ICAI has now clarified that this amendment is applicable to corporates registered under the Companies Act, 1956. In other words, AS-ll as issued by ICAI will apply to all entities other than companies. It may be noted that by this amendment of AS-II, para 46 is added in AS-11 by Government Notification. Para 46 gives option to follow the revised procedure to all enterprises. Therefore, it is difficult to understand how the amendment can be restricted to only companies. Let us hope that ICAI reconsiders its view.

x) New  publications   of ICAI

a) Technical Guide on Information Systems Audit (P.1982).

b) Technical Guide on Systems Audit of Stock Brokers (P.1982).

c) Technical Guide on Share Valuation (P.1984).

d) Technical Guide on Revenue Recognition for Software (P.1984).

e) Technical Guide on Accounting for Micro-Finance Institutions (P.1985).

f) Technical Guide on Internal Audit of StockBrokers (P.1986).

Orders of The Court

fiogf49gjkf0d

Right to Information

Part A: Orders of The Court


Public Authority : S. 2(h)


Only Public Authorities are obliged to provide information to
the citizens under the RTI Act. In January 2010 under the same title, I had
written :

“Many bodies operate primarily as service to the citizens of
India, though some of them may even be commercial or business bodies. When RTI
application is received by them, they take a view that RTI Act does not apply to
them. They contend that they are not ‘Public Authority’ (PA) as defined u/s.2(h)
the Act. Basically, such bodies need to be transparent and accountable not only
to those they deal with, but to the citizens at large.”

Matter came before the High Court of Delhi in writ petition
(civil) No. 4748 as to whether National Stock Exchange of India Ltd. is Public
Authority or not. The Full Bench decision of CIC as reported earlier in this
feature, had decided that NSE, BSE and all other stock exchanges are PA.

The definition of ‘public authority’ u/s.2(h) reads as under
:

‘public authority’ means any authority or body or institution
of self-government established or constituted :

(a) by or under the Constitution;
(b) by any other law made by Parliament;
(c) by any other law made by State Legislature; (d) by notification issued or
order made by the appropriate Government, and includes any :

(i) body owned, controlled or substantially financed;

(ii) non-Government organisation substantially financed,
directly or indirectly by funds provided by the appropriate Government.

S. 2(h) of the Act consists of two parts. The first part
states that public authority means any authority or body or institution of
self-government established or constituted by or under the Constitution, by any
enactment made by the Parliament or the State Legislature or by a Notification
issued or order made by the appropriate Government. The second part starts from
the word ‘includes’ and states that the term ‘public authority’ includes bodies
which are owned, controlled or substantially financed directly or indirectly by
funds provided by the appropriate Government and non-Government organisations
substantially financed directly or indirectly by funds provided by the
ap-propriate Government.

It is obvious that the term ‘public authority’ has been given
a broad and wide meaning not only to include bodies which are owned, controlled
or substantially financed directly or indirectly by the Government, but even
non-Government organisations, which are substantially financed directly or
indirectly by the Government. The idea, purpose and objective behind the
beneficial legislation is to make information available to citizens in respect
of organisations, which take benefit and advantage by utilising substantial
public funds. This ensures that the citizens can ask for and get information and
know on how public funds are being used and there is accountability,
transparency and openness. Even private organisations, which are enjoying
benefit of substantial funding directly or indirectly from the Governments, fall
within the definition of ‘public authorities’ under the Act.

The Court then has extensively discussed the meaning of words
such as ‘authority’, ‘substantially financed’, ‘body’, ‘institution’, etc. While
interpreting ‘establish’ the Court noted : “Thus, it cannot be said that the
only meaning of the word ‘establish’ to be found in the sense in which an
eleemosynary or another institution is founded. The word ‘established’ need not
mean the initial foundation and it includes creation, confirmation or
recognition.

Then interpreting the word ‘constituted’, the Court stated
that the word ‘constituted’ is wider than the ‘established’. The word
‘constituted’ in S. 2(h) of the Act not only refers to the first act/acts by
which a body or organisation is set up, but a subsequent act or acts which will
have the effect of conferring on an organisation or a body, a special status and
constitute a ‘body’ with status of an ‘authority’ or institution of
‘self-government’ for the purpose of S. 2(h) of the Act. A private institution
or a body may be incorporated or formed by acts of private persons, but
subsequent statutory enactment or an order or Notification issued by the
appropriate Government can result in constitution and conferring upon the said
body, status of an ‘authority’ or an institution of ‘self-government’.

National Stock Exchange (NSE) is a company incorporated on
27-11-1992. Reading from the objects as per its Memorandum, it is noted that NSE
was incorporated for the purpose of establishing a stock exchange for which it
was necessary and required that they should be registered and/or recognised
under the Securities Act. It is only after the registration or recognition under
the Securities Act that NSE could carry out any of the functions or objects for
which it was incorporated.

Once a body or an institution has got its
recognition/registration under the Securities Act, it can operate and function
as a stock exchange and perform the said public functions. Registration or
recognition u/s.4(3) of the Securities Act by the Central Government has the
effect of constituting or establishing an ‘authority’ or an institution of
‘self-government’ as defined u/s.2(h).

NSE also satisfies requirements of the second part of the S.
2(h) of the Act. It is a ‘body’ which is controlled by Central Government. It is
not possible to accept that the control exercised is merely regulatory and is
not a pervasive and deep control.

The Court then writes :

“The Apex Court in Unni Krishnan J.P. v. State of Andhra
Pradesh held that when a private body carries on public duty, as in the case of
an institution whereby recognitions and affiliations are to be granted with
conditions, Stock Exchanges are also recognised subject to various conditions.
Unlike the companies registered under the Indian Companies Act, the bye-laws of
a Stock Exchange can be amended. Even for amendment in bye-laws, the Stock
Exchange requires approval of the Central Government. The Central Government,
having regard to the provisions of the 1956 Act, as noticed hereinbefore, can
interfere in the functions of the Stock Exchanges at every stage.”

The Court finally ruled :

In view of the aforesaid findings, it is held that the
petitioner is a public authority as it is an authority or institution of
self-government constituted or established by Notification or order issued by
the appropriate Government. It is also held that the petitioner is controlled by
the appropriate Government. The writ petition accordingly has no merit and is
dismissed. However, in the facts and circumstances of the case, there will be no
order as to costs.

The above is a single-Member judgment. The same is now
challenged.

    Senior advocate Abhishek Manu Singhvi, appearing for NSE, contended that the single-Judge Bench had erred in bringing it within the ambit of the RTI Act, as it is neither a Government body nor financed by the Government.

    A Division Bench headed by acting Chief Justice Madan B. Lokur stayed the operation of a single-Bench order which had on 15th April held that stock exchanges are ‘quasi’ governmental bodies which are bound to disclose information to the public under the transparency law.

    Learned counsel accepts notice on behalf of the respondents 2 to 4. Notice may now be issued to the respondent No. 1. returnable on 3rd August, 2010.

[Writ Petition (Civil) No. 4748 of 2007 : National Stock Exchange of India Ltd. v. Central Information Commission & Others, decision dated 15-4-2010]

                                                  Part B: The RTI ACT

    Fourth Annual Report of 2009 of Maharashtra State Information Commission

Some salient features of the Report :

    The number of applications received in the State in the year 2006 were 1,23,000, in the year 2007, 3,16,000, in the year 2008, 4,16,090 and in the year 2009, 4,40,728. The number of applications in other big States is less than one lakh. At the international level the number of applications received in Britain are 90,000 and in Mexico 1,25,000, whereas the number of applications received by the Central Government are three and a half lakh. This indicates an overwhelming response to the RTI Act amongst the people of Maharashtra.

    The Right to Information Act has brought about transparency, accountability and a sense of participation with the administration. It is necessary that administration, civil services, media, non-government organisations and all other sections of society accept these newer concepts. With these objectives we can attain good governance. The RTI Act is not only limited to administrative reforms, but it is seen as an instrument for upholding constitutional fundamental rights and human rights on a larger scale. Transparency and openness have now become acceptable principles. Supplying information is the rule, whereas denying information is the exception. Similarly the desire to eradicate corruption and fight against injustice is increasing amongst citizens. The Act has been successful in curbing corruption to some extent. This is not a small achieve-ment. The feeling of helplessness of the citizen has been reduced to some extent on account of this Act. The feeling that people’s representatives and Government officers are accountable is now a well-recognised fact amongst the general public. This Act has made available a level playing field to youth, old and retired persons. Many enlightened citizens, non-government organisations are prevailing on the Government to follow policies of public interest with the help of this Act. It can be said that this Act has given birth to a new era of proactive disclosure.

    Supportive to S. 4 of the RTI Act where a public authority is required to suo moto declare certain specified information, there is a provision in the Chapter-III of the Maharashtra Government Employees Transfer Regulations and ‘Prevention of Delay in Discharging the Duties by Government Employees Act-2005’ to perform their duties as laid down in the Citizens Charter, laying down the levels of supervision and completing the Government work within the prescribed time schedule. There is also a penal provision for delay. If all these laws are read together it can be seen that legal framework has come in place in the State for good governance.

It was the first step to evolve the institutional mechanism for implementing the RTI Act. As a measure to reach more people as a part of this institutional frame work, the Government has set up Benches of the Commission at the regional level. Maharashtra is the only State in the country to take up such initiative. The Information Commissioners are deciding the cases at the district level, with a view to reach more and more citizens. As a part of this exercise Dr. Joshi, State’s Chief Information Commission-er, has personally heard 1200 appeals at Dhule, Jalgaon & Nashik.

The Commission has undertaken hearing of appeals through video conferencing. In 2009, S.I.C. Greater Mumbai has heard 913 appeals through video conferencing. The regionwise distribution is as follows :

Pune Region

274

Aurangabad Region

 

390

Nagpur Region

173

Amravati Region

76

Total

913

    State Information Commission is of the view that RTI should be a part of syllabus also.

Some statistics :

 

In respect of 36
departments in Maharashtra Mantralaya :

 

   
There are 76747 PIOs and 19016 AAs

 

   
Number of RTI applications

received
by PIOs in 2009

440728

pending
as on 1-1-2009

57107

disposed
in 2009 and

 

information provided

439061

rejected

10893

Amount collected for

 

providing
information

 

in
2009

Rs.1,23,04,361

Number of first appeals
in 2009

 

Received
in 2009

43848

Pending
as on 1-1-2009

8694

Disposed
of in 2009

45953

Disposed
positively

40908

Rejected

5045

Pending
as on 31-12-2009

6589

                                                Part C: OTHER NEWS

    Marathi film on RTI : ‘Ek Cup Chya’

One can’t believe that two hours’ film in Marathi language with English subtitle on RTI can be so interesting and absorbing that one enjoys every minute thereof while watching it.

It is Ek Cup Chya, a movie about the Right to Information Act (RTI) as an effective tool against injus-tice (the cup of tea, a symbol of hospitality being the metaphor for corruption here).

The storyline is simple : a humble state bus conductor is slapped with a heavy electricity bill. Humiliated by the bureaucracy, the family embarks on their quest for justice using RTI. “The film operates at two levels,” informs the producer. “As a family drama and as pure information. A lot of research has gone into it with inputs from activists like Aruna Roy, Arvind Kejriwal etc.”

I was the chief guest at its screening at SP Jain Insti-tute of Management on April 28. Hopefully, I shall arrange its screening in due course for all interested in watching it.

    Assets disclosure by MPs :

At least 70 Lok Sabha MPs, including former Prime Minister HD Deve Gowda, Rashtriya Janata Dal (RJD) chief Lalu Prasad and cricketer-turned-politician Navjot Singh Sidhu, have not yet disclosed details of their assets, a Right to Information (RTI) application has revealed.

The information was obtained in reply to an application filed by RTI activist Subhash Chandra Agarwal with the Lok Sabha Secretariat, seeking names of the members who have not disclosed details of their assets and wealth to the speaker.

“No action has so far been taken against defaulting members . . . . the reason for not taking any action against those Lok Sabha members who have not submitted details of assets and liabilities to the Lok Sabha speaker is the non-receipt of any complaint from any other member or any citizen of India in this regard as required under Rule 5(1) of the members of the Lok Sabha (Declaration of Assets and Liabilities) Rules, 2004.”

    Legalising alterations to the buildings :

All is not fine with the fines collected by various civic authorities in Mumbai as an RTI application filed by activist Aaftab Siddique reveals.

The building proposal department in ward H West has collected over Rs.32.25 crore between 2007 and 2009 as fine to legalise alterations, after submitting the floor plans and drawings for approval. The health department has collected fines of Rs. 33.72 lakhs only between 2000 and 2009 while the licence department has collected barely Rs.3 lakhs in the same period.

    Dues to retirees at BMC :

Data procured under RTI from various departments of the Brihanmumbai Municipal Corporation (BMC) show that dues to the tune of Rs.30.41 crore is yet to be paid to those who retired over the past four years.

RTI activist, Mr. Milind Mulay, had filed a query under RTI. When he checked with many officers at the ward level, they were not even aware of the number of people who have retired from their office in the last four years. He writes : “My mother, Vijaya Mulay retired as a nurse from the Marol Maternity Home, but the BMC made her run around for almost one year and a half and even after that, she did not get her dues. She then used the RTI Act to get her file moving.”

    Red tape at BMC :

One Mr. Sharad Jadhav has been complaining about the irregularities in awarding a licence to a café located in one of the by-lanes of Dongri in south Mum-bai. Not getting a response, Jadhav finally wrote to the state Anti-Corruption Bureau (ACB). The bureau forwarded the complaint to the Municipal Commissioner for verifying the ‘allegation’ that the civic officials had turned a Nelson’s Eye to Sadguru Café’s illegal construction.

When no action was forthcoming from BMC, Jadhav filed an RTI application to find out about the status of his complaint. Reply received stated : “The BMC cannot give information on the subject as it never received any such letter from the ACB office.” After much criticism in the media, the police officials finally claimed that they had ‘found it’.

Right to Information

fiogf49gjkf0d
Right to Information

Part A : Decisions of CIC

Mr. Mahavir Chopda of Mumbai addressed a few queries under
the RTI Act to NMIMS University of Vile Parle (W), Mumbai. The queries raised
included :



  •  In how many instances did students cancel admission after
    paying fees for admission to your FT-MBA Course ?


  •  What amount of fees was retained by NMIMS (i.e.
    collected but NOT refunded to students) due to the above cancellations ?


PIO refused to give the information and the First AA did not
reply to the appeal.

In the appeal before CIC, the representative of NMIMS
submitted that NMIMS is not a public authority. To decide on this issue, CIC
stated that two matters need to be determined :

a) Whether NMIMS is public authority by virtue of being a
deemed University.

b) Whether NMIMS is ‘substantially financed’ by Government.

In the hearing before CIC, Mr. Shekhar Gupta appeared on
behalf of NMIMS. He was asked to inform the Commission whether they have
received land at concession rates, or any other subsidies. He was also asked
whether donations received by the Institution are exempt from payment of Income
tax. If any of the concessions described have been availed of, he was to give a
Chartered Accountant’s certificate certifying the value of these concessions.

The respondent has stated that they are unaided Institution.
It was also argued that information sought is exempt u/s.8 (1)(d) of the RTI
Act. An affidavit was filed by Mr. Madhav N. Welling, Pro-Vice Chancellor of
NMIMS University dated 3 February, 2009 stating that the deemed University has
not obtained any land at concessional rates nor are the donations received
exempt from payment of Income tax.

‘Public Authority’ is defined u/s.2 (h) of the RTI Act. It
includes any authority or body or institution of self government established or
constituted . . . .  by notification issued or order made by the
appropriate government.

Section 3 of the University Grants Commission Act, 1956,
which provides for the constitution of Deemed Universities reads as follows :

“The Central Government may, on the advice of the Commission,
declare by notification in the official Gazette, that any institution for higher
education, other than a University, shall be deemed to be a University for the
purpose of this Act, and on such a declaration being made, all the provisions of
this Act shall apply to such institution as if it were a University within the
meaning of clause (f) of Section 2.”

CIC noted : Thus, it is clear that a deemed University
gets this status by virtue of a notification issued by the Central Government.
NMIMS has been conferred the status of a deemed University by virtue of
notification No.F9-37/2001-U-3 dated 13 January, 2003 of the Government of
India. It clearly meets the criterion of sub-clause (d) of clause (h) of section
2 of the RTI Act. Hence, all deemed Universities are Public Authorities as
defined under the RTI Act. Since NMIMS University is also a deemed University by
virtue of a notification by the Central Government it is a Public Authority and
must furnish information as mandated by the RTI Act.

The Commission also held that provisions of section 8(1)(d)
do not exempt the information sought, as the said information is not of
commercial confidence, trade secrets or intellectual property the access to
which would harm the competitive position.

In view of the above view taken by the Commission, it held
that NMIMS University is a Public Authority as defined in the RTI Act and must
give the information sought by the appellant. “The information shall be supplied
by Mr. Madhav N. Welling, Pro-Vice-Chancellor of NMIMS University to the
appellant free of cost before 20 April 2009”.

[Mr. Mahavir Chopda vs. NMIMS University, Decision No.CIC/OK/A/2008/01098/SG/2550
dtd. 31.03.2009].

Part B : The RTI Act

Standing committee of the Parliament on RTI Act, 2005 :

National Campaign for People’s Right to Information (NCPRI)
has made a presentation before the above committee. Some of the items of the
said presentation are worth noting to understand present deficiencies of the RTI
Act.

In previous 4 issues of BCAJ, 10 items have been reported :


1. Level of awareness

2. Use and Misuse of the RTI Act

3. Reduction of 20-year period for keeping documents

4. Voluntary Disclosures

5. Changes in Section 8

6. Penalties

7. Use of the RTI Act and refusal of information

8. Grievance redressal

9. Application fee

10. Strengthening the RTI Act


Now 11th and final item is being reported :

Central Information Commission


The Central Information Commission has a huge backlog of cases, which seems to grow larger everyday. This is mainly due to the very poor support system and infrastructure provided by the government to the Information Commission. For the Commission to function effectively, they need to have access to a large number of qualified advisors who can do a preliminary analysis of each appeal and complaint, thereby making the task of the Commissioner easier.

Given the role the Commission has to play, especially in adjudicating on matters relating to the government, it is important that the Commission retains its intellectual and functional independence. This is difficult to do when departments and ministries of the government control their budgets. It is, therefore, important that the budgetary allocations for the Commission are voted directly by Parliament or, at the very least, are a separate plan head without being subsumed under any ministry.

It has been observed that various public authorities are not following many of the Commission’s orders and directions. Considering the role the Parliament envisaged for the Information Commission, this is essentially subverting the wishes of the Parliament.

Therefore, it is important that the Prime Minister’s office send out a strong letter directing all public authorities to strictly follow the orders and directions of the Information Commission, unless they have been able to obtain a stay from a competent court. The PMO should also set up a mechanism to review compliance on a monthly basis and the report of compliance should be discussed at the three monthly meeting of the earlier suggested RTI Council.

The manner in which Information Commissioners are selected is shrouded in secrecy and reeks of arbitrariness and patronage. Though the Act very clearly specifies that Information Commissioners must be ‘persons of eminence in public life’, for the government this has mostly meant retired civil servants. No effort has been made to open up the process of selection to public scrutiny, or even to share with the public the rationale for choosing the people who are chosen and not others. This is so even when there have been demands from the public to do so, as in the case of the recent appointment of four new information commissioners. It is ironic that while appointing the Central Information Commissioners under the RTI Act, the Government of India repeatedly violates both the spirit and the letter of the RTI Act, specifically Section 4(1)(c & d).

These sections specify that the government must, suo moto: “publish all relevant facts while formulating important policies or announcing the decisions which affect public; …. provide reasons for its administrative or quasi-judicial decisions to affected persons”. Surely the appointment of Information Commissioners is an administrative decision that affects all the people of India, and also an ‘important decision that affects the public’ !


Part C : Other News

Haj House in Mumbai

Replying to an RTI application filed by Mumbai-based social activist A. M. Attar in November 2008, the Haj Committee of India (HCI) has said that Haj House – the committee’s headquarters – does not belong to the Muslim community.

The popular notion that the massive Haj House near CST, built with donations from the community without any government funding, belongs to the Muslim community is wrong. The HCI, which falls under the ministry of external affairs (MEA), has clarified that Haj House is not a Muslim property and that it belongs to the MEA. Interestingly, The Haj Committee Act, 2002 does not clarify who owns Haj House.

“Muslims had contributed to the construction of the building. Apart from a couple of months when the Haj season is on, the building remains unused. This is gross under-utilisation of a prime property”, said city-based hotelier A. M. Khalid who, along with Attar, is fighting to get Haj House out of the MEA’s control.

CA Examination

Students who fail in chartered accountant exams can find out their mistakes by going through their answer sheets as the Delhi HC directed the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) to provide a certified copy of the paper of students under the Right to information Act. Dismissing an ICAl’s plea against a CIC order, the HC said the answersheet cannot be excluded from the purview of the RTI.

New  Rules  for RTI applications by NRI

In order to simplify the RTI application process from abroad, the CIC has framed new rules enabling NRIs to pay application fees and information costs at the Indian embassies and missions abroad. “The commission will meet officials from the external affairs ministry and DoPT to smoothen issues related to the mode of payment and acceptance of appeals. Embassies may accept only the fee and information cost and provide e-receipt to applicants”, CIC chief Wajahat Habibullah said.
 
Padma awards

In response to a Right to Information query filed by Subhash Chandra Agarwal, the Home Ministry has admitted that “no specific record of the deliberations of the meeting of the Padma awards committee is maintained.

Only the final recommendations of the awards committee are submitted for the approval of the Prime Minister and the President”.

In what appears to be an attempt to shrug off disclosure, the government said there were no ‘specific records’ created in terms of receipt of nominations when asked about the number of recommendations that were received by the Home ministry by the cut-off date of September 30.

Incidentally, the decision on the awards was taken over a period of three days in meetings held on December 19, 20 and 22, 2008. The non-official members of the committee nominated by PM Manmohan Singh included Prof. [yotindra Jain, Kapila Vatsyayan, R Chidambaram, Tarun Das and Sayeeda Hameed.

Assets  of the  Ministers from  Rajya  Sabha

Earlier PMO had ruled that information on MP’s assets as being furnished to the speakers of the Lok Sabha (LS) and Rajya Sabha (RS) are exempt.

On appeal to CIC, he referred the matter to the speakers of LS and RS. In response, the Rajya Sabha has agreed to provide asset details of the Union Ministers who are members of RS. In reply to RTI query, it provided the information details of assets and liabilities of 16 ministers out of 18 as available.

PM Manmohan Singh owns only Maruti 800, Mr. Praful Patel is the richest cabinet minister with combined wealth of Rs.46.8 crores, Mr. A. K. Antony has the least financial muscle with combined worth of Rs.17.9 lakhs.

Report of Maharashtra State Information Commission

Maharashtra SIC submitted the annual report of 2008 to Vidhan Sabha on 16.03.09. It is a document in Marathi. English translation is under preparation and hopefully will be available in early June. Meantime, some interesting statistics:

  • 5 Commissioners together have imposed penalty in 256 cases, total amount of penalty levied Rs.34,01,432.

  • Total pendency of appeals as on 31.12.08 is 14,273 (In Mumbai 1574, in Konkan 1,339, Pune 3,863, Nashik 10, Aurangabad 3,584, Amravati 912, Nagpur 970).

  • Total pendency of complaints u/s.18 is 1207, (highest  in Mumbai 560).

It is understood that Maharashtra is the first state in India to present annual report of 2008 as required under section 25 of the RTI Act.

OECD — RECENT DEVELOPMENTS — AN UPDATE

International Taxation

In March, 2008 issue of BCAJ, we had covered various
important developments at OECD till then. In this issue, we have attempted to
pick up further major developments after the publication of 2008 Edition of OECD
Model Tax Convention (‘MC’) and developments in the field of Transfer Pricing
and work being done at OECD in various other related fields and have included
the same in this update. We shall endeavour to update the readers on major
developments at OECD at shorter intervals. Various news items included here are
sourced from various OECD Newsletters.



A. Re : Amendments to OECD Model Tax Convention :


1. Discussion draft on the application of Article 17
(Artistes and Sportsmen) of the OECD Model Tax Convention (23rd April, 2010) :


The OECD invites public comments on draft changes to the
Commentary on Article 17 of the OECD Model Tax Convention, which deals with
cross-border income derived from the activities of entertainers and sportsmen.

Under Article 17 (Artistes and Sportsmen) of the OECD Model
Tax Convention, the State in which the activities of a non-resident entertainer
or sportsman are performed is allowed to tax the income derived from these
activities. This regime differs from that applicable to the income derived from
other types of activities making it necessary to determine questions such as
what is an entertainer or sportsman, what are the personal activities of an
entertainer or sportsman as such and what are the source and allocation rules
for activities performed in various countries.

The Committee on Fiscal Affairs, through a subgroup of its
Working Party 1 on Tax Conventions and Related Questions, has examined these and
other questions related to the application of Article 17. This public discussion
draft includes proposals for additions and changes to the Commentary on the OECD
Model Tax Convention resulting from the work of that subgroup, which have
recently been presented to the Working Party for discussion.

The Committee intends to ask the Working Party to examine
these proposed additions and changes to the OECD Model Tax Convention for
possible inclusion in the OECD Model Tax Convention (these changes will not,
however, be finalised in time for inclusion in the next update, which is
scheduled to be published in the second part of 2010). It therefore invites
interested parties to send their comments on this discussion draft before 31st
July 2010. These comments will be examined at the September 2010 meeting of the
Working Party.

Comments should be sent electronically (in Word format) to
jeffrey.owens@oecd.org.

2. Revised discussion draft of a new Article 7 (Business
Profits) of OECD Model Tax Convention (24th November, 2009) :


On 24th November 2009, the OECD approved the release, for
public comment, of a revised draft of a new Article 7 (Business Profits) of the
OECD Model Tax Convention and of related Commentary changes. The first version
of the new Article and Commentary changes was released on 7 July 2008, (the
‘July 2008 Discussion Draft’). As was explained at the beginning of that earlier
draft, the new Article and its Commentary constitute the second part of the
implementation package for the Report on Attribution of Profits to Permanent
Establishments that the OECD adopted in 2008.

Public comments were carefully reviewed and a consultation
meeting was held with their authors on 17th September 2009. The Committee’s
subsidiary body responsible for drafting the new Article 7 has concluded that
changes should be made to accommodate many of these comments. This revised
discussion draft (issued on 24th November 2009) includes the changes that have
been made
for that purpose as well as a few minor clarifications, editing changes and
corrections. All the changes made to the earlier draft are identified in the
revised draft.

The most important change proposed in this
revised draft is the replacement of paragraph 3, as it appeared in the July 2008
Discussion Draft, by a broader provision that provides a corresponding
adjustment mechanism similar to that of paragraph 2 of Article 9, which applies
between associated enterprises.

The revised draft was released for the purpose of inviting
comments from interested parties. It does not necessarily reflect the final
views of the OECD and its member countries.

It is expected that once finalised, the new Article and the
Commentary changes will be included in the next update to the OECD Model Tax
Convention, tentatively scheduled for the second part of 2010.

3. Comments on the public discussion draft ‘The Granting
of Treaty Benefits With Respect to the Income of Collective Investment Vehicles’
(10th February, 2010) :


On 9th December 2009, the OECD released for public comment a
Public Discussion Draft of a Report which contains proposed changes to the
Commentary on the OECD MC dealing with the question of the extent to which
either collective investment vehicles (CIVs) or their investors are entitled to
treaty benefits on income received by the CIVs. The OECD has now published the
comments received on this consultation draft on to the website. The reader who
wishes to study the comments may visit the OECD’s website.

4. Comments on the public discussion draft ‘Tax Treaty
Issues related to Common Tele-communications Transactions’ (10th February, 2010)
:


On 25th November 2009, the OECD released for public comments
a Draft Report which contains proposed changes to the Commentary on the OECD
Model Tax Convention dealing with tax treaty issues related to common
telecommunication transactions. The OECD has now published the comments received
on this consultation draft on its website.

5. Comments on the public discussion draft ‘The
application of tax treaties to state-owned entities, including Sovereign Wealth
Funds’ (10th February, 2010) :


On 25th November 2009, the OECD released for public comments
a Draft Report which contains proposed changes to the Commentary on the OECD
Model Tax Convention dealing with the application of tax treaties to state-owned
entities, including Sovereign Wealth Funds. The OECD has now published the
comments received on this consultation draft on its website.

6. Draft documentation for cross-border tax claims (9th
February, 2010) :


The OECD has released for public comment draft documentation (Implementation Package) for implementing a streamlined procedure for portfolio investors to claim reductions in withholding rates pursuant to tax treaties or domestic law in the source country. This release represents the continuation of work that was begun by the Informal Consultative Group on the Taxation of Collective Investment Vehicles and Procedures for Tax Relief for Cross -Border Investors (ICG). The ICG was established in 2006 by the OECD’s Committee on Fiscal Affairs (CFA) to consider legal questions and administrative barriers that affect the ability of collective investment vehicles (CIVs) and other portfolio investors to effectively claim the benefits of tax treaties. On 12th January 2009, the OECD released two reports prepared by the ICG in fulfilment of this mandate. The ICG’s first Report, on the ‘Granting of Treaty Benefits with respect to the Income of Collective Investment Vehicles’, addresses the legal and policy issues relating specifically to CIVs. A modified version of that Report was released by the OECD for public comment on 9th December 2009.

The report by the ICG on ‘Possible Improvements to Procedures for Tax Relief for Cross-Border Investors’, discusses the procedural problems in claiming treaty benefits faced by portfolio investors generally and makes a number of recommendations on ‘best practices’ regarding procedures for making and granting claims for treaty benefits for intermediated structures. The Implementation Package was developed by the Pilot Group on Improving Procedures for Tax Relief for Cross-Border Investors (Pilot Group) to provide standardised documentation that could be used by countries that wish to adopt the ‘best practices’ described in the ICG’s report. The Pilot Group includes representatives of the tax administrations of some OECD member countries as well as representatives from the financial services industry.

The Implementation Package provides a system for claiming treaty benefits that allows authorised intermediaries to make claims on behalf of portfolio investors on a ‘pooled’ basis. One of the major benefits of such a system is that information regarding the beneficial owner of the income is maintained by the authorised intermediary that is nearest to the investor, rather than being passed up the chain of intermediaries. Although a source country may be willing to provide benefits on the basis of pooled information, it may want to maintain the ability to confirm that benefits that have been provided were in fact appropriate. In addition, when a residence country’s investor obtains income from abroad, the residence country has a compliance interest in knowing the details of that. For those reasons, the Implementation Package also recommends that those financial institutions that wish to make use of the ‘pooled’ treaty claim system be required to report on an annual basis directly to source countries (i.e., not through the chain of intermediaries) investor-specific information regarding the beneficial owners of the income.

The Implementation Package is the work of the Pilot Group; neither the views expressed in the ICG reports nor the ‘best practices’ reflected in the Implementation Package should be attributed to the OECD or any of its member states. The CFA will be deciding whether and how the work on improving procedures should be carried forward. Because the development of standardised documentation is useful only if the documentation is widely accepted by businesses and governments, the CFA has decided to invite comments from all interested parties before further consideration of the Implementation Package. Interested parties are therefore invited to send their comments on the Implementation Package before 31st August 2010. Comments should be sent electronically in Word format to : jeffrey. owens@oecd.org

    Amendments to OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines :
On 9th September 2009, the OECD released for public comments a proposed revision of Chapters I-III of the Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations (hereafter ‘TPG’). This follows from the release in May 2006 of a discussion draft on comparability issues and in January 2008 of a discussion draft on transactional profit methods, and from discussions with commentators during a two-day consultation that was held in November 2008. This represents an important update of the existing guidance on comparability and profit methods which dates back to 1995. The main proposed changes are as follows :

  •     Hierarchy of transfer pricing methods : In the existing TPG, there are two categories of OECD-recognised transfer pricing methods : the traditional transaction methods (described at Chapter II of the TPG) and the transactional profit methods (described at Chapter III). Transactional profit methods (the transactional net margin method and the profit split method) currently have a status of last resort methods, to be used only in the exceptional cases where there are no or insufficient data available to rely solely or at all on the traditional transaction methods. Based on the experience acquired in applying transactional profit methods since 1995, the OECD proposes removing exceptionality and replacing it with a standard whereby the selected transfer pricing method should be the ‘most appropriate method to the circumstances of the case’. In order to reflect this evolution, it is proposed to address all transfer pricing methods in a single chapter, Chapter II (Part II for traditional transaction methods, Part III for transactional profit methods).

  •     Comparability analysis : The general guidance on the comparability analysis that is currently found at Chapter I of the TPG was updated and completed with a new Chapter III containing detailed proposed guidance on comparability analyses.

  •     Guidance on the application of transactional profit methods : Proposed additional guidance on the application of transactional profit meth-ods was developed and included in Chapter II, new Part III.

  •     Annexes : Three new Annexes were drafted, containing practical illustrations of issues in relation to the application of transactional profit methods and an example of a working capital adjustment to improve comparability.

3.2009 edition of OECD’s Transfer Pricing Guidelines (9th September, 2009) :

On 7th September 2009, the OECD released the 2009 edition of its Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations (hereafter ‘TP Guidelines’).

The TP Guidelines provide guidance on the application of the arm’s-length principle to the pricing, for tax purposes, of cross-border transactions between associated enterprises. In a global economy where multinational enterprises (MNEs) play a prominent role, governments need to ensure that the taxable profits of MNEs are not artificially shifted out of their jurisdiction and that the tax base reported by MNEs in their country reflects the economic activity undertaken therein. For taxpayers, it is essential to limit the risks of economic double taxation that may result from a dispute between two countries on the determination of the arm’s-length remuneration for their cross-border transactions with associated enterprises.

Since their adoption by the OECD Council in 1995, the TP Guidelines have been under constant monitoring by the OECD. They were complemented in 1996-1999 with guidance on intangibles, cross-border services, cost contribution arrangements and advance pricing arrangements. In this 2009 edition, amendments were made to Chapter IV, primarily to reflect the adoption, in the 2008 update of the Model Tax Convention, of a new paragraph 5 of Article 25 dealing with arbitration, and of changes to the Commentary on Article 25 on mutual agreement procedures to resolve cross-border tax disputes. References to good practices identified in the Manual for Effective Mutual Agreement Procedures were included and the Preface was updated to include a reference to the Report on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent Establishments adopted in July 2008.

The OECD is currently undertaking an important further update to the TP Guidelines, focussing on comparability issues and on the application of transactional profit methods3.

    4. Discussion Draft on the Transfer Pricing Aspects of Business Restructurings (19th September, 2008) :

The OECD has released for public comments a discussion draft on the Transfer Pricing Aspects of Business Restructurings4.

Business restructurings by multinational enterprises have been a widespread phenomenon in recent years. They involve the cross-border redeployment of functions, assets and/or risks between associated enterprises, with consequent effects on the profit and loss potential in each country. Restructurings may involve cross-border transfers of valuable intangibles, and they have typically consisted of the conversion of full-fledged distributors into limited-risk distributors or commissionnaires for a related party that may operate as a principal; the conversion of full-fledged manufacturers into contract-manufacturers or toll-manufacturers for a related party that may operate as a principal; and the rationalisation and/or specialisation of operations.

As evidenced by a January 2005 OECD Centre on Tax Policy and Administration Roundtable, these restructurings raise difficult transfer pricing and treaty issues for which there is currently insufficient OECD guidance under both the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations (the ‘TP Guidelines’) and the OECD Model Tax Convention on Income and on Capital (the ‘Model Tax Convention’) (see outcome of the January 2005 CTPA Roundtable). These issues involve primarily the application of transfer pricing rules upon and/or after the conversion, the determination of the existence of, and attribution of, profits to permanent establishments (‘PEs’), and the recognition or non-recognition of transactions. In the absence of a common understanding on how these issues should be treated, they may lead to significant uncertainty for both business and governments as well as possible double taxation or double non-taxation. Recognising the need for work to be done in this area, the Committee on Fiscal Affairs (‘CFA’) decided to start a project to develop guidance on these transfer pricing and treaty issues.

In 2005 the CFA created a Joint Working Group (‘the JWG’) of delegates from Working Party No. 1 (responsible for the Model Tax Convention) and Working Party No. 6 (responsible for the TP Guidelines) to initiate the work on these issues. At the end of 2007, having taken stock of the progress made to that point, the CFA referred the work on the transfer pricing aspects of business restructurings to Working Party No. 6 and the work on the PE threshold aspects to Working Party No. 1. The discussion draft released on 19th September, 2008 has resulted from the work done on the transfer pricing issues by the JWG and Working Party No. 6. Working Party No. 1 intends to consider PE definitional issues under Article 5 of the Model Tax Convention, both in the context of business restructurings and more broadly, as part of its 2009-2010 programme of work, which will result in a separate discussion draft.

This discussion draft only covers transactions between related parties in the context of Article 9 of the Model Tax Convention and does not address the attribution of profits within a single enterprise on the basis of Article 7 of the Model Tax Convention, as this was the subject of the Report on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent Establishments which was approved by the Committee on Fiscal Affairs on 24th June 2008 and by the OECD Council for publication on 17th July 2008. The analysis in this discussion draft is based on the existing transfer pricing rules. In particular, this discussion draft starts from the premise that the arm’s-length principle and the TP Guidelines do not and should not apply differently to post-restructuring transactions than to transactions that were structured as such from the beginning.

The discussion draft is composed of four Issues Notes.

In light of the importance of risk allocation in relation to business restructurings, the first Issues Note provides general guidance on the allocation of risks between related parties in an Article 9 context and in particular the interpretation and application of paragraphs 1.26 to 1.29 of the TP Guidelines.

The second Issues Note, “Arm’s-length compensation for the restructuring itself”, discusses the application of the arm’s-length principle and TP Guidelines to the restructuring itself, in particular the circumstances in which at arm’s length the restructured entity would receive compensation for the transfer of functions, assets and/or risks, and/or an indemnification for the termination or substantial renegotiation of the existing arrangements.

The third Issues Note examines the application of the arm’s-length principle and the TP Guidelines to post-restructuring arrangements.

The fourth Issues Note discusses some important notions in relation to the exceptional circumstances where a tax administration may consider not recognising a transaction or structure adopted by a taxpayer, based on an analysis of the existing guidance at paragraphs 1.36-1.41 of the TP Guidelines and of the relationship between these paragraphs and other parts of the TP Guidelines.

    5. The OECD pursues dialogue with the business community on comparability and profit methods for transfer pricing purposes (19th September, 2008) :

In May 2006 and January 2008, respectively, the OECD released for public comment a series of issues notes on comparability and a series of issues notes on transactional profit methods. These two discussion drafts6, which related to the OECD’s Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations, attracted very detailed responses from the business community (see comments received on the May 2006 discussion draft on comparability and comments7 received on the January 2008 discussion draft on transactional profit methods).

Working Party No. 6, which is the OECD body responsible for the Transfer Pricing Guidelines, started discussing the comments received. Given the comments’ extent and complexity, delegates felt that the reviews of comparability and profit methods could greatly benefit from a face-to-face discussion with the commentators. Accordingly, it was decided to organise a consultation with the organisations that provided written comments.

C.   Tax Transparency and Exchange of Information Agreements :

1.  Tax Transparency — Global Forum launches country-by-country reviews (18th March, 2010)
The international fight against cross-border tax evasion has entered a new phase with the launch by countries participating in the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information of a peer review process covering a first group of 18 jurisdictions : Australia, Barbados, Bermuda, Botswana, Canada, Cayman Islands, Denmark, Germany, India, Ireland, Jamaica, Jersey, Mauritius, Monaco, Norway, Panama, Qatar, Trinidad and  Tobago.

The reviews are a first step in a three-year process approved in February by the Global Forum in response to the call by G20 leaders at their Pittsburgh Summit in September 2009 for improved tax transparency and exchange of information. In addition to a complete schedule of forthcoming reviews, the Global Forum also published three other key documents8 :

  •     the Terms of Reference explaining the information exchange standard countries must meet;
  •     the Methodology for the conduct of the reviews;
  •     the Assessment criteria explaining how countries will be rated.

Welcoming this new step forward for the international tax compliance agenda, OECD Secretary-General Angel Gurría said : “The Global Forum has been quick to respond to the G20 call for a robust peer review mechanism aimed at ensuring rapid implementation of the OECD standard on information exchange. This is the most comprehensive peer review process in the world, and it is based on decades of experience at the OECD of conducting reviews of this kind in many other areas of policy making. I look forward to seeing the first results later this year”.

The Global Forum brings together 91 countries and territories, including both OECD and non-OECD countries. At a meeting in Mexico in September 2009, participants agreed that all members as well as identified non-members will undergo reviews on their implementation of the standard. These reviews will be carried out in two phases: assessment of the legislative and regulatory framework (phase 1) and assessment of the effective implementation in practice (phase 2).

The review reports will be published once they have been adopted by the Global Forum, whose next meeting will take place in Singapore at the end of September 2010.

Mike Rawstron, chair of the Global Forum, stated :
“This is the most comprehensive, in-depth review on international tax co-operation ever. There has been a lot of progress over the past 18 months, but with these reviews we are putting international tax co-operation under a magnifying glass. The peer review process will identify jurisdictions that are not implementing the standards. These will be provided with guidance on the changes required and a deadline to report back on the improvements they have made”.

For more information, contact Jeffrey Owens, Director of the OECD’s Centre for Tax Policy and Administration, (jeffrey.owens@oecd.org) or Pascal Saint-Amans, Head of the Global Forum Secretariat (pascal.saint-amans@oecd.org or) or visit www.oecd.org/tax/transparency and www.oecd.org/tax/evasion.

  2.  Progress on exchange of information in the Caribbean (24th March, 2010) :
Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines and Anguilla, an overseas territory of the United Kingdom, have signed a total of 14 tax information exchange agreements. These signings bring the total number of agreements signed by each jurisdiction to at least 12 that meet the internationally agreed tax standard. Accordingly, Anguilla, St. Kitts and Nevis and St. Vincent and the Grenadines become the 23rd, 24th and 25th jurisdictions to move into the category of jurisdictions that are considered to have substantially implemented the standard since April 2009. Since that time almost 370 agreements have been signed or brought up to the internationally agreed tax standard.

St. Kitts and Nevis and St. Vincent and the Grenadines signed agreements with Faroe Islands, Finland,  Greenland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. These agreements add to agreements St. Kitts and Nevis had already signed with Australia, Monaco, The Netherlands, The Netherlands Antilles, Aruba, United Kingdom, Denmark, Belgium, New Zealand and Liechtenstein, bringing their total to 16 agreements. St. Vincent and the Grenadines has now signed 16 agreements that meet the standard, including its existing agreements with Australia, Austria, Denmark, the Netherlands, Aruba, Liechtenstein, Belgium, Ireland, the United Kingdom and New Zealand.

Anguilla, which signed an agreement with Australia and Germany on 19th March, had previously signed 11 other agreements — including agreements with the United Kingdom, Ireland, the Netherlands, New Zealand and the seven Nordic economies — and this signing brings their total to 13 agreements that meet the internationally agreed tax standard.

Each of these jurisdictions is a member of the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes and has agreed to participate in a peer review of their laws and practices in this area. According to the schedule of reviews published by the Global Forum, they will undergo reviews of their legal and regulatory framework for exchange of information in 2011 and reviews of their information exchange practices in 2013.

Jeffrey Owens, Director of the OECD’s Centre for Tax Policy and Administration said, “We continue to see a great deal of progress as jurisdictions move to sign agreements. With Anguilla, St. Kitts and Nevis and St. Vincent and the Grenadines now reaching this benchmark, almost all of the Caribbean jurisdictions have substantially implemented the standard, and we will be working with the remaining jurisdictions— both in the Caribbean and elsewhere — to encourage them to follow this trend and provide whatever assistance we can. The real test will come with the peer review process, when the Global Forum can evaluate the quality of these agreements and the extent of the implementation of the standards in practice.”

For further information visit www.oecd.org/tax/ transparency or www.oecd.org/tax and www.oecd.org/tax/evasion.

    D. Other Developments at OECD :

    1. Draft Guidelines on the application of VAT/ GST to the international trade in services and intangibles for public consultation (9th February, 2010) :

The OECD Committee on Fiscal Affairs invites public comments on the draft Chapter II of the International VAT/GST Guidelines that deal with customer location in the context of identifying the jurisdiction of taxation.

These draft Guidelines build on the consultation documents that were issued by the Committee in 2008. They consider which jurisdiction has the taxing rights in cases where services and intangibles are supplied internationally. The Committee has already agreed the principle that the jurisdiction with the taxing rights is the one in which consumption takes place but there frequently need to be proxies to determine consumption. The draft Guidelines propose that, as a Main Rule, the location of the customer is the most appropriate proxy to determine consumption for business-to-business supplies. The draft assumes that all supplies are legitimate and with economic substance and that there is no artificial tax avoidance or tax minimisation taking place. Further, the Guidelines address services and intangibles received by enterprises with a single location only.

The Committee, through its Working Party 9 on Consumption Taxes and the Working Party’s Technical Advisory Group (TAG) comprising government, academic and business representatives, will work on the development of further Guidelines on enterprises with multiple locations and will deal with artificial avoidance and minimisation issues later. It will also consider appropriate exceptions to the Main Rule. Given that this further work may require the Committee to review this current draft, these Guidelines should be regarded as provisional.

The Committee invites interested parties to send their comments on this draft before 30th June 2010. Comments should be sent electronically (in Word format) to jeffrey.owens@oecd.org.

2. OECD Global Forum consolidates tax evasion revolution in advance of Pittsburgh (2nd September, 2009) :

On the eve of the Pittsburgh G20 meeting, the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information dealing with tax matters, took major steps to confirm the end of the era of banking secrecy as a shield for tax evaders.

Hailing the breakthrough OECD Secretary General Angel Gurria said “what we are witnessing is nothing short of a revolution. By addressing the challenges posed by the dark side of the tax world, the campaign for global tax transparency is in full flow. We have equipped ourselves with the institutional means to continue the campaign. With the crisis, global public opinion’s expectations are high, their tolerance of non-compliance is zero and we must deliver”.

Representatives from the Forum which now numbers almost 90 jurisdictions around the world and a host of International Organisations gathering in Mexico, took concrete steps to empower the Global Forum to play the leading role in the global campaign to fight tax evasion.

Building on the extraordinary progress made in the last few months to incorporate the globally accepted standards developed by the OECD in both new and existing agreements, the Forum took the following key decisions :

  •     Teeth : to put in place a robust, comprehensive and global monitoring and peer review process to ensure that members implement their commitments; a Peer Review Group has been established to examine the legal and administrative framework in each jurisdiction and practical implementation of these standards. A first report on monitoring progress will be issued by end 2009.

  •     Extended Global Reach : to further expand its membership and to enshrine the principle that all members enjoy equal footing.

  •     Faster Agreements : to speed up the process of negotiating and concluding information exchange agreements including exploring new multilateral avenues.

  •     Developing country assistance : to put in place a coordinated technical assistance programme to assist smaller jurisdictions to implement the standards rapidly.

In its Assessment of Tax Co-operation in 2009 issued earlier (‘OECD assessment shows bank secrecy as a shield for tax evaders coming to an end’) the Global Forum highlighted that the standards on transparency and exchange of information pioneered by the OECD are now almost universally accepted and that extraordinary progress has already been made towards their full implementation.

The Forum also agreed on the need to convene regularly, with the next meeting scheduled for 2010.

Background :

The Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information was created in 2000 to provide an inclusive forum for achieving high standards of transparency and exchange of information in a way that is equitable and permits fair competition between all jurisdictions, large and small, developed and developing. The initial group of jurisdictions numbered 32. It now brings together almost 90 jurisdictions. It has been the driving force behind the development and acceptance of these international standards. The 2009 Global Forum meeting was its fifth, the last taking place in 2005.

In 2002, Global Forum members worked together to draft a Model Agreement on Exchange of Information on Tax Matters which is now used as a basis for bilateral agreements. Since 2006, the Global Forum has published annual assessments of the legal and administrative frameworks for transparency and exchange of information in more than 80 countries.

Its most recent assessment, Tax Co-operation 2009
    Towards a Level Playing Field based on information available up until 31st July 2009, was published on 31st August 2009.

Since the London G20 meeting in April, 2009, over 50 new Tax Information Exchange Agreements have been signed (doubling the total number of Agreements signed since 2000) and over 40 double taxation conventions have been signed.

As a consequence, a further 6 jurisdictions have since substantially implemented the internationally agreed tax standards.

Words and deeds

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 1

31 Words and deeds


 



  • Quote of the month

“Anything
that smells like a conglomerate is going to be gone. We have to get rid of
those business.”

Vikram Pandit,
CEO, CITIGROUP, in Financial Times.

  •  Risk-management

“Sometimes
you need to say, ‘No model is better than a faulty model’ — like no medicine
is better than the advice of an unqualified doctor”

Nassim Taleb,
Risk Management Guru and

Author of the
Black Swans in Fortune.

  •  Finance

“Derivatives
are like race cars. Part of the performance comes from the machine, and part
from the experience and capability of the driver”

Omer Helvin,
Sales Director, Super Derivatives,

in Business
Line.

“Finance has
gotten so complicated with so much interdependency. What you’ve done is
interconnected the solvency of institutions to a degree that probably nobody
anticipated”

Warren Buffet,
Chairman & CEO, Berkshire Hathaway, in Fortune.

(Source :
Indian Management, May, 2008.)

 

levitra

To be precise

fiogf49gjkf0d

New Page 1

29 To be precise


 



  •  ‘If bankruptcy is a permissible form of business outcome in industry, what is
    irrational about this waiver (of loans to farmers) ?’

Manmohan
Singh, Prime Minister, in Business Standard

  •  ‘If you’re on a beach and a tsunami hits, you’ll drown whether you’re a small
    child or an Olympic swimmer. Some things will go bad no matter how good you
    are’

Lloyd
Blankfein, CEO, Goldman Sachs, in Fortune

  •  ‘Originality and creativity are deeply intrinsic to India. The Indian mind is
    distinct. Then, diversity is in India’s DNA’

Prasoon Joshi,
Executive Chairman and Regional Creative Director (Asia Pacific), McCann
Erickson,

in Business
Standard

(Source :
Business Today, 6-4-2008)

  •  “India, which always used last year’s fashion to dress itself up, is becoming
    the knowledge centre of the world”

Alok Sharma,
Chief Executive of the US-based Telsima, the leading WiMAX tech provider in
the world,

in Business
Week online.

  •  “Every Country in the world is facing an upsurge in inflation. China’s
    inflation rate is about 9%, much worse than ours. We should recognise that
    this is a global phenomenon.”

Montek Singh
Ahluwalia, Deputy Chairman,

Planning
Commission in Indian Express.

  • “We are not committed to using Indian resources. We will go where we find the
    right skills at the right price.”

Virender
Aggarwal, Head, Satyam Asia Pacific and Middle East, in Forbes.

(Source :
Business Today, 4-5-2008)


  • “I hold market fundamentalism primarily responsible for the current financial
    crisis. This is a man-made crisis and is a result of this false belief that
    markets correct their own excesses. That is the job of the regulator. And the
    regulators failed to perform their job.”

George Soros,
Chairman, Soros Fund Management

in
moneycontrol.com.

 

levitra

ICAI and its members

fiogf49gjkf0d
1. Code of Ethics

The Ethical Standards Board of ICAI has considered certain ethical issues. Some of these issues are as under:

(i) Issue No: 1

What is the Conceptual Framework approach?

Response:
It is a framework that requires a professional accountant to identify, evaluate and address threats to compliance with the fundamental principles, rather than merely comply with a set of specific rules. Professional accountants are required to apply this conceptual framework to identify threats to compliance with the fundamental principles, to evaluate their significance and, if such threats are significant, then to apply safeguards to eliminate them or reduce them to an acceptable level such that compliance with the fundamental principles is not compromised.

(ii) Issue No: 2

What are the threats involved while complying with the fundamental principles?

Response:
Compliance with the fundamental principles may potentially be threatened by a broad range of circumstances. Many threats can be categorised as (a) Self-interest threats; (b) Self-review threats; (c) Advocacy threats; (d) Familiarity threats; and (e) Intimidation threats.

(iii) Issue No: 3

What are the available safeguards that may eliminate or reduce the threats at an acceptable level?

Response:
Safeguards that may eliminate or reduce such threats to an acceptable level fall into two broad categories viz. (a) Safeguards created by the profession,legislation or regulation; and (b) Safeguards in the work environment.

(iv) Issue No: 4

What is Ethical Conflict Resolution?

Response:
Ethical conflict resolution means to resolve a conflict in the application of fundamental principles while evaluating compliance with the fundamental principles.

(v) Issue No: 5

What is Independence?

Response:
Independence requires:

Independence of Mind – The state of mind that permits the expression of a conclusion without being affected by influences that compromise professional judgment, allowing an individual to act with integrity, and exercise objectivity and professional skepticism.

Independence in Appearance –
The avoidance of facts and circumstances that are so significant that a reasonable and informed third party, having knowledge of all relevant information, including safeguards applied, would reasonably conclude a firm’s or a member of the assurance team’s, integrity, objectivity or professional skepticism had been compromised.

(vi) Issue No: 6

What is the conceptual Framework to Independence?

Response:
It is to be applied to specific circumstances and relationships. It gives various examples about the threats to independence that may be created by specific circumstances and relationships and also provides how professional judgment is used to threats to independence or to reduce them to an acceptable level depending on the characteristic of the individual assurance engagement.

 2. EAC OPINION

Capitalisation of Borrowing Costs

Facts
(i) A Government company commenced its business in September 1987. The core business of the company is power generation at its power stations located across India. The power is fed into the regional grids and is shared by various States as per the allocation made by the Ministry of Power, Government of India and agreement with beneficiary States.

(ii) The Company has stated that the borrowing of funds is a centralised function at head office and is not on the basis of specific project appraisal. The borrowing is on the basis of statement of affairs of the company and is made for two or three projects in common and not on the basis of borrowing for one specific project. Sometimes, the loan is raised for a project even after the completion of substantial construction activity in that particular project. The interest is allocated on the actual utilisation of funds for each project. On unutilised funds, the allocation of interest to any specific project is not practical as the quantification of loan amount attributable to each specific project is not workable/possible.

(iii) The borrowings made by the company were common for various projects in general and not for a specific project. Loan amount attributable to a specific Project was also not identified/ quantified in the loan agreements executed with various banks. The utilisation of loans was made progressively based on the construction activities undertaken at various project sites. Till that time, the unutilised loan funds were kept at head office which got mixed up with the common pool of funds which was used for various purposes. These funds were also invested in short- term and long- term basis keeping in view the future requirement. The interest income earned on these investments was credited to the statement of profits and loss.

(iv) Therefore, under such circumstances, it becomes difficult, rather impossible, to indentify a particular project to which the unutilised loan fund relates and attributing interest cost to a specific project.

Query
(v) In the light of the aforementioned facts, the Company has sought the opinion of the EAC of the ICAI on the following issues. (i) Whether the accounting treatment carried out by the company, i.e. capitalising the interest on the portion of funds utilised for capital projects as capital expenditure and charging off the balance amount of interest on the unutilised portion of the funds available with the company to the statement of profit and loss, even though these were raised for two to three projects as mentioned above, is correct? (ii) Whether whole of the interest on unutilised portion of funds need to be capitalised even though the funds were not actually utilised on any of the projects under construction?

EAC Opinion:
(vi) The Committee has considered the Facts of the Case and noted that “as the company was also having sufficient surplus funds, these funds along with the unutilised funds of the borrowing were invested on short-term and long-term basis keeping in view the future requirement.”

(vii) After considering Accounting Standard (AS 16) “Borrowing Cost” the committee has stated that to the extent that funds are borrowed generally,(i.e., without specifying any particular project) and used for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitilisation should be determined by applying a capitalisation rate to the expenditure on that asset. In the Company’s case, it has raised common loans for various projects in general and utilisation of loans was made progressively based on the construction activities undertaken at various project sites. Accordingly, it may be difficult to identify exact amount of borrowing funds utilised for a particular project. However, determining to what extent general borrowings have been used for a specific project, is a question of factand should be determined by exercising the best judgement considering various factors, for example, information related to cash inflows and outflows.

(viii)    The Committee, therefore, has taken the view that to capitalise the borrowing costs, it is not sufficient that the funds are generally borrowed for meeting capital expenditure; it is also essential that the funds from those borrowings should be used for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset. The Committee notes from the Facts of the Case that there were general borrowings which were not even utilised for any project of the company during the period. Accordingly, the Committee is of the view that borrowing costs related to only utilised funds for the purpose of any project should be capitalised by applying weighted capitalisation rate as per paragraph 12 of AS 16, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions specified in paragraph 14 of AS 16 borrowing costs related to unutilised funds should be charged to the statement of profit and loss.

Therefore, the accounting treatment carried out by the company is correct. (Refer pages 1733 to 1737 of C.A. Journal, May 2013.)

3.    Campus Placement Programme:

ICAI organised Campus Placement Programme for Chartered Accountants in various cities in February-March, 2013. Some of the important statistics given on Page 1807 of C.A. Journal for May, 2013 are as under:-

(ii) Salary Package

Highest Salary offered for >

  • Domestic Postings `16.55 lakh P.A. (5 Candidates)

  • International Postings `21.00 lakh P.A (4 Candidates)


•    Minimum salary paid by

  • Corporates Rs.4.5 lakh P.A.
  • C.A. Firms Rs.3.00 Lakh P.A.

4.    ICAI News:           

(Note: Page Nos. given below are from CA Journal of May, 2013)

(i)    Reporting of Foreign Currency Gains & Losses (P.1664)


ICAI has suggested making it mandatory for companies to report foreign currency gains and losses separately in their financial statements. Companies will now have to separately state the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations in their balance sheets. This change will help a reader of the financial statement understand as to how much impact the foreign currency has had on the company. The move will help avoid divergence in accounting and bring more transparency in reporting of numbers. From now on, companies should show the Foreign Currency Monetary Item Translation Difference Account (FCMITDA) separately, under which they have to show foreign currency fluctuations “under the ‘Equity and Liabilities’ side of the balance sheet under the head ‘Reserve and Surplus’” These changes were approved by the Council. Further, ICAI has suggested changes in reporting of gains or losses with regard to hedging instruments related to long term foreign currency items. It is suggested that Exchange difference related to the hedging instrument obtained to cover the exchange risk on long term foreign currency monetary items should also be separately shown in the balance sheet.

(ii)    ICAI Publications

(a) Education Material on Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) Revenue (P 1724)

(b)    Technical Guide on Internal Audit of Textile Industry (P.1737)

(c)    Education Material on Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 108, Operating Segments (1744)

(d)    Technical  Guide  on  Internal  Audit  in  Oil  & Gas Refining and Marketing (Downstream) Enterprises (P.1764)

(e)    Technical Guide on Business Control, Monitoring and Internal Audit of Construction Sector (P.1797)

(iii)    Exposure Draft on Auditing Standards

Exposure Draft on “Assurance Engagement to Report on the compilation of Proforma Financial Information included in a Prospectus” (Page 1732 of CA Journal for May, 2013).